Entered into force by the Ministry Decree dated 12/02/2018, No: … · 2019-10-27 · 1 Entered into force by the Ministry Decree dated 12/02/2018, No: 12159 DIRECTIVE FOR EDUCATION,

1

Entered into force by the Ministry Decree dated 12/02/2018, No: 12159

DIRECTIVE FOR EDUCATION, TRAINING AND EXAMINATION OF

SEAFARERS AND MARINE PILOTS

CHAPTER ONE

Objective, Basis, Scope and Definitions

Objective

ARTICLE 1- (1) This Directive was drawn up in order to identify the minimum

requirements for the education, training and examination of seafarers and marine pilots, to

determine the quality standards of public and private institutions authorized for maritime

education, training and examination, and to determine the basic principals for inspections of

these standards as well as the terms of authorization for the educational institutions in Seafarers

Education and Training Information System.

Basis ARTICLE 2- (1) This Directive was prepared on basis of the requirements of

“Regulation for Seafarers and Marine Pilots”, published in the Official Gazette No. 30328,

dated 10/2/2018.

Scope

ARTICLE 3- (1) This Directive encloses the requirements of curriculum for the

education and training of seafarers, education/training materials, quality standards, internal and

external audits and reporting requirements, determination of compatibility of seafarer trainers

that give vocational courses to meet the requirements of International Convention on Standards

of Training, Certification and Watch keeping for Seafarers (STCW – 78) as amended,

requirements for authorization of all education and training institutions in the Seafarer Training

Information System, basics of sea training and workshop skills development trainings of the

cadets, entry conditions for seafarers’ certification exams, exam topics and grading, and

education, practical training and examination requirements of Marine Pilots.

Definitions

ARTICLE 4- (1) The following terms mentioned herein shall have the respective

meanings given below:

a) Ministry: Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure

b) Maritime Trainer: Professionals other than lecturers and teachers who work for the

maritime education and training institutions to deliver vocational courses and practical training

according to their qualifications described in this directive,

c) Teaching aids and tools: Tools used in the courses and practical training to support

delivery of the units in the curriculum

ç) Maritime Education and Training (MET) Institutions: Common and formal MET

providers under MEB (Ministry of National Education), YOK (Higher Education council) and

MSB (Ministry of National Defence),

d) GAEBS: Computer software named ‘’Seafarers Training Information System’’

managed by the Ministry for monitoring and recording all data and activities of authorized

educational institutions and students and trainees attending the courses in these institutions,

e) Seafarer: Master, officers, assistant officers and trainees, seaman and ratings and

service staff of a ship

f) Seafarers Commission (GK): As described in the directive; the commission established

for seafarers’ examinations and certifications

2

g) Seafarers Centre: Executive office of Seafarers Commission that is established in

Istanbul by the Ministry

ğ) Seafarers Certificate of Proficiency: Certificates given to seafarers other than

Certificate of Competency (COC) in compliance with the convention articles II/4, III/4, VII/2,

II/5, III/5, III/7, VII/2, V/1-1, V/1-2, V/1, V/2, VI/3, VI/4, VI/5 and VI/6 to demonstrate the

seafarer meets training, competency and sea service requirements of the convention

h) Certificate of Competency: Document delivered in accordance with articles II, III, IV

or VII of the convention to demonstrate the seafarer authorized for all tasks at the responsibility

level of the certificate which is designed by the Ministry either as part of Seaman Book or as a

separate document including personal data of the seafarer

ı) Director: Director General of Maritime and Inland Waters Regulation of the Ministry

i) IMO: International Maritime Organization

j) Administration: Directorate General of Maritime and Inland Waters Regulation of the

Ministry

k) Quality Handbook: Handbook including the quality policy for the fundamentals of

Quality Management System, organization structure, authorities and responsibilities, current

activities, inspection and management review procedures, instructions and checklists

l) Quality Policy: Objectives of MET Institutions regarding their activities defined in

accordance with the convention and policy guidelines to reach these objectives

m) Quality Management System: The system prepared in accordance with regulation I/8,

code-A I/8, and code B I/8 of the STCW 78 Convention

n) Marine Pilotage Service Area: Sea area defined by the Administration

o) Marine Pilot: Person holding Marine Pilot Certificate of Competency defined in the

Directive

ö) Pilotage Organization: Organization authorized by the Administration for pilotage and

towing services within the Marine Pilotage Service Area

p) Commission: Maritime Training Monitoring and Evaluation Commission (DEIDK) as

stated in Article 36, paragraph 1 of the Regulation

r) Committee: Monitoring and Evaluation committee established by the protocols

between the Ministry, YÖK and MEB in the scope of Article 36, paragraph 3 of the Regulation

s) Course: Common courses given to individuals by MET Institutions other than their

own students in the formal education and training system

ş) Harbour Master: Port Authorities under Ministry

t) MEB: Ministry of National Education

u) MEBBİS: Ministry of National Education Communication and Information System

ü) Curriculum: All courses and practical applications covered by an education and

training program,

v) Teacher: The teachers defined in the Regulations laid down by the Ministry of National

Education

y) Lecturer: The academic members, lecturers, associate lecturers and education

assistants working for higher education organizations as defined by the Higher Education Law

z) Academic Year: The twelve-month education and training period consisting of two

semesters (half year/ terms)

aa) ÖSYM: Assessment, Selection and Placement Directorate of Higher Education

Council

bb) Convention: STCW 78 International Convention for Standards of Training,

Certification and Watchkeeping

cc) Experienced Trainers and Experts: The trainers defined in the Regulations laid down

by the Ministry of National Education

çç) Semester: The academic period that covers at least 25 class hours a week for at least

fourteen weeks to take place not more than twice a year

dd) YDS: Foreign Language Level Test conducted by ÖSYM

3

ee) Authorized MET Institution: Common and formal education and training institutions

affiliated to MEB, YÖK, Ministry of Defence or other institutions that are authorized for the

seafarers competency trainings for certification purposes.

ff) YOK: Higher Education Council

gg) Regulation: “Regulation for Seafarers and Marine Pilots”, published in the Official

Gazette No. 30328 dated 10/2/2018

CHAPTER TWO

Minimum Training Requirements for Seafarers

PART ONE

Minimum Requirements for Certificates of Competency and Certificates of Proficiency

General Minimum Requirements Article 5- (1) The principles mentioned in this article are the minimum requirements

regarding education and training required for certificates of competency and certificates of

proficiency for the seafarers in the scope of Directive. In line with these requirements, the

educational institutions under MEB implements the curricula designed in accordance with the

requirements of this Directive approved by MEB Board of Education and Discipline and

faculties, higher education schools and vocational schools providing maritime education under

YOK implements the curricula prepared on the basis of their own legislation. When required,

the Ministry may have these curricula planned in the form of seminars.

(2) The administration, in line with the Part II of this Directive or for the training

requirements arise after the publication of this Directive, can make amendments and

arrangements in accordance with the format for minimum requirements attached to this

Directive.

(3) The compliance of the educational institutions to this Article is ensured by means of

the commissions/committees determined by the Directive. The educational institutions whose

compatibility is approved by the Administration are registered in GAEBS within the scope of

this Directive.

(4) The entire supervision, monitoring and assessment activities performed during the

registration and following periods would not eliminate the need to comply with the principles

that these institutions are subject to on the basis of their special legislation.

(5) MET institutions other than those defined in the Article 4 (1)(ç) of this Directive are

to be authorized by the Administration for the delivery of Certificates of Competency to their

trainees.

(6) The Administration may permit seafarers to complete their training through distance

learning and e-learning in accordance with the guidelines for distance learning and e-learning

described in the Part B-I/6 of the Convention.

Curriculum

Article 6 -(1) Radio Operator Training described in the Radio Operator Training and

Examination Regulation published in the Official Gazette No: 25482, dated 4/6/2004, must be

given to students/trainees both in duration and content of the curriculum during the respective

competency education/training for the GMDSS General Radio Operator Certificate which is a

prerequisite for a Certificate of Competency within the scope of the Regulation.

(2) Compulsory proficiency training for the Certificates of Proficiency, which is a

prerequisite for a Certificate of Competency within the scope of the Regulation, must be given

both in duration and content of the curriculum during the respective competency

education/training as described in this Directive.

4

(3) In accordance with this Article, Authorized Education and Training Institutions must

deliver GMDSS General Radio Operator training according to Radio Operator Training and

Examination Regulation Curriculum, and seafarers proficiency training according to

curriculum attached to this Directive by adding the content and duration to the respective

competency training.

(4) Education and Training Institutions must comply with the physical environment, and

education tools and aids requirements for the authorization of delivery of GMDSS General

Radio Operator training and seafarers proficiency training according to Radio Operator

Training and Examination Regulation and this Directive, which is required for the general

authorization for the delivery of any certificate of competency training.

(5) Minimum training requirements for the renewal of seafarer’s certificates are described

in Annex-35 in accordance with the Article 49-(2)(b)(ıı) of the Regulation. Those who cannot

fulfil the requirements of the Article 49-(2)(a)/(b)(ı,ııı or ıv) or (c) may undertake these training.

PART TWO

Competency Training Requirements for Deck Department

Training Requirements for Seafarers and Able Seafarers Article 7- (1) The requirements pertaining to “Seafarers’ Training” and “Able Seafarers’

Training” are given in ANNEX-1.

Requirements for Deck Restricted Operational Level Training Article 8- (1) The minimum requirements of Deck Restricted Operational Level Training

are given in ANNEX-2. The Deck Restricted Operational Level Training contains the

Restricted Watchkeeping Officer Training.

Requirements for Complementary Training for promotion from Restricted Master Competency to Watchkeeping Officer for vessels of 500-2999 GT

Article 9- (1) The minimum requirements for Complementary Training for promotion

from Restricted Master Competency to Watchkeeping Officer for vessels of 500-2999 GT are

given in ANNEX-3.

Requirements for Deck Operation Level Training

Article 10- The minimum requirements for the deck operation level training are stated in

ANNEX-4. It contains the programs for the Deck Operational Level Training for Watch

Officers and unlimited watch officers.

Requirements for Deck Management Level Training Article 11- The minimum requirements for the deck management level training are stated

in ANNEX-5. Deck Management Level Training includes the Training Programs for Chief

Officer and Master, and Unlimited Chief Officer and Unlimited Master.

PART THREE

Competency Training Requirements for Engine Department

Oiler, Able Engine Rating, and Electro-Technical Rating Training Requirements Article 12- The minimum requirements pertaining to “Oiler Training”, “Able Engineer

Rating Training” and “Electro-Technical Rating Training” that are necessary for Oiler

Qualification, Able Engineer Rating Qualification and Electro-Technical Rating Qualification

are stated in ANNEX-6.

5

Restricted Operational Level Training Requirements Article 13- The minimum requirements pertaining to the curriculum for Engine

Restricted Operational Level Training are stated in ANNEX-7. Engine Restricted Operational

Level Training includes the Restricted Engine Officer Training programs.

Minimum requirements for “Complementary Training’’ for promotion from Restricted Chief Engineer Competency to Chief Engineer Competency on ships between 750-2999 KW

Article 14- Minimum requirements for “Engine Officer Complementary Training”, for

promotion from Restricted Chief Engineer Competency to Engine Officer Competency are

stated in ANNEX-8.

Training requirements for Engine Operational Level Training Article 15- Minimum requirements for Engine Operational Level Training are stated in

ANNEX-9. Engine Operational Level Training includes Engine Officer and Unlimited

Watchkeeping Officer/Engineer training programs.

Training requirements for Engine Management Level Trainings Article 16- Minimum requirements for Engine Management Level Training are stated in

ANNEX-10. Engine Management Level Trainings includes the Second Engineer, Chief

Engineer, Unlimited Second Engineer and Unlimited Chief Engineer training programs.

PART FOUR

Competency Training Requirements for Assistant Officers and Yacht Masters

Electro-Technical Officer Training Requirements Article 17- (1) Minimum requirements pertaining to Electro-Technical Officer Training

are given in Annex-11.

Yacht Master Training Requirements Article 18- (1) Minimum requirements for Yacht Master (149 GT), Yacht Master (499

GT) and Yacht Master (Unlimited) Training are given in ANNEX-12.

PART FIVE

Fisherman Class Seafarers’ Trainings

Maritime Safety Training for Fishing Vessel Deck Department Ratings

Article 19- (1) Minimum requirements for Maritime Safety Training that is a prerequisite

to become a deck rating on a Fishing Vessel are given in Annex-13.

Fishing Vessel Skipper Training Article 20- (1) Minimum compulsory training requirements for Fishing Vessel Skippers

are given in Annex-14.

Oceangoing Fishing Vessel Skipper Article 21- (1) Minimum compulsory training requirements for Oceangoing Fishing

Vessel Skippers are given in in Annex-15.

PART SIX

Requirements for the Basic Training of Seafarers

Requirements for the Maritime Safety Certification Training Article 22- (1) The minimum training requirements for Personal Survival Techniques at

Sea, Basic First Aid, Fire Prevention and Firefighting, Personnel Safety and Social

6

Responsibility, Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats that are collectively named as

“Maritime Safety Training” as indicated in the Regulation as a prerequisite to become a seafarer

are given in ANNEX- 16.

Requirements for the Ship Security Training Article 23- (1) The minimum requirements for the Ship Security Officer Training,

Security Familiarization Training, Security Awareness Training and Designated Security

Duties Training are given in ANNEX-17.

PART SEVEN

Requirements of Training of Seafarers on Special Topics

Requirements for Navigational Safety Training Article 24- (1) The minimum requirements pertaining to the compulsory training

required for the Certificate of Competency in accordance with the Regulation; Radar

Observation and Plotting Certificate, Automatic Radar Plotting Aids (ARPA), Electronic

Engine Room Resource Management (ERM) and High Voltage (above 1000 V) are given in

Annex-18.

(2) These training are to be provided within the respective curriculum of each competency

described in the Convention. Certificates of Proficiency are not required for those completing

respective competency training.

Requirements for First-Aid and Medical Care Training

Article 25- (1) The minimum training requirements for masters and officers who are to

be granted “First-Aid Certificate” and “Medical Care Certificate” by the Administration are

given in Annex-19.

Requirements for Seafarers Working on Tankers Article 26- (1) The minimum training requirements for the certificates to be issued by the

Administration on; “Basic Cargo Operations on Oil and Chemical Tankers”, “Advanced Cargo

Operations on Oil Tankers”, “Advanced Cargo Operations on Chemical Tankers”, “Basic

Cargo Operations on Liquefied Gas Tankers”, and “Advanced Cargo Operations on Liquefied

Gas Tankers” are given in Annex-20.

Requirements for Advanced Fire Fighting Training Article 27- (1) Minimum requirements regarding the training of the seafarers for

“Certificate of Advanced Fire Fighting” that is issued by the Administration is given in Annex-

21.

Requirements for Fast Rescue Boats Training Article 28- (1) Minimum requirements regarding the training of the seafarers for

“Certificate of Fast Rescue Boats” that is issued by the Administration is given in Annex-22.

Requirements of Training for Seafarers Employed on Cruise Ships Article 29- (1) Minimum requirements regarding the training of the seafarers for

“Certificate for Cruise Ships” that is issued by the Administration is given Annex-23.

Requirements for the Training of Vessel’s Chef

Article 30- (1) Minimum Requirements for the Training of Vessel’s Chef are given in

Annex-24.

7

PART EIGHT Mandatory Training Requirement for Former Naval Forces Command Staff

Requirements for Navigation and Shiphandling Course Article 31- (1) The minimum requirements for “Navigation and Ship Handling Course”

that is compulsory for the certificate of competency for former Naval Forces Command or Coast

Guard Command members except those who were graduated from navigation branch of Naval

Petty Officer Vocational Higher School deck program or Naval Petty Officer School deck

Department, are given in Annex-25.

Requirements for Marine Engineering Course

Article 32- (1) The minimum requirements for “Marine Engineering Course” that is

compulsory for the certificate of competency for former Naval Forces Command or Coast

Guard Command members except those who were graduated from engine or motor branch of

Naval Petty Officer Vocational Higher School marine engineering program or Naval Petty

Officer School engine or motor department, are given in Annex-26.

Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary Training for Officers Article 33- (1) The minimum requirements for “Deck Management Level

Complementary Training’’ that is compulsory for the certificate of competency for former

Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Officers for the missing units in A-II/2

curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-27.

Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary Training for Petty Officers Article 34- (1) The minimum requirements for “Deck Management Level


Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Petty Officers for the missing units in A-

II/2 curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-28.

Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary Training for Officers Article 35- (1) The minimum requirements for “Engine Management Level


Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Officers for the missing units in A-III/2

curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-29.

Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary Training for Petty Officers Article 36- (1) The minimum requirements for “Engine Management Level


Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Petty Officers for the missing units in A-

III/2 curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-30.

PART NINE

Competencies for Duties Requiring Special Training and Practice

Masters of Local Passenger Liner Boats

Article 37- (1) Seafarers who are going to work as a master onboard any local passenger

liner boat operating between the piers in the Turkish Straits, İzmit and İzmir Bays having 100

and above passenger capacity must fulfil the below training, practical training and sea service

requirements in accordance with their certificates of competency

a) Seafarers who has at least one year sea service in these lines are exempted from the

training and practical training mentioned in subparagraph (b)

8

b) Seafarers who are qualified for these lines have to take a two day seminar on ‘’Local

Traffic Guide’’ in a training institute authorized by the Administration to be followed by at least

one month practical training for unlimited masters and at least three months practical training

for others

c) Upon completion of the practical training, seafarers are to be certified by the Master’s

evaluation report and a letter from the owner or management company for the successful

completion of the practical training.

(2) Seafarers who fulfil the requirements of this article are delivered a document by the

port authorities stating ‘’Valid in Local Traffic’’ by indicating the relevant sea area. This

document will be valid within the expiry date of certificate of competency for local traffic.

Masters and Chief Engineers of Light Passenger Ships/Ferries and High Speed

Light Passenger Ships/Ferries

Article 38- (1) Masters and Chief Engineers of Light Passenger Ferries and High Speed

Passenger Ferries,

a) In order to work onboard Light Passenger Ship, ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR LIGHT

PASSENGER SHIP’’ statement must be written in the Certificate of Competency based on

‘’Light Passenger Ship Certificate of Proficiency’’ delivered by the company following ten day

practical training in the respective ships.

b) In order to work onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ship, ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR

HIGH SPEED LIGHT PASSENGER SHIP’’ statement must be written in the Certificate of

Competency based on ‘’High Speed Light Passenger Ship Certificate of Proficiency’’ delivered

by the company following six weeks practical training in the respective ships.

c) In order to work onboard Light Passenger Ferry, at least one year sea service as a

master or chief engineer onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ship, ten day practical training

onboard Light Passenger Ferries and ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR LIGHT PASSENGER FERRY’’

statement written in the Certificate of Competency based on ‘’Light Passenger Ferry Certificate

of Proficiency’’ delivered by the company following ten day practical training in the respective

ships are required.

ç) In order to work onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ferry, at least one year sea

service as a master or chief engineer onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ship, ten day

practical training onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ferries and ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR

HIGH SPEED LIGHT PASSENGER FERRY’’ statement written in the Certificate of

Competency based on ‘’High Speed Light Passenger Ferry Certificate of Proficiency’’

delivered by the company following ten day practical training in the respective ships are

required.

d) Former Naval Officers of Turkish Navy and Coast Guards Commands holding

unlimited master or chief engineer certificate of competency and having one year sea service

as a commanding officer or chief engineer onboard Fast Patrol Boats can be awarded

‘’AUTHORIZED FOR HIGH SPEED LIGHT PASSENGER SHIP’’ to be written on the

certificate of competency, based on their personal application and sea service document.

CHAPTER THREE

Numbers, Qualifications and Certification of Maritime Instructors

PART ONE

Appointment of Lecturers, Teachers and Maritime Trainers

Trainers to be appointed to the Educational Institutions affiliated to YOK Article 39- (1) Employment conditions of the lecturers working at MET Institutions

affiliated to YOK are specified in the Higher Education Law and their appointment is done by

respective Institutions. However, for deck and marine engineering vocational courses that must

be delivered by lecturers with maritime background in accordance with Article 42 of this

9

directive, the lecturers should posses valid ‘’Maritime Trainer Certificate’’ issued within the

scope of this Directive.

(2) It is the responsibility of the educational institutions to ensure that the trainers,

lecturers and teachers serving in faculties, higher schools and vocational higher schools who

hold certificates of competency for deck and engine, complete their sea-service on merchant

ships in the context of in-service training, as included in the programs in an academic year, in

order to adopt to the changes in international conventions and technological conditions.

Trainers to be appointed to the High Schools affiliated to MEB Article 40- (1) Employment conditions of the teachers working at High Schools under

MEB are specified in the Legislation of the Ministry of National Education, and their

appointment is done by respective Institutions. However, for deck and marine engineering

vocational courses that must be delivered by lecturers with maritime background in accordance

with Article 42 of this directive, the lecturers should posses valid ‘’Maritime Trainer

Certificate’’ issued within the scope of this Directive.

Trainers to be appointed to the Private Educational Institutions affiliated to MEB Article 41- (1) Employment conditions of the teachers working at Private Educational

Institutions under MEB are specified in the Legislation of the Ministry of National Education,

and their appointment is done by respective Institutions. However, for deck and marine

engineering vocational courses that must be delivered by lecturers with maritime background

in accordance with Article 42 of this directive, the lecturers should posses valid ‘’Maritime

Trainer Certificate’’ issued within the scope of this Directive.

PART TWO

Certification of Lecturers, Teachers and Maritime Trainers

Certification of Maritime Trainers

Article 42- (1) Trainers are divided into two groups as maritime trainers for vocational

courses and trainers for basic and supporting courses on other subjects. Trainers for vocational

courses who fulfil the following conditions are entitled to obtain the “Maritime Trainer

Certificate”. Trainer Certificates shall be issued by the Administration.

(2) When the number of the Maritime Trainers is not sufficient, the personnel in

possession of Maritime Trainer qualifications employed at the headquarters and local

organizations of the administration can be appointed as Trainers.

(3) Trainers wishing to acquire the Maritime Trainer Certificate must be qualified as

follows:

a) Licence degree from a faculty

b) Must meet one of the terms indicated below in order to give the deck department

courses stated in the Article No. 44 of this Directive,

1) Sea service as Chief Officer for at least two years with Unlimited Chief Officer

Competency

2) Employment at Ministry minimum for five years with Unlimited Chief Officer

Competency

3) Naval Academy graduate with minimum unlimited master competency or minimum

three years active teaching experience in the education and training institutions of the Naval

Forces Command and having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency

4) PhD candidate, PhD or higher academic degree having minimum Unlimited Officer of

the Watch competency

5) For maximum operational level training courses, to be assigned by MEB as Maritime

Trainer by having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency

10

6) Minimum 5 years of service at the MET Institutions under YOK and teaching

experience having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency

c) Unless otherwise stated, to meet of one of the below conditions to give engine

department courses stated in Article No. 44 of this Directive,

1) Sea service as Second Engineer for at least two years with Unlimited Second

Engineer Competency

2) Employment at Ministry minimum for five years with Unlimited Second Engineer

Competency

3) Naval Academy graduate with minimum unlimited chief engineer competency or

minimum three years active teaching experience in the education and training institutions of the

Naval Forces Command and having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency

4) PhD candidate, PhD or higher academic degree having minimum Unlimited Officer

of the Watch competency

5) For maximum operational level training courses, to be assigned by MEB as Maritime

Trainer by having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency

6) Minimum 5 years of service at the MET Institutions under YOK and teaching

experience having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency

ç) To have completed IMO Model Course 6.09 “Trainers’ Training” course program. This

course is arranged by the Administration. Those who have already completed the same training

program in countries deemed eligible by the Ministry, those who have received a formational

training to become teachers as approved by the MEB or those who have received formational

training from other education and training institution to become lecturer, instructor or trainer

that can be verified by the Teaching Techniques Certificate are to be exempted of this training

requirement.

(4) Those who are meeting above conditions are granted the “Maritime Trainer

Certificate” to be valid for a period of 5 years.

(5) Furthermore the trainers that will take part in the training of the seafarers on specific

subjects are to meet the following requirements;

a) Other than the English language teachers, at least 70 points from Foreign Language

Exam (YDS) or a grade equivalent to the same from an exam with national or international

validity in order to be able to teach “Maritime English”.

b) Trainers for simulator training, with the condition of having 3 years maritime teaching

experience at the authorized MET Institutions, are required to complete the IMO Model Course

6.10 “Simulator Trainers’ Training” course program at an educational institution authorized by

the Ministry or MEB in-service training approved by the Administration or to have completed

the same training program in other countries training centres approved by the Ministry or to

have participated in international programs arranged by IMO in this context.

c) In accordance with Article 22 of this directive, trainers for Personal Survival

Techniques at Sea, Fire Prevention and Firefighting, Personnel Safety and Social

Responsibility, Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats, with the precondition of having

respective seafarer certificate, are required to complete the “Maritime Safety Trainers’

Training” course program at an educational institutions authorized by the Ministry according

to training program approved by the Ministry.

ç) In accordance with Article 24 of this directive, trainers for Special Topics are required

to have completed these courses have certificate in respective topics

d) Trainers for tanker training in accordance with Article 26 of this Directive are required

to hold certificate of competency for respective tankers and have at least two years sea service

onboard tankers.

(5) Those who are meeting above conditions are granted the “Maritime Trainer

Certificate” to be valid for a period of 5 years.

(6) The Maritime Trainer certificates given in the context of this directive will be renewed

for another 5 years for those having worked as Maritime Trainer, at least for one year during

11

the previous five years, at the MET Institutions approved by the Ministry or by attending in-

service training arranged by the Ministry.

(7) Experienced Trainers who are not higher education graduates but holding at least

deck or engine officer of the watch certificate, are given Maritime Trainer certificate for

restricted officer and rating training in their respective areas.

(8) Maritime Trainer certificate application is to be made to the Administration together

with evidencing documents for respective certificates required for trainers as stated in this

directive and CV file including one photograph, document fee receipt, personal data, present

task and institution if employed, graduation data, contact details.

(9) When required, the Administration may authorize MET Institutions for the delivery

of IMO Model Course 6.09 ‘’ Trainers Training Course’’. The administration decides for the

MET Institutions to be authorized and conditions required for the trainers of this course. Registration of the Trainers to GAEBS

Article 43- (1) The trainers that are certified on the basis of this Directive shall be

registered in GAEBS upon an application made to the Ministry by their education and training

institution as per the terms of application stated herein, accompanied by their employment

contract, MEB employment approvals and information regarding the courses to be provided by

the subject matter trainer (name of the course and the time period the trainer will be assigned

to that course).

(2) Education and Training Institutions have to inform the Administration on the same

date for the trainers those contracts have expired and not extended or annulled Provisions for Vocational Courses and Other Courses Article 44- (1) Deck Vocational Courses

a) Navigation,

b) Watchkeeping Standards,

c) Maritime Communication (GMDSS, GOC, ROC, REO)

ç) Seamanship

d) Shiphandling

e) Cargo Handling and Ship Stability

f) Maritime Safety and Ship Security Training

g) Simulator Assisted Vocational Courses (Cargo loading and unloading, ARPA-

Radar, Bridge ECDIS, etc.)

ğ) Maritime English

h) Marine Engines

i) Meteorology

(2) Marine Engineering vocational Courses

a) Introduction to Marine Engines

b) Ship Construction

c) Maritime English

ç) Electro technics

d) Hydraulic – Pneumatic

e) Automatic Control

f) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

g) Maritime Safety and Ship Security Training

ğ) Marine Diesel Engine

h) Marine Diesel Engine Applications

ı) Marine Auxiliary Machinery and Systems

i) Diesel Engine Operation and Maintenance

j) Marine Engine Operation and Maintenance

k) Marine Auxiliary Engines

l) Engine Room Simulator

12

m) Survey Procedures

(3) Qualifications and the number of trainers for the courses other than the vocational

courses described in this directive are to be determined by MET Institutions in accordance with

their own regulations. Vocational Courses and other courses described in this directive are to

be delivered by the following lecturers in the scope of this directive;

a) Basic First Aid training in accordance with Article 22 of this directive is to be

delivered by the person who is certified in accordance with First Aid Regulation. Certification

conditions described in the Article 42 of this directive is not required for these trainers.

b) Training courses described in the Article 25 of this directive are to be delivered by

those holding Seafarer Medical Training Certificate (GASE) issued by the Ministry of Health,

Directorate General of Health Services for Borders and Coasts of Turkey or First Aid Trainer

Certificate. Certification conditions described in the Article 42 of this directive is not required

for these trainers.

c) Unless otherwise stated, vocational courses described in paragraphs one and two of

this article are to be given by the maritime trainers certified in accordance with this directive

ç) Deck vocational courses described in (1) (e), (h), and (ı) can be given by Naval

Architecture and Marine Engineering Engineers, (1) (h) and (ı) by Marine Engineers, (1) (i) by

Meteorology Engineers. Certification conditions described in the Article 42 (3) (b) of this

directive is not required for these trainers. Naval Academy Graduates described in Article 42

(3) (b) (3), are required to complete one year sea service as unlimited master to deliver the

training described in (1) (e) of this article

d) Marine Engineering vocational courses described in (2) (a), (b), (ç), (d), (e), (f), (ğ)

and (k) can be given by Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering Engineers or by Marine

Engineers, (2) (ç), (d) (e) and (f) by Mechanical Engineers or respective Technical Teachers

and (2) (ç), (d) and (e) by electric/electronic/mechatronic/control engineers. Certification

conditions described in the Article 42 (3) (c) of this directive is not required for these trainers.

Naval Academy Graduates described in Article 42 (3) (c), are required to complete one-year

sea service as unlimited chief engineer to deliver the training described in (2) (i), (j) and (l) of

this article.

PART THREE

Rules for Organizing the Number of Lecturers, Teachers, Maritime Trainers, Specialized and Experienced Trainers

Article 45- (1) All MET institutions must employ the required number of trainers with

qualifications described in the Articles 39, 40, 41, 42, 43 and 44 of this directive in compliance

with the rules of YOK or MEB.

(2) However, the number of trainers employed this way and registered to GAEBS, and

distributed to respective programs according to their authorized training qualifications

described in their Trainer Certificates, cannot be less than 3 for each program in the institutions

authorized for training of ratings and restricted competencies, less than 4 for each program in

the institutions authorized for training of operational level competencies and less than 6 for

each program in the institutions authorized for training of management level competencies.

(3) In order to give simulator assisted vocational course described in this directive, for

each branch, at least two trainer for operational and management level training and at least one

trainer for restricted level training should meet the qualifications described in Article 42 (4) (b).

Working Hours of Trainers ARTICLE 46- (1) In all institutions weekly working hours of trainers is regulated in

accordance with YOK or MEB regulations according to their affiliations. Trainers may work in

more than one institution but weekly workload may not exceed 40 hours.

13

(2) Private courses except formal training institutions are to provide a monthly report to

the Administration at the end of each month regarding the trainers employed, dates and hours

and courses delivered by these trainers,.

CHAPTER FOUR

Physical Conditions and Quality Standards of MET Institutions

PART ONE

Tools, Devices and Equipment Requirements for Training Facilities

General Rules for Organization ARTICLE 47- (1) The minimum requirements regarding tools, devices and equipment

to be used in education and training of the seafarers are given below. However, these

requirements can be re-arranged by the Administration on the basis of the developments in

MET technologies.

Training Facilities and Laboratories ARTICLE 48- (1) All MET institutions are required to have below facilities for training

authorization and GAEBS registration. However, the educational institutions that are not in

possession of these facilities will be required to sign a protocol with an educational institution

that has been approved by the Ministry as per the cooperation terms of Article 51 of this

Directive.

a) Fire Fighting Training Centre

b) Training Platform for Certificate of Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats

c) Training pool for Survival at Sea Training or sea areas meeting the requirements

described in Annex-33

(2) MET Institutions should have laboratories and simulators in their own premises

together with the minimum tools and equipment for each training type described in the Annexes

of this Directive for respective training authorization.

(3) Facilities, laboratories and training centres with their equipment will be approved by

the Ministry according to below minimum requirements;

a) Requirements for Fire Fighting training centre is given in Annex-31

b) Life Saving Equipment (including fast rescue boats) Training Platform requirements

is given in Annex-32

c) Personal Survival at Sea Pool requirements are given in Annex- 33

ç) The minimum requirements for the approval of laboratories are given in Annex-34

1) The minimum requirements to be sought in the approval of the Laboratories are

indicated in Annex-34.

Classrooms ARTICLE 49- (1) The maximum enrolment quota and classroom capacities of the MET

Institutions are determined and documented in accordance with their own regulations.

However, the number of trainees in training programs to be registered with GAEBS, and

maximum number of enrolments, shall be limited with classroom capacities which shall not

exceed 34 persons and own program quota according to specifications of the training program.

General Provisions for Simulators ARTICLE 50- (1) All simulators in MET Institutions shall conform to the Rules I/12, A-

I/12 and B-I/12 of STCW Convention and must have certificate of conformity given by the

internationally approved class institutes. The approved simulators shall be registered with

14

GAEBS. Use of unapproved simulators shall not be accepted for the respective training courses.

The simulators requiring approval are as follows.

1) Bridge Simulator

2) Engine Room Simulator

3) Petroleum, Chemical and Liquefied Gas Tanker Cargo Handling Simulators

4) ECDIS Simulator

5) GMDSS Simulator

6) RADAR Simulator

7) ARPA Simulator

Cooperation among MET Institutions ARTICLE 51- (1) All MET institutions are required to meet the terms pertaining to the

tools, devices and equipment for respective training authorization indicated in this Directive.

However, the educational institutions that are not in possession of the subject matter tools and

devices can cooperate with another educational institution that has been authorized by the

Ministry for purposes of efficient use of the resources of the country. The documents pertaining

to the cooperation effort shall be sent to the Administration and the ones determined to be

compliant are registered with GAEBS. The cooperation effort must meet the following

conditions:

a) The cooperation shall be executed through a protocol to be signed between the parties.

b) The protocol may only be signed between the MET institutions authorized by the

Ministry or with public or private institutions having training facilities approved by the Ministry

for exclusive practical training. The scope of the cooperation must be clearly stated in the

protocol.

c) The scope of the cooperation shall be restricted to common use of workshop facilities

for workshop skill development, Live saving equipment (including fast rescue boats) training

platforms, Fire Fighting Training Centres and pools or sea areas for Survival at Sea Training

that are approved by the Ministry, to the extent possible. Protocol cannot be made for simulators

and laboratories

ç) The educational institutions in possession of the approved tools and devices may sign

protocols with maximum 3 other institutions. If there is a demand from more than three

intuitions, the number of the users is to be determined by the Administration according to

capacity of the facility. The capacity program approved by the Administration and allocation

program devised for the requesting institution shall be presented to the Administration. The

protocol is signed after approval.

d) The protocols can be signed between the institutions within the borders of the same

city or adjacent cities provided that a distance of 30 km is not exceeded. Protocols outside the

city border are subject to approval of the Administration.

e) Protocol shall be valid for not less than one year. When cancelled, respective

institutions shall inform the Administration on the cancellation date.

(2) Procedures for the trainings in accordance with protocol will be as follows;

a) Initiation will be done by institutions authorized within the scope of this directive and

institutions authorized in GAEBS for exclusive training, by an announcement on GAEBS for

practical training and collecting applications

b) Upon the approval of the announcement and application by the Harbour Master and

after completion of the training in accordance with the protocol and the practical part under

observation of the official assigned by the ministry, those who pass the exam are delivered

practical training participation certificate by the respective institution delivering the training.

c) Training certificate procedures will be done by the sending institution, which delivered

the theoretical part of the training, in accordance with examination and certification rules of the

Seafarers Courses Education and Training Directive.

15

ç) Procedures and principles for practical training is determined by the Administration.

d) During the practical training, host-training institution shall assign one personnel as the

responsible person of the training facility in order to enhance effectiveness of the training.

General Provisions for Tools-Devices, and Equipment.

ARTICLE 52- (1) The minimum requirements pertaining to the tools, devices and

equipment to be used for the education and training of seafarers are indicated in Annexes to this

Directive on the basis of the training concerned. The tools, devices, equipment, classrooms and

laboratories that MET institutions should have are required to be operational and approved by

the Ministry.

(2) The address changes and the new address of the MET institutions must be informed

to the Administration at least 1 month prior to such move. Institutions changing their addresses

will be required to have their tools, devices and equipment, requiring approval in accordance

with this Directive, re-approved for their new address.

PART TWO

Principles for Quality Standards

Quality Policy

ARTICLE 53- (1) MET Institutions should establish and implement a quality standards

system in accordance with Rule I/8 and Code A-I/8 of the Convention

(2) Quality policy defines aims and principles to reach these aims regarding the

activities of MET Institutions in line with the Convention.

Organization

ARTICLE 54- (1) All departments of Quality Management System together with the

quality coordinator/coordinators are part of an organization and shown on the organization

scheme. Authorities and responsibilities of the staff employed in the quality organization and

relations among them are to be defined in detail. Quality coordinator/coordinators works

directly under the top manager of the Institution. MET Institutions are to report, the names and

contact information and any respective change, to the Administration

Procedures

ARTICLE 55- (1) MET Institutions should develop procedures for their all activities.

Procedures should comply with all compulsory national and international rules. Additionally,

the advisory provisions are also to be taken into consideration. Principles to reach aims of the

quality policy are to be defined in detail.

(2) Procedures should define documentation, control, internal audit, corrective and

preventive measures for unconformities and management review principles together with

implementation details of the provided services. Addendums, changes and corrections to

quality management system enter into force upon the approval of the quality

coordinator/coordinators. One set of the annulled documents are marked as ‘’Expired’’ and

kept in the archive and while the other copies are destroyed.

Sources

ARTICLE 56- (1) In order to reach the aims of the quality management system, each

MET Institute should acquire and maintain necessary infrastructure, equipment, tools, devices

and human resources for their respective activities and establish records and procedures.

CHAPTER FIVE

Registration with Educational institutions, Health Requirements, Grading Criteria,

Sea Training and Graduation Requirements

16

PART ONE

Registration with Educational institutions, Health Requirements,

Grading Criteria, and Graduation Requirements

Registration

ARTICLE 57- (1) Each educational institution accepts students in conformance with the

principles indicated in the Regulation and the directives issued in relation to the Regulation.

The training courses organized for seafarers are carried out in compliance with the provisions

of Seafarer Training Courses Regulation and registered to GAEBS.

(2) Those who meet the Education, Sea service, health and age limit conditions of the

respective courses indicated in the Regulation by documents will be enrolled.

(3) The Daily attendance check of the trainees is conducted on the basis of the legislation

of the institution concerned and is recorded in GAEBS. Public Secondary Education Institutions

of the Ministry of National Education and formal education programs of faculties and Higher

Education Institutions reporting to YOK uses their own legislation for enrolment, course

completion, exams and graduation and respective data is recorded in GAEBS formal training

module. The seafarer training courses organized by these institutions are carried out in

compliance with the provisions of Seafarer Training Courses Regulation.

(4) MET institutions are required to register all respective data to GAEBS regarding

competency and proficiency certificate training and practical sea training of their students and

course attendants.

(5) Institutions entering any false data to GAEBS to mislead the Administration will be

subject to sanctions in accordance with Article 66 of the Directive

Health Condition ARTICLE 58- (1) MET institutions register the students that have ‘’physical fitness

report’’ in accordance with Health Directive and meeting physical strength and qualifications

for the training they provide. MET institutions shall designate their own standards in these

regards.

Passing Grades, Course Completion and Examinations ARTICLE 59- (1) The related legislation of the Ministry of National Education and/or

YOK is applied in determining the success of the student/trainee at formal and public education

institutions.

(2) The attendance, course completion, Examinations and principles of success pertaining

to the training programs oriented for the Seafarers are subject to the provisions of the Regulation

on Seafarer Training Courses. However, the Ministry may make arrangements for additional

exams other than the course completion exams.

(3) Procedures and principals for STCW Assessment exams are determined by the

Ministry.

PART TWO

Open Sea Training and Workshop Skills Development Training

Open Sea Training

Article 60- (1) Sea training is conducted by application of the curriculum pertaining to

the courses taken by the cadet/trainee on the vessel and recording of this training in an approved

sea training book (sea training portfolio). The institutions can either prepare the sea training

book that covers the subjects on the basis of the curriculum they apply or use the sea training

book approved by the Administration specific to the training provided. To be considered

successful in the training provided, the evaluation commissions of the MET institutions

determine whether the maritime training is provided in an environment suitable to the purpose,

for the time periods required, completeness and compliance of the documents to be obtained

17

from the ship and company that the training was conducted, training records are sufficient and

the knowledge of the student is adequate as per the assessments.

(2) MET Institutions have to record the sea training data in GAEBS cadets/trainee those

evaluated by the commission and found successful.

(3) Assembly of the commissions are informed to Harbour Master 15 days advance.

Harbour Master may send a its representative to the commission if deemed necessary.

Workshop Skills Development Training

ARTICLE 61- (1) Workshop training is to be conducted either at the own workshop

facilities of institution delivering the competency training or at the other public or private

workshop facilities approved by the institution. The minimum requirements for the workshops

are determined by the Administration. Workshops that are found meeting the minimum

requirements criteria and appropriate for practical training by the authorized training

institutions are regarded as approved by the Administration. Such an approval shall not remove

the responsibility of the Institution to the Administration and inspections of the Administration

(2) Workshop training is to be conducted in accordance the training book prepared by

institution that the cadet/trainee is attending or graduated and must include minimum welding,

hot and cold processing, moulding, machining, measuring, product assembly and construction,

workshop management and organization skills.

(3) MET Institutions sending cadets/trainees are responsible of that the training is

conducted within its duration and properly evaluated and these activities will be subject to

periodical inspection through commissions and committees.

(4) Each workshop training given within the curriculum of MET institutions will be

counted as one working day, which will be deducted from the 6 months workshop practical

training period. However, this cannot be more than 3 months. Each working day spent at

workshop and shipyard training of cadets/trainees will be deducted from the workshop skills

practical training. Type and duration of skill development training conducted shall be reported

by the sending institutions to Harbour Master with training evaluation form.

(5) For cadets/trainees that cannot take practical training for any reason in their institutions

or designated workshops, this training can be given and assessed by other authorized training

institutions

(6) Cadets and trainees attending sea training may continue their workshop training

according to training book onboard the same ship or another ship. However this duration may

not exceed 3 months.

(7) Duration of the workshop skills development training is 6 months and every 25 days

will be regarded as one 1 month for the shore training.

CHAPTER SIX Seafarers Examinations, Qualification Principles in English Language

PART ONE

Qualification Principles in English Language

Qualification Principles in English Language ARICLE 62- (1) Qualification principles indicated in the Regulation are given below to

deserve the certificate of competency described in the Regulation. In order to fulfil these

qualifications an equivalent grade is required to the grades given in the table from the English

section of YDS or national/international exams recognized by ÖSYM.

COMPETENCY LEVEL ENGLISH GRADE

Yacht Master (149 GT) 40

Yacht Master (499 GT) 50

Yacht Master (unlimited) 60

18

Electro Technic Officer 40

Restricted Engine Officer 40

Restricted Deck Officer 50

Restricted Chief Engineer 45

Restricted Master 50

Officer of the Watch Engine 45

Officer of the Watch Deck 50

Second Engineer 50

First Officer 55

Chief Engineer 55

Master 60

Unlimited Officer of the Watch Engine 50

Unlimited Officer of the Watch Deck 55

Unlimited Second Engineer 55

Unlimited First Officer 60

Unlimited Chief Engineer 60

Unlimited Master 70

(2) Graduates of English Preparatory Schools of MET Institutions authorized for

delivering licence degree level unlimited deck and engineering officer certificates or those who

meet the prep school exemption criteria stated in the regulations of these institutions will be

excepted from the unlimited deck and engineering grades above.

(3) Those who meet the grades in this article are still subject to ‘’Maritime English’’

exams required for their respective certificate level.

(4) Grades explained in paragraph one and equivalent grades from the English section of

YDS or national/international exams recognized by ÖSYM are valid for 5 years from the exam

date.

PART TWO

Seafarer Examinations

Type of exams

ARTICLE 63- (1) Seafarer Exams are conducted by the Seafarers Commission (GK)

established in accordance with the Regulation.

(2) Examinations of officers are conducted through the electronic examination system using

question election and examination automation software established by the Administration. Application for exams

ARTICLE 64- (1) The applications are done as approved by the Administration

(2) Seafarers who are eligible for the exams may apply for an exam appointment through

question election and examination automation software established by the Administration upon

the approval of their applications. Preparation of questions, selection and duration of exams

ARTICLE 65- (1) Examination questions are prepared by the GK Question Preparation

sub commissions for each subject separately described in this Directive for each competency

level.

(2) Procedures and principals for the preparation of the questions are as follows:

a) Confidentiality is the basic principle for the preparation of the questions. The

administration takes necessary measures for confidentiality and cooperates with all respective

institution and establishments.

19

b) All staff involved in any phase of question preparation including the drafters is obliged

to comply with the security measures determined by the Administration in accordance with

respective legislation.

c) Drafters of the questions for GK cannot use these questions for any other purpose,

share with other parties, cannot sell and/or transfer for free to any other institution and/or

establishment. These rules will be effective after they detach from the GK question preparation

unit. This staffs is to sign a written contract that they will comply with the mentioned rules.

ç) The drafters should consider the type, scope, level and target group of the exam when

preparing the questions.

(3) A question bank is to be established and continuously improved by the GK covering

all subjects of the exams. The questions are kept in a pool that is physically secured with

controlled and secured access.

(4) The technicians who will be involved in repair and maintenance of the system must

be accompanied with a staff tasked by the head of GK. Technicians shall never get an access to

the questions in the pool. Except the special conditions described in the legislation, no one shall

have an access to the questions partly or fully for any reason.

(5) GK is responsible of the preparation, printing, distribution and confidentiality and

security of the questions.

(6) Selection of the questions is done through the question election and examination

automation software established by the Administration.

(7) Duration of the exams is determined by the GK for each subject by totalling the

response time for each question decided at the preparation phase.

(8) Exam topics include the curricula of the subjects for respective competency level

given in this Directive.

Examination Rules ARTICLE 66- (1) The rules including the invalidation is determined by the Administration and announced the seafarers by GK both in written and verbally before and during the exams, and implemented accordingly. The exam of the candidate who is not complying with these rules is to be cancelled and the candidate is not allowed to take another exam during the following 6 months after the cancellation date.

(2) Those who are not complying with the exam rules and holding any Certificate of

Competency will be dispatched to the Seafarers Discipline Commission in accordance with

the Regulation.

(3) Pagers, cell phones, communication equipment such as radios, pocket computers,

cameras, watches having these functions and any equipment having computer function are not

allowed in the exams.

(4) During the exams; talking with other candidates, cheating or assisting cheating, asking

questions to invigilators, exchanging pencil, eraser etc., smoking tobacco and tobacco products,

using dictionaries or similar material, eating and any action that may hamper the exam order

are prohibited.

(5) It is the basic responsibility of the candidate to obey the exam rules. Those who are

not complying with these rules will not be allowed to continue the exam. The identification of

the candidate, the offensive action and the statement that the exam will be invalid is to be clearly

written on the exam record.

Assessment and Grading

ARTICLE 67- (1) Grading values of questions are determined over hundred for each

subject.

(2) If the exam is done online through the question election and examination automation

software established by the Administration, the assessment will be done by the examination

software system.

20

(3) The examination results of the successful candidates will be sent to GK and Harbour

Master electronically through the database established by the Administration.

(4) The candidate will be subject to retake exams for the failed topics required for the

respective competency during the examination period. Retake option is valid for only two years

following the date of the first exam. If the candidate cannot pass these exams within this period,

previously succeeded exams required for the competency level will be also void. In online

exams, there will be three retake opportunities for each subject in two years following the date

of the first exam. Online retake exam cannot be taken within seven days of the exam date of

each subject.

(5) The grading criteria given in this Directive is valid for the exams following the entry

date of this directive into force and does not apply to exams previous to this date.

Objection to the exams

ARTICLE 68- (1) Objections to the examinations must be sent to GK by a petition within

ten days of the announcement of the results. Applications beyond this period will not be

considered.

(2) Objection fee must be paid to the designated bank account for re-assessment. This fee

will be returned if there is a misconduct of the Administration.

(3) Objections to the examinations must be sent to GK by a petition within ten days of

the announcement of the results. Applications beyond this period will not be considered. The

objections will be evaluated within ten days following the last day for objections and the

applicant will be informed about the result.

(4) Seafarer may appeal for the exam result and/or exam questions. The objection fee is

to be paid for appeals for exam results. For the exam questions, the candidate should clearly

explain the reasons of objection for each question in the objection petition and pay for each

objected question separately.

(5) During the examination seating, objections regarding technique or content of any

question will be reported to invigilators at the end of the exam and the person responsible of

the exam is to forward these objections to GK. Such objections are to be evaluated within 30

days of the objection date and the petitioner will be informed about the result. In such cases

objection fee is to be paid as well for each question objected.

(6) The objections will be checked over the system for online exams and over the exam

records for other exams and will be reported to the respective seafarer.

(7) GK will establish an objection commission from 3 experts of the respective subjects

and will assign a head for each commission.

(8) Head of GK is to send the objection petition to the head of respective commission by

electronic means. Under the coordination of the head of the commission, the members of the

commission will investigate and evaluate the objection within 10 days following the last date

for objections.

(9) Evaluation results will be sent to head of GK by the head of commission by electronic

means. GK is to inform the petitioner via official letter or e-mail.

(10) The objection commission members are not to be selected from GK commission

members for written or practical exam questions objections.

Examination subjects for Deck Department Seafarers

ARTICLE 69- (1) Qualification codes for Deck department are given below.

Qualification Code Competency level

01 Restricted operation

02 Restricted Management

03 Operation

21

04 Management

(2) Seafarers holding any certificate of competency for Restricted Radio Operator (ROC),

GMDSS General Operator (GOC), GMDSS First Class Radio Electronic Operator (REO1) or

GMDSS second Class Radio Electronic Operator (REO2) will be exempted from Maritime

Communication (04) exam if they apply within the validity period of these certificates.

(3) Examination subjects for Deck department are as follows.

e) Restricted Operational Level Examination Subjects;

1) Restricted Watchkeeping Officer or Yacht Master (149 GT) candidates shall enter the

assessment examinations of this level. Examination Subjects for the Restricted Watchkeeping

Officers entering the assessment examinations of this level and passing grades are shown in

Table-1 below.

TABLE-1: Restricted operation Level and Yacht Master (149 GT) Examination

Subjects and Passing grades

Course

Code

Examination Subject Passing Grade

01 Navigation SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100

03 Seamanship SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100

04 Maritime Communication SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100

05 Maritime Safety SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100

06 Cargo Operations and Ship

Stability

SVZ : 50/100

Competencies: SVZ: Restricted Watch Officer (11), YK (149 GT): Yacht

Master (149 GT)

Exam Subjects: SVZ: 01, 03, 04, 05, 06 YK: 01, 03, 04, 05

b) Restricted Management Level

1) Yacht Master ( 499 GT), Fishing Vessel Skipper, Oceangoing Fishing Vessel Master,

Restricted Master candidates are to enter this exam. Examination Subjects for each competency

and passing grades are shown in Table-2 below.

TABLE-2: Restricted Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing

grades

Course

Code Examination Subject Passing Grade

02 Navigation – Preventing Collisions

at Sea (Rules of the Road)

SK: 60/100

YK (499 GT) , BK, AB : 50/100

04 Maritime Communication SK: 60/100

YK (499 GT) , BK, AB 50/100

05 Maritime Safety SK: 60/100

YK (499 GT), BK, AB: 50/100

06 Cargo Operations and Ship

Stability

SK: 60/100

07 Seamanship and shiphandling SK: 60/100

YK (499 GT), BK, AB: 50/100

08 Maritime Law and International

Maritime Conventions

SK: 60/100

YK (499 GT): 50/100

09 Marine Engines YK (499 GT): 50/100

10 Meteorology SK: 60/100

AB: 50/100

22

11 Maritime English YK (499 GT): 50/100

c) “OPERATION LEVEL” Examination Subjects;

1) Watchkeeping Officer (500-3000 GT), and Unlimited Watchkeeping Officer

Candidates shall take this examinations. The Examination Subjects that the candidates entering

the examinations of this level shall be responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-3

below.

TABLE-3: Operation Level Examination Subjects and Passing Grades

Course

Code


21 Navigation VZ: 60/100 UV: 70/100

22 Watchkeeping Standards VZ: 60/100 UV: 70/100

23 Ship Construction, Cargo

Operations and Ship Stability

VZ: 50/100 UV: 60/100

33 Maritime Communication VZ: 60/100 UV: 70/100

34 Seamanship and

shiphandling

VZ: 50/100 UV: 60/100

35

Maritime Law and

International Maritime

Conventions

VZ: 50/100 UV: 60/100

41 Maritime English 60/100 UV: 70/100

Competencies at this level : VZ: Watchkeeping Officer (32),

UV: Unlimited Watchkeeping Officer (33)

Examination Subjects:

VZ: 21,22,23,33,34,35,41

UV: 21,22,23,33,34,35,41

ç) “MANAGEMENT LEVEL” Examination Subjects;

Yacht Master (Unlimited), Chief Officer (500-3000 GT), Master (500-3000 GT),

Unlimited Chief Officer and Unlimited Master candidates shall take this Examination. The

examination subjects that the candidates entering the examinations of this level shall be

responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-4 below.

TABLE-4 Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing Grades

Course

Code


31

Navigation YK (Unlimited) : 60/100

IZ: 60/100 K: 65/100

UIZ: 65/100 UK: 70/100

32

Watchkeeping Standards YK (Unlimited) : 60/100

IZ: 60/100 K: 65/100

23

UIZ: 65/100 UK: 70/100100

36 Ship Construction, Cargo

Operations and Ship Stability

IZ: 60/100 UIZ: 70/100

37 Shiphandling and Engines K: 60/100 UK: 70/100

38 Meteorology and Oceanography K: 50/100 UK: 60/100

40

Maritime Law, International

Maritime Conventions,

Personnel Management,

Maritime Management

YK (Unlimited) : 60/100

IZ: 50/100 K: 60/100

UIZ: 60/100 UK: 70/100

41

Maritime English YK (Unlimited) : 60/100

IZ: 60/100 K: 70/100

UIZ: 70/100 UK: 75/100

Qualifications at this level : 1Z: Chief Officer (41), K: Master (42), U1Z:

Unlimited Chief Officer (43) UK: Unlimited Master (44)

YK (Unlimited): Yacht Master (Unlimited)


UK: 31,32,37,38,40,41 U1Z: 31,32,36,40,41

K: 31,32,37,38,40,41 1Z: 31,32,36,40,41

YK (2999 GT) : 31,32,37,38,40,41

Engine Department Seafarer Competency Codes

ARTICLE 70- (1) Engine department competency codes and competency levels are as

follows:

Competency Code Competency Level

05 Restricted Operation

06 Restricted Management

07 Operation

08 Management

09 Electro Technical Operation

(2) Restricted Operation Level Examination Subjects are shown below.

a) Restricted Operation Level Examination Subjects

1) Restricted Engineer Officer Candidates shall take the examinations of this level. The


responsible for are shown in Table-5 below together with the passing grade and number of

questions.

TABLE-5: Restricted Operation Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades

Course

Code


51 Main engine operations and

maintenance

50/100

52 Ship auxiliary engines –

Operation and Maintenance

50/100

53 Electric 50/100

Competencies at this level: SMZ: Restricted Engine Officer

(51)

24

b) “RESTRICTED MANAGEMENT LEVEL” Examination Subjects

1) Restricted Chief Engineer (750-3000 kW) candidates will be entering the

Examinations of this level. The examination subjects that the candidates entering the

examinations of this level shall be responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-6

below.

TABLE-6: Restricted Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades

Course

Code



maintenance

60/100



60/100

53 Electric 60/100



60/100

55 Ship Construction 60/100

Competencies at this level: SBM: Restricted Chief Engineer

(61)

c) “OPERATION LEVEL” Examination Subjects

1) Unlimited Watchkeeping Engineer and Engine Officer (750-3000 kW) candidates shall

take the examinations of this level. The examination subjects that the candidates entering the

examinations of this level shall be responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-7

below.

TABLE-7: Operation Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades

Course

Code



maintenance

MK: 60/100 UVM:

70/100



MK: 60/100 UVM:

70/100



MK: 50/100 UVM:

60/100

67 Maritime English MK: 60/100 UVM:

70/100

Competencies at this level: MZ: Engine Officer (71), UVM:

Unlimited Watchkeeping Engineer (72)


MZ: 61,62,63,67 UVM: 61,62,63,67

ç) “MANAGEMENT LEVEL” Examination Subjects

1) Unlimited Chief Engineer, Unlimited Second Engineer, Chief Engineer (750-3000

kW), and Second Engineer (750-3000 kW) candidates shall take the examinations of this level.

The examination subjects that the candidates entering the examinations of this level will be


TABLE-8: Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades

25

Course

Code


61

Main engine operations and

maintenance

IM: 60/100 BM: 65/100 UIM:

65/100 UBM: 70/100



IM: 60/100 BM: 65/100 UIM:

65/100 UBM: 70/100



BM: 60/100

UBM: 70/100

64 Ship Building and Survey

Operations

BM: 60/100

UBM: 70/100

65 Refrigerating-Air Conditioning IM: 50/100

UIM: 60/100

66

Electro-technical, Hydraulic-

Pneumatic and Automatic

Controls

IM: 50/100

UIM: 60/100

67 Maritime English IM: 60/100 BM: 70/100 UIM:

70/100 UBM: 75/100

Competencies at this level: UBM: Unlimited Chief Engineer (84), UIM:

Unlimited Second Engineer (83), BM: Chief Engineer (82), IM: Second

Engineer (81)


UBM : 61,62,63,64,67 UIM : 61,62,65,66,67

BM : 61,62,63,64,67 IM : : 61,62,65,66,67

d) "ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER” Examination Subjects

1) Electro-Technical Officer candidates shall take the examinations of this level. The



TABLE-9: Electro-Technical Officer Examination Subjects and Passing Grades

Course

Code


71 Electrical, Electronic and

Control Systems

50/100

72 Maintenance 50/100

73 Maritime Safety, 50/100

74 Maritime English, 50/100

Competencies at this level: ETZ: Electro-Technical Officer (91)

Renewal Exams

ARTICLE 71- (1) In accordance with Article 49 (2) (b) (1) of the Regulation, those who

do not fulfil the renewal requirements stated in the Article 49 (2) (a)/(b) (2) (3) or (4) or (c)

certificate, may enter renewal exams.

(2) Seafarer must enter and successfully pass the respective certification exam mentioned

in this directive for the renewal of the certificate.

CHAPTER SEVEN Commission, Application Procedures, Inspections and GAEBS Registry Principles

PART ONE

26

Application Procedures and Inspections Inspections

ARTICLE 72- (1) Maritime Training Monitoring and Evaluation activity is composed

of opening, monitoring and evaluating and periodical observation and evaluation of the quality

management system of MET Institutions. Except extraordinary conditions, monitoring and

evaluating activities are conducted every two years. The administration may carry out

announced or unannounced inspections if deemed necessary.

Preparation of MET Institutions for Inspections

ARTICLE 73- (1) Both new and existing MET institutions are required to;

a) Prepare quality policy and quality handbook

b) Implement defined quality management system

c) Carry out internal inspections and management review activities

Application Procedures

ARTICLE 74- (1) MET institutions are required to make written application to the

Administration together with the documents indicating the corrective measure taken in

accordance with quality handbook and internal inspection results. This application shall include

the approval of equipment, hardware, facilities, and Maritime Trainers.

(2) MET institutions opened before the entry date of this Directive will be given a

password for GAEBS in their first application for authorization.

(3) The following data are to be loaded to GAEBS and an electronic application is to be

made on GAEBS.

a) Facilities, simulators and laboratories

1) Life Saving Appliances:

- Photographs containing the general view and the location plan

- Free-fall Enclosed Lifeboat type approval and test certificate

- High Speed Rescue Boat test

- Life raft test certificate

- Survey reports from the authorized institutes from the Ministry for lifeboats, rescue

boats, life rafts and their equipment in accordance with Life Saving Appliances Code (LSA

Code).

2) Fire Fighting Training Centre


- Fire Fighting Equipment test certificate

- CO2 system test certificate

3) Personal Survival at Sea Training Pool


- Plans containing technical specifications

4) Simulators

- Photographs containing the general view

- Certificate of Conformity for training in accordance with STCW 78 obtained from the

International Class Associations

5) Laboratories


List of laboratories and instruments and tools as required by the Directive according to

each type of training

b) Quality standards

1) Quality policy and quality handbook

2) Documents regarding corrective measures taken after internal inspections and

management review activities

27

c) Other issues:

1) Name of the institution, department/program/field names within the institution if

available, communication information of the institution (including e-mail address used for the

institution), Quality Coordinator and contact information, and static IP address information,

2) The list of instructors certified according to the instructor terms determined in this

Directive and employed in the institution, and documents indicating the full time, part time or

hourly paid basis employment of such instructors,

3) List of courses requested for students, graduates or others described within the scope

of this directive (Application will be rejected in case the existing tools, instruments, and

equipment are inadequate for the education requested.)

(4) The administration evaluates the applications by electronic means. Unapproved

applications will be returned to the institutions together with reasons of refusal. If the

application is refused for three times, the institution shall be given 6 (six) months period for the

correction of discrepancies for new application.

(5) Applications approved after file investigation will be forwarded to the Monitoring and

Evaluation Committees of MEB and YÖK for evaluation. Monitoring and Evaluation activities

for private MET institutions will be carried out by Maritime Training Monitoring and

Evaluation Commission (DEİDK). DEİDK committee prepares monitoring and evaluation plan

and informs the respective MET Institution for the inspection date.

(7) At least three inspectors for the operational level competency training course request

and at least two inspectors for the courses requests below operational level competency training

course are to be tasked. At least one Maritime Survey Engineer, Maritime Specialist, Maritime

Assistant Specialist, Engineer or an expert who are authorized for the flag or port state control

for respective branch is to be present for the monitoring and evaluation of the facilities and

simulators.

(8) New additional course requests of the authorized MET Institutions will be subject to

assessment of the Administration whether new inspection will be required for the authorized

training program.

Inspection

ARICLE 75- (1) Assigned inspectors carry out in place monitoring and evaluation.

Monitoring and evaluation activities are to include availability and functionality of training

tools and equipment, number and qualifications of trainers, implementation of training

programs, applicability of quality management system, effectiveness of the quality

management system and respective services provided in accordance with that, conformity of

the quality management system with national and international acquis.

(2) The Inspection will be carried out in the following order;

a) Participation of managers, quality coordinator/coordinators and involved staff of the

inspected unit in the opening briefing together with the inspectors where the aims and

procedures of the inspection will be explained

b) Inspection of the system documents and applications and preparation of inspection

report, recording of non-conformities encountered during the inspection

c) Closing meeting together with the opening meeting participants to review the

inspection, drafted reports and corrective measures, determining corrective and preventive

measures and duration for these measures to be corrected together with respective unit

managers, signing two copies of the inspection report by the inspectors and the institute

representatives, delivery of one copy of the report to the inspected institute.

(3) Chief inspector is to send his report regarding whether the institution meets the

minimum requirements described in this Directive, to the DEİDK for private institutions and to

the respective Monitoring and Evaluation Committees for the institutions affiliated to MEB and

YÖK over the GAEBS module.

28

(4) Respective commission/committees are to recommend the Administration about the

appropriateness of the institution, or refusal of the opening authorization or ending of the

activities if non-conformities cannot be fixed within the given period in the inspection report,

or within the additional duration to be provided for only once.

(5) The duration given by the inspectors for corrective measures described in this article

or small discrepancies regarding the quality management system and/or availability and

functionality of the training tools and equipment, may not be more than 3 months. Article 66 of

the Regulation shall apply if the non-conformities cannot be corrected within designated

period.

(6) In accordance with the protocols to be signed by MEB and YÖK, the Administration

may employ independent inspection organizations for the inspections regarding quality

standards applications described in Chapter 4, Part 3 of this Directive.

Security of Data

ARTICLE 76- (1) During the inspection;

a) Information provided by the institution must be used in security by the members and

inspectors and shall not be declared without the written authorization of the respective

institution.

b) Documents used in commission/committee meetings for evaluation and discussions

are to be assumed as confidential data.

c) All documents coming to the Administration for examination are to be archived by

the Administration. This document shall not be returned to the institutions by any means.

Documents need to be destroyed are destroyed and recorded by the Administration

PART TWO

Maritime Training Monitoring and Evaluation Commission (DEİDK)

Establishment and tasks of the Commission

ARTICLE 77- (1) Evaluation of applications made within the scope of this Directive,

monitoring and evaluation activities performed in private educational institutions, and

evaluation of reports received from monitoring and evaluation committees for institutions

affiliated to MEB and YÖK are assessed by this Commission.

(2) Furthermore, preparation of the report to be submitted to the Ministry is also

performed through this Commission. This Commission consists of 1 Assistant General

Manager, 1 Department Head, and 3 Experts of the Administration.

PART THREE

Principals for Authorization MET Institutions and Registration to GAEBS

Authorization of MET Institutions

ARTICLE 78- (1) The Ministry authorizes MET Institutions in GAEBS that ensure the

minimum requirements stipulated by this Directive from among the educational institutions that

request the certification of students/trainees within the scope of the Regulation

Seafarers’ Training Information System (GAEBS) Module ARTICLE 79- (1) Information concerning MET institutions, including the trainings to

be provided within the scope of this Directive, shall be kept in GAEBS. The work and processes

to be performed through GAEBS and the responsibilities of educational institutions are set forth

below.

29

a) Training stipulated in this Directive is defined in GAEBS by taking into consideration

the limitations stated in the approved curriculum.

b) A maximum of 34 persons may be registered to the educational programs defined in

GAEBS that are given as courses. However only 2 persons may be registered for each unit in

training that uses PC based simulators.

c) Trainings are classified in the system as full day, A.M., P.M., week day, weekend, or

evening training. For institutions providing formal training, class hours and break times are

arranged in accordance with their own regulations. Except these schools, duration of one class

hour is 45 minutes.. There should minimum 5 minutes break between classes. Practical training

may be conducted for 90 minutes uninterrupted. Full day refers to the training that starts in the

morning and continues throughout the day for a maximum of 10 hours (08:00-18:00), A.M.

refers to the training that starts in the morning and continues up to midday (08:00-113:00) and

covers a maximum of 6 course-hours, P.M. refers to the training that starts at noon and continues

until the evening (13:00-18:00) and covers a maximum of 6 course-hours, and evening training

refers to the training that commences in the evening and lasts for a maximum of 4 course-hours

(17:00-21:00). A trainee may take maximum 10 class hours over GAEBS Module.

ç) MET institutions save their course announcement in GAEBS for the dates they have

designated for training programs that will be arranged as courses from among the training

subjects they are authorized by the Ministry by also taking into consideration holidays and the

type of training to be provided.

d) Port Authorities approve the course/training announcements of the MET institutions

that is located in its own area of responsibility over the GAEBS that are seen as suitable by

evaluating within the scope of the Directive the duration of the course/training, quota, trainer

and student competencies.

e) MET Institutions are to enter trainer’s data to the GAEBS for the respective courses.

This data should be updated if there is any change on the course date. GAEBS will check that

the trainer is occupied only with the designated training on given day and hour. Otherwise the

training will be invalid.

f) Port Authorities are to check that the trainers are registered to the respective MET

Institution and certified accordingly through the National Education Provincial Departments or

MEBBİS directly.

g) MET Institutions are to register their trainees to the approved training programs

according to the provisions stipulated in this Directive. The daily attendance of trainees is to be

entered to GAEBS by the MET institution throughout the training. However, attendance should

be taken with signature on paper for each course-hour as long as the training continues and kept

by institution.

ğ) Formal MET Institutions are to register their students GAEBS on academic year and

department basis. Updated student information, courses taken and practical training data are to

be entered into the system regularly.

h) Those who completed the short courses successfully are to be entered into the system

by the respective institution.

ı) MET Institutions have the responsibility to keep up-to-date all the information

registered into the system.

i) The Administration may rearrange the GAEBS and the trainee attendance data to be

entered to GAEBS when required.

PART FOUR

Qualifications of Inspectors

Selection of Inspectors

ARTICLE 80- (1) Inspectors are to be 4-year faculty or Higher School graduate and must

meet at least one of the conditions below:

30

a) To be a lecturer/trainer and/or manager in an authorized MET Institution delivering

formal maritime training

b) To be a unlimited master or chief engineer

c) To be a manager, Maritime Survey Engineer, Maritime Specialist, Assistant Maritime

Specialist, Engineer or an expert at the Administration

ç) To have minumum3 years service at the Seafarers Department of the Administration

d) To be a quality inspector in one of the classification associations authorized by the

Administration

(2) Selected candidates will be entitled as an inspector following the Quality Standards

Inspector Training for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and Certification

Purposes and after signing the Ethical Regulations Document prepared by the Administration.

(3) Inspectors carry out required monitoring and evaluation activities and send their

reports to the Administration. Those, non-performing without a documented valid excuse, who

cannot perform duties according to the criteria determined by the Administration or who does

not comply with the Ethical Rules will be dismissed from the inspector duties.

(4) In the formation of the inspection group, the characteristics and activities of the MET

institution are taken into account.

(5) The Inspection Team consists of inspectors who are not members of inspected

institutions. One of the inspectors in the team shall be assigned as the chief of the team by the

Administration to manage the inspection activities.

Responsibilities of the Chief Inspector

ARTICLE 81- (1) The chief inspector that represents and manages the inspection team

will be responsible of;

a) Preparation of detailed inspection plan and conduct of the inspections

b) Arrangement of check lists in accordance with the activities of the institutions

c) Preparation, approval and transfer of the inspection report to the Administration

Training of Inspectors

ARTICLE 82- (1) Inspector candidates designated by the Administration shall take

Quality Standards Inspector Training for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and

Certification Purposes in order to implement standard procedures in the inspection activities.

The purpose of this training is to teach inspectors and decision makers the policies of the

Administration, working procedures and assessment criteria.

(2) The Inspector Training is to be planned and executed by the Administration. Content

of the training is determined by the Administration.

(3) Those who complete this training will be certified as the ‘’Quality Standards Inspector

for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and Certification’’

(4) Those who were designated as an inspector before the entry date of this Directive and

fulfil the requirements of Article 80 of this directive will be exempted from the Quality

Standards Inspector Training for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and

Certification. The Administration may take this inspector to the training if deemed necessary.

CHAPTER EIGHT

Education, Training and Examinations of Marine Pilots

PART ONE

Application and Marine Pilot Examination

Application

31

ARTICLE 83- (1) Marine Pilot candidates who fulfil the requirements stated in Article

69 of the Regulation shall apply with a petition including the evidencing documents to the Port

Authority where they are registered. The files of those who fulfil the requirements will be sent

to the Administration by the Port Authority.

(2) The Administration drafts a referral document for the examination for those who fulfil

the requirements.

Marine Pilot Examination

ARTICLE 84- (1) Written or online examination is to be conducted by the

Administration for Marine Pilots.

(2) Marine Pilot examination commission consists of 7 persons; four staff from the

Administration in the ranks of Director, Assistant Director and 2 heads of departments and 3

staff, representing maritime organizations designated by the Administration, who are graduates

of 4 year faculties and holding unlimited master and marine pilot competency and served

actively in the respective marine pilotage area at least for five years as a marine pilot.

(3) Written or online exam and oral exam questions are prepared by the Administration.

(4) Written or online exams shall include; ship types and handling characteristics, effects

of engines and propulsion systems on ship manoeuvre, resisting forces effecting ships such as

momentum and friction, pivot point, turning circle, steering gear and propellers, forward and

aft bow thrusters, types and specifications of tug boats, ship-tug boat interaction, tug boat line

handling and manoeuvre types, wind and current effects, shallow water and narrow water, bank

and canal effects, anchoring and use of anchors for other purposes, navigation and manoeuvre

plan, navigation and manoeuvring in narrow waters and rivers, automatic identification systems

(AIS), use of portable utensils for pilots, structure and functions of ship traffic services (GTH),

communications with GTH, human factors and bridge resources management, planning and

management for emergencies, ship handling in emergencies, case studies of manoeuvring

incidents, respective legislation, maritime English, use of code of signals in English and other

topic that will be deemed necessary.

(5) The examination will be graded over hundred points. Starting from the highest grade

the candidates will be ranked and twice the number of pilots to be employed will be selected

starting from the highest grade for the oral examination that meets the pass criteria minimum

70. Those who were graded below 70 will be failed in the exam. The candidates scored the

same grade with the last elected candidate will be also invited to the oral exams.

(6) Oral exam that will be done by the Administration is to cover below subjects:

a) Navigation rules for the respective pilotage area; information on port and strait charts,

harbour borders, mooring and anchorage areas, mooring buoys, shallow waters, restricted areas,

warnings, lights in the straits and ports, buoys, signals, symbols and abbreviations, pilot pick

up/drop positions, local currents, eddies, winds and wind effects, true course tracks and traffic

separation schemes, transits and transit lines, structure and functions of ship traffic services

(GTH), emergency procedures, general information for the respective region and adjacent sea

areas.

b) Shiphandling; specifications of different types of ship engines, propellers, steering

gears and paddle effects, draft, trim, under keel clearance of various ships, effects of variables

such as turning circle and stopping distance on manoeuvres, wind and current effects on ship

manoeuvre and navigation, anchoring and weighing anchor, getting alongside manoeuvre with

and without tug assistance, unmooring, mooring to buoys, med mooring.

c) Legislation; Law on Ports no 618, dated 14/4/1941, Law on Safety of Life and Goods

at Sea no 4922, dated 10/6/1946, respective port regulations, local regulation, customs and

traditions, International Rules for Prevention of Collision at Sea, other respective national

legislation on maritime issues and international conventions, Monteux Convention for the pilots

of Istanbul and Çanakkale Straits.

32

ç) Maritime English; Fluent and accurate use of standard maritime communications

phrases given in Chapter (A) of SMCP (Standard Marine Communication Phrases) in

accordance with IMO Advisory No: A.918

(6) The examination will be graded over hundred points. Each commission member will

grade each candidate separately. The arithmetical average of the grades will determine the oral

exam grade. Passing grade is 70. Those who were graded below 70 will be failed in the exam.

(7) The arithmetical average of the written and oral exam grades will determine the final

exam grade and the candidates will be ranked according to final grade. Starting from the highest

grade, the number of pilots to be employed will be successful in the exams.

(8) If deemed appropriate by the Administration, the exams may be supported by the

full mission bridge simulators.

PART TWO

Practical Examinations and Refreshment Training for Marine Pilots

Practical Examination for Marine Pilots

ARTICLE 85- (1) The candidates who successfully pass the exams of the Administration

and complete their practical training in accordance with the Article 70, paragraph 3 of the

Regulation will be subject to practise exam. Practise exam will be conducted by the Seafarers

Commission.

(2) Following the completion of the practical training, the Port Authority that receives the

respective documents from the authorized pilotage organization, applies to GK for the practice

exam of the Seafarers Commission.

(3) The practice exam is to take place on the designated date within the 90 days following

the practical training and to be conducted by the exam commission appointed by the GK in

accordance with practice exam topics stated in paragraph 7 below.

(4) The examination commission will be formed by 5 persons; one unlimited master

representing GK, one Maritime Survey Engineer at unlimited master competency to be

appointed by the respective port authority, respective Harbour Master and 2 marine pilots in

active service with valid pilot certificate who have served minimum 5 years in the respective

pilotage area organization in active service. If there is no availability of a marine pilot in the

regional pilotage organization meeting required qualifications, two most senior marine pilots

are to take part in the commission.

(5) The practice exams for the port pilots are to be done onboard a ship conducting

mooring manoeuvre in the respective port and for Turkish Straits pilots during the passage in

the respective strait.

(6) Practice exams will be graded over 100. Minimum 70 points is required for pass.

Those who were graded below 70 will be failed in the practice exam. Each commission member

will grade each candidate separately over hundred. The arithmetical average of the grades will

determine the practice exam grade. Those who failed in the exam may re take the exam after

completing the practical training again described in the Article 70 of the Regulation. These

candidates will be re-examined of all subjects in the exam. Those who fail again in the exam,

cannot enter the exams any more.

(7) Practice exam shall cover the following applications.

(a) For port pilots; The candidate should pilot a ship entering into a port, safely in a calm

and cool manner, under the supervision of an authorized pilot. If be needed, one of the

manoeuvres of anchoring, mooring to a buoy, med mooring, unmooring and proceeding for

departure practices may be conducted. If possible, tugboat assisted manoeuvre would be

preferred in mooring manoeuvre.

(b) For Turkish Straits Pilots; The candidate should pilot a safe passage of a ship 150

meters or over in length in the respective Strait, under the supervision of an authorized pilot, in

accordance pilotage requirements

33

Marine Pilot Refreshment Training

ARTICLE 86- (1) All pilots employed in a Pilotage Organization should attend

refreshment training at least every two years that the dates and participation requirements will

be announced every January by the Administration.

(2) In the refreshment training; up-to-date information on ship manoeuvre and pilotage,

case studies and samplings on the navigation safety and ship manoeuvring incidents occurred

in various pilotage areas, changes in the national and international legislation, advances in

navigation equipment and technologies, use of new navigation equipment, risk management at

sea, fatigue management and such topics are to be covered. However, notwithstanding above,

professional and participative training environment shall be established including simulator-

assisted applications.

CHAPTER NINE

Administrative Sanctions, Supplementary and Final Provisions

PART ONE

Administrative Sanctions

ARTICLE 87- (1) In case it is determined that approvals and authorizations obtained by

educational institutions and instructors within the scope of this Directive are taken with

information and documents that mislead the Ministry, the approvals and authorizations granted

by the Ministry shall be cancelled.

Protocols with other Organizations ARTICLE 88- (1) The Ministry may sign protocols with MEB and YÖK for the

improvement of training programs, in-service training of lecturers and trainers, improvement of training facilities, seminars and improvement of the quality of the projects, training of cadets and contribution to similar activities in designated MET institutions.

Present MET Institutions

PROVISIONAL ARTICLE 1- (1) The authorization of the MET institutions that were

previously provided by the Ministry before the entry date of this Directive is valid. These

institutions are to comply with the requirements of this Directive until their first periodical

inspection.

(2) The authorized MET Institution that was inspected before the entry date of this

Directive will be subject to a periodical inspection two years after the last inspection date except

mandatory conditions.

(3) MET Institution those applied for authorization before the entry date of this Directive

but the application procedure are still in progress, will be inspected, evaluated and authorized

in accordance with the Directive in force at the application time. However, these institutions

must comply with the requirements set forth in this Directive until their periodical inspection

date.

(4) Authorization of the MET Institutions that were given before the entry date of this

Directive for respective competency training, will be suspended until they comply with the

physical conditions and training equipment requirements described in this Directive and in the

Radio Operator Competencies and Examination Regulation for the GMDSS Radio Operator

Certificate which is compulsory for the certificate of competency in accordance with Article 6

of this Directive.

34

(5) The protocols that were signed in accordance with Article 51 before the entry date of

this Directive between the MET Institutions will be in force.

Present Maritime Trainers

PROVISIONAL ARTICLE 2- (1) Valid trainers certificates given before the entry date

of this Directive will maintain their validity.

(2) Those who applied for the Maritime Trainer certificate before the entry date of this

Directive will be subject to Directive in force on the application date.

PART TWO

Final Provisions Abrogation

ARTICLE 89- (1) The Directive for Seafarers Training and Examination, which has been

in effect with the Ministry Approval dated 02/03/2015, No. 483, has been abrogated.

Enforcement

ARTICLE 90- (1) This Directive will be in force on the approval date of the Ministry

Execution

ARTICLE 91- (1) The provisions of this Directive shall be executed by the Minister of

Transportation and Infrastructure.

35

ANNEXES

ANNEX-1 Minimum Training Requirements for Seafarers and Able Seafarers

ANNEX-2 Minimum Requirements for Deck Restricted Operational Level Training

ANNEX-3 Minimum Requirements for the Compensation Training for transition from

Restricted Master Competency to Watchkeeping Officer Competency (500-2999

GT)

ANNEX-4 Minimum Requirements for Deck Operational Level Training

ANNEX-5 Minimum Requirements for Deck Management Level Training

ANNEX-6 Minimum Requirements For Rating-Class Engine, Able Seafarer Engine And

Electro-Technical Rating Training

ANNEX-7 Minimum Requirements for Engine Restricted Operation Level Training

ANNEX-8 Minimum Requirements for the Compensation Training for transition from

Restricted Chief Engineer Competency to Engineering Officer Competency

(750-2999 kW)

ANNEX-9 Minimum Requirements for Engine Operation Level Training

ANNEX-10 Minimum Requirements for Engine Management Level Training

ANNEX-11 Minimum Requirements for Electro technical Officer Training

ANNEX-12 Minimum Requirements for the Yacht Master (149 GT) and Yacht Master

(499 GT) Training

ANNEX-13 Minimum Requirements for Safety Training for Fishing Boat Deck Ratings

ANNEX-14 Minimum Requirements for the Fishing Vessel Skipper Training

ANNEX-15 Minimum Requirements for the Open Sea Fishing Vessel Skipper Training

ANNEX-16 Minimum Requirements for the Basic Maritime Safety Training

ANNEX-17 Minimum Requirements for the Ship Security Training

ANNEX-18 Minimum Requirements for the Navigational Safety Training

ANNEX-19 Minimum Requirements for the First-Aid and Medical Care Training

ANNEX-20 Minimum Requirements for Training of Seafarers Working on Tankers

ANNEX-21 Minimum Requirements for Advanced Fire Fighting Training

ANNEX-22 Minimum Requirements for Proficiency in Fast Rescue Boats Training

ANNEX-23 Minimum Requirements for the Training on Seafarers Serving on Passenger

Ships

ANNEX-24 Minimum Requirements for the Cook Training

ANNEX-25 Minimum Requirements for Navigation and Ship Handling Course

ANNEX-26 Minimum Requirements for the Ship Engines Course

ANNEX-27 Minimum Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary

Training for Naval Officers

ANNEX-28 Minimum Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary

Training for Naval Petty Officers

ANNEX-29 Minimum Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary

Training for Naval Officers

ANNEX-30 Minimum Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary

Training for Naval Petty Offıcers

ANNEX-31 Minimum Requirements for the approval of Fire Fighting Training Centres

ANNEX-32 Minimum Requirements for the approval of Life Saving Appliances Platform

(including use of fast rescue boats)

ANNEX-33 Minimum Requirements for the Approval of the Personal Survival Tecniques

at Sea Training Pool

ANNEX-34 Minimum Requirements for the Approval of Laboratories

ANNEX-35 Minimum Requirements for the Refreshment Training

ANNEX - 1

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARER AND ABLE SEAFARER

TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

SEAFARER TRAINING

NAVIGATION

1) WATCHKEEPING ARRANGEMENTS AND METHODS

a) Ordinary duties of seafarers

b) Duties as per exceptional situations and conditions

2) Use of magnetic compass and gyro compass

Reading the compass

3) STEERING AND SWITCHING THE STEERING TO AUTO-PILOT OR MANUAL

CONTROL

a) The characteristics of the steering indicators and reading the indicator

b) Switching the steering to manual control

c) Switching the steering to auto-pilot

d) Keeping steady in required route

e) Implementation of the given steering command

4) UNDERSTANDING AND IMPLEMENTING THE STEERING COMMANDS BOTH IN

ENGLISH AND TURKISH

a) Standard Turkish commands used between the steersman and the Watchkeeping Officer

b) Standard English commands used between the steersman and the Watchkeeping Officer

c) Standard English commands given by Pilot

d) Reporting emergency cases in Turkish and English

5) FULLFILLING THE REQUIREMENTS OF A COMPREHENSIVE AUDIAL AND VISUAL

OBSERVATION

a) Sound Signals (whistle)

b) Navigational lights

c) Reporting the other objects with their approximate true and relative bearings by degree or

rhumb

i) Reporting with their true bearings

ii) Reporting with their relative bearings

6) SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

a) Visual and sound signals

7) BASIC KNOWLEDGE REGARDING THE REGULATIONS ON PREVENTING

COLLISIONS AT SEA

a) General Definitions

b) Restricted boat due to draft

c) The boat which is not under command

d) Restricted-maneuver boat

e) Sailboat

f) Fishing boat

g) Tugging boat

h) Full observation

i) Safe speed

j) The definition and explanation of collision danger

k) Traffic lane, separation lane

l) Separation region, coastal traffic region

m) Maneuvers to prevent collisions on ships

n) The signals given by ships seeing each other under limited visibility conditions

8) DEFINING AND REPORTING THE NAVIGATIONAL AIDS SUCH AS LIGHTS AND

BUOYS

a) General definitions

ANNEX - 1


TRAINING

2

b) Buoy systems (Lateral, Cardinal and Special Buoys)

c) Reporting procedures

9) CONTRIBUTING TO A SAFE NAVIGATION WATCH AND ITS FOLLOW-UP

Knowledge required in order to keep a safe navigation watch

10) USING ON BOARD COMMUNICATION AND ALARM SYSTEMS

a) On board communication procedures

b) Using the alarm systems

11) POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED DURING NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

Procedures of taking over, maintaining and passing on the watch

12) THE DEFINITIONS OF DANGERS OF COLLISION AND GROUNDING AND THE

EXPLANATION OF FURTHER RESPONSIBILITIES

13) KNOWLEDGE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO ESTABLISH A PROPER COMMUNICATION

WITH WATCHKEEPING OFFICER AND TO KEEP A SAFE WATCH

a) Keeping an effective watch on deck at port under normal conditions

b) Keeping a safe watch on deck at port while carrying dangerous cargo

14) GENERAL STRUCTURE OF THE BRIDGE, EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS IN USE

a) General structure of the bridge

b) Equipment in use

c) Apparatus / Devices

15) USAGE OF THE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

a) Basic knowledge on emergency tasks and alarms

b) Knowledge on distress lights, satellite EPIRBs and SARTs.

c) Avoiding false distress alarms and actions to be performed in case of a false alarm

SEAMANSHIP

1) HIERARCHICAL ORDER, MANNERS AND TRADITIONS ON BOARD

2) LIFE ON BOARD, COMMON SPACES, UNRESTRICTED SHIP SECTIONS

3) TERMINOLOGY USED ON BOARD, DEFINITIONS REGARDING SHIPS AND

SEAMANSHIP

a) Terms used on board

b) Definitions regarding ships and seamanship

4) LINES, ALL KINDS OF KNOTS, ROPE STROPS AND SLINGS

a) Line types

b) All kinds of line knots

c) Rope Strop

5) RIGGINGS, RUNNING RIGGINGS AND THEIR MAINTENANCE

a) Maintenance on riggings

b) Maintenance on running riggings

6) MAINTENANCE ON WINDLASS, ANCHOR AND LOCKS

a) Maintenance on windlass

b) Maintenance on anchor and chains

c) Maintenance on locks

7) TERMINOLOGY, CONTROLS AND SIGNALS OF ANCHORING

a) Terminology used in anchoring

b) Controls used in anchoring

c) Signals used in anchoring

8) General structure of the ship

9) Cargo gears and their maintenance

Derrick systems

10) CARRIERS AND LOADERS

a) Cranes and winches

b) Tackle equipment

c) Equipping a pilot ladder

ANNEX - 1


TRAINING

3

d) Equipping the gangboard

11) COMMON STEERING GEAR AND ITS MAINTENANCE

a) Common steering gear

b) Common steering gear and its maintenance

12) HOLDS, CLEANING OF HOLDS, STOWING AND LASHING OF CARGOES

a) Types and maintenance of hatch covers

b) Cleaning the holds

c) Stowage methods and basic knowledge on material loading

13) CARRYING DANGEROUS CARGOES

Basic knowledge on dangerous cargoes

14) MAINTENANCE ON BILGE AND TANKS

15) RECEIVING THE BILGE AND TANK ECHOSOUNDERS

16) SCRAPING AND PAINTING TECHNIQUES

a) Scraping techniques

b) Painting techniques

17) DECK MACHINERY AND THEIR MAINTENANCE

a) Maintenance on windlasses

b) Maintenance on davits

c) Maintenance on cranes

d) Maintenance on mechanical scraping tools

18) WATCHKEEPING AT PORT

a) Dangers in loading and evacuation operations for the crew

b) Ensuring the safety of the gangboard

c) Controlling persons boarding and leaving the ship; filling the visitor record book

d) Periodical control on lines

e) Required actions in case of pollution

f) Security of port crew, lightening and equipping the holds

TRAINING ON SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical

parts of the trainings specified in Article 23 of this Directive are carried out as specified in

ANNEX-16.

MARINE POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENT

1) EFFECTS LEADING TO MARINE POLLUTION

a) Reasons for environmental and marine pollution

b) Environmental and marine pollution caused by ships

c) Results of environmental and marine pollution

2) PREVENTING ENVIRONMENTAL AND MARINE POLLUTION, METHODS FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

a) Methods for environmental protection

b) Methods for preventing the environmental and marine pollution caused by the ship

(1) The mandatory training specified above can not be given for less than 256 hours and 6 weeks in

total.

(2) Seafarers who successfully completed the trainings specified in Articles 22 and 23 of this

Directive in an educational institution previously approved by the Administration shall be exempted

from Maritime Safety and Ship Security training indicated in this curriculum.

ANNEX - 1


TRAINING

4

b) Able Seafarer Training

ABLE SEAFARER TRAINING CURRICULUM

NAVIGATION

1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE SAFE NAVIGATION WATCH a) Understanding the orders and establishing communication with the watchkeeping officer for

watchkeeping duties b) Taking over, maintaining and passing on the watch c) Knowledge required in order to keep a safe watch d) Knowledge on mooring and relevant procedures including those listed below;

2) CONTRIBUTING TO BERTHING, ANCHORING, MOORING TO BUOY AND LINE

MANOEUVRES a) Functions of anchoring and tugboat lines b) Knowledge on capacity (wires, synthetic and fiber lines, winches, windlasses, capstans,

bitts, fairleads, bollards), safe operating load and anchoring equipment's resistance against

breaking forces

c) Unfurling the lines, tugbot lines and wires, maneuver methods with tow-lines and

knowledge on the sequence of the actions

d) Methods for using anchor in different incidents and knowledge on the sequence of the

actions

e) Knowledge on procedures of mooring to a buoy or buoys, actions, sequential commands

and operations

- Learning the function of belaying/tugbot lines and how each line operates as a part of

the whole system,

- Capacity of mooring equipment, safe operating loads, wire lines, synthetic and fiber

lines, winches, anchor windlasses, windlasses, bollards, resistance of hawses against

breaking force

- Belaying and tugbot lines including towing lines; tying, belaying and casting off the

ropes

- Sequence and methods regarding different anchor usages in various operations

- Sequence of operations and working methods for mooring to a buoy or buoys

CARGO HANDLING AND CARGO STOWAGE

1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE HANDLING OF CARGOES AND MATERIALS

a) Preparation of holds for cargoes

b) Deck clearance,

c) Methods for safe handling, bulking, protecting (storing) the cargoes and materials including

dangerous and harmful materials and liquids

d) Protection of the cargo (from rain, foreign substances, humidity and robbery)

e) Basic measures required regarding special cargo types and IMDG definitions

SEAMANSHIP

1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE SAFE OPERATION OF DECK EQUIPMENT AND

MACHINERY

a) The function and usage of heavy cargo lifts, cranes, derricks and relevant equipment of

valves and pumps (plungers)

b) The function and usage of winches, windlasses, capstans and relevant equipment

c) Hatch covers, water-proof skylight, gangway and relevant equipment

d) Fiber and wire lines, cables and chains including building, using, marking, maintenance and

appropriate stowage

e) Understanding and using basic signals intended for operating various equipment including

winches, windlasses, cranes, lifts

f) Anchoring, mooring and securing the anchor in case of emergencies under different

ANNEX - 1


TRAINING

5

conditions

g) Boatswain seats; building and dismantling the wharfs

h) Building and dismantling the pilot ladders, lifts, rat guards and landing stages

i) Accurate usage of knots, stitches, stoppers and marlinespikes

2) CONTRIBUTING TO THE USAGE AND MANAGEMENT OF DECK AND CARGO

HANDLING EQUIPMENT

a) Entrances, hatch covers, covers, ramps, accessing fore/gangboard/apt door/skylights and

lifts

b) Knowledge on piping systems, bilge and ballast suction pumps and shafts

c) Usage of cranes, derricks, winches

3) KNOWLEDGE ON HOISTING, HALF-MASTING OF FLAGS, SINGLE SIGNAL FLAGS,

STARBOARDS (A, B, G, H, O, P, Q) AND THEIR DEFINITIONS

SAFETY AT SEA, PERSONNEL WELFARE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF WORK HEALTH AND SAFETY

MEASURES

a) Operation procedures and methods on masts

b) Operations and operation methods on board

c) Operations and operation methods in enclosed spaces

d) Allowing to operate the systems

e) Controlling the lines and applicable methods

f) Lifting techniques and methods for preventing back injuries

g) Electrical safety procedures and methods

h) Mechanical safety procedures and methods

i) Chemical and biological danger safety procedures and methods

j) Using personal safety equipment

2) CONTRIBUTING TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES

REGARDING MARINE POLLUTION

a) Knowledge on preventive measures regarding marine pollution

b) Operating and using pollution preventing equipment

c) Knowledge on methods for eliminating marine pollutants

3) USING LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES AND RESCUE BOATS

a) Knowledge on using the life saving appliance and rescue boats, lowering mechanism and

equipment

b) Being familiar with survival techniques at sea

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS

1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS ON THE SHIP

a) Using the painting, lubricating and cleaning materials and equipment

b) Understanding and applying routine maintenance and repair methods

c) Knowledge on lapping (surface preparation) techniques

d) Understanding and applying safety guides and ship instructions

e) Knowledge on safe disposal procedures and methods for waste materials

f) Knowledge on maintenance and usage of hand tools

The mandatory training envisaged above shall not be given less than 80 hours in total. This training

does not include Maritime Safety and Ship Security training and practices.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

In order to be able to provide these trainings, all tools and equipment specified in the

Deck Restricted Operational Level Training shall be kept available for this training.

ANNEX-2

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL

TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING

MARITIME ENGLISH

a) Basic English

b) Maritime English

c) Sufficient English knowledge to understand and use charts and nautical publications

d) Sufficient English knowledge to understand meteorological reports

e) Sufficient English knowledge to understand safety messages

f) Sufficient English knowledge to understand Notices to Seamen for correction of charts and

publications

g) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English

h) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

NAVIGATION

1) COASTAL NAVIGATION PLANNING AND HANDLING AND POSITION FIXING

a) Comprehensive knowledge and practice in Nautical Charts, Notices to Seamen and other nautical publications

b) Using navigational aids such as lights, transmitters/beacons and buoys c) Position fixing for speedlogs considering winds, tides and currents d) Position fixing by various methods during coastal navigation

2) NAVIGATION PLANNING

a) Navigation in draft waters b) Navigation considering meteorological conditions c) Navigation in iced water d) Navigation under limited visibility conditions e) Traffic separation arrangements f) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) fields g) Navigation in areas with strong tides

3) REPORTING

a) General Principles for Ship Reporting Systems b) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Reporting Methods

4) NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

a) Compasses i) Magnetic compasses ii) Identifying magnetic compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and

making all necessary corrections iii) Gyro compasses iv) Identifying gyro compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and making

all necessary corrections b) Speedlog types and their use c) Sounding types and their use

5) USING ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT

a) Radar b) ARPA c) Auto-Pilot d) GPS e) NAVTEX f) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)

ANNEX-2


TRAINING

2

WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS

1) MAINTAINING A SAFE NAVIGATION WATCH

– Duties, authorities and responsibilities of the officers and the crew on navigational watch

– Content, application and purpose of COLREG 72

– Rules for keeping a navigational watch

– Rules to be followed when keeping a navigational watch

– Port watch

2) EFFECTIVE TEAM WORK METHODS ON BRIDGE

Bridge teamwork procedures

3) USING ROUTING

a) Meteorological routing

b) Using routing in accordance with the general conditions for ship routing

4) PROTECTION OF SEA ENVIRONMENT AND POLLUTION PREVENTION

a) MARPOL 73/78 Convention

b) Methods and auxiliary equipment to be used against pollution

SEAMANSHIP a) Deck equipment and its use

b) Hull maintenance, scraping and painting works

c) Factors affecting ship manoeuvers

d) Turning circle and stopping distance

e) Anchoring

f) Berthing and unberthing

COMMUNICATION AT SEA a) Visual and audible communication methods

b) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

c) Using International Code of Signals Handbook

d) VHF communication

e) Radio telephone communication

f) Reporting for ships in accordance with the general principles g) Accurately using reporting system and VTS methods

CARGO OPERATIONS, SHIP STRUCTURE AND STABILITY

1) SHIP STRUCTURE

a) Ship’s Hull and its characteristics

b) Deck gear

2) CARGO OPERATIONS

a) Dangerous cargoes

b) Using International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code

c) Dry cargo handling equipment

d) Dry cargo operations

e) Bulk cargoes

f) Grain cargo

g) Tanker operating

3) SHIP BALANCE

a) Load line and marking, plimsoll mark and draft values

b) Displacement calculation, draft survey

c) Buoyancy

d) Effect of the sea water density

e) Movement of the gravity centre

f) Free surface effect

ANNEX-2


TRAINING

3

g) Balance calculation and correction

h) Cargo stowage and cargo calculations

i) Knowledge in balance, stress cables and stress calculation

METEOROLOGY a) Using barometers, thermometers and other meteorological instruments on board and

interpretation of the measurement values

b) Characteristics of primary pressure systems

c) Recording and reporting weather observations

d) General meteorological conditions of ports

e) Evaluating storm warning signals and weather reports

f) Interpreting obtained meteorological information

TRAININGS ON SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY

1) It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical


ANNEX-16. The student should complete these trainings before joining the ship for maritime

training.

2) EMERGENCIES

a) Measures to be taken for the protection of the passengers in case of emergencies

b) Initial damage assessment and damage controls

c) Procedures to be followed after collision, measures to be taken after collision

d) Procedures to be followed after grounding

e) Measures to be taken when the ship runs aground or is stranded

f) Emergency steering gear

g) Methods and gear for tugging or being tugged

h) Actions to be taken in case of man overboard, life saving at sea

i) Assistance to the vessels in danger

j) Measures to be taken and procedures to be followed in case of emergency at port

k) Search and rescue (understanding the content of the IAMSAR manual)

3) METHODS FOR PREVENTION OF MARINE POLLUTION

MARITIME LAW AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS

a) Legal requirements on Safety of Life and Property at Sea

b) Ports Act

c) Related requirements set forth by the Act of Fees

d) Maritime Labour Act

e) Definition, powers and responsibilities of the Master

f) Marine accidents and collision

g) Averages

h) Rescue and aid

i) Nautical certificates to be kept on board

j) Insurance and marine insurance

k) Basic information on the IMO Conventions (SOLAS, MARPOL) and the practices

pertaining to the safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environment

I. International Convention on Load Lines, 1966

ii. SOLAS 74 and its amendments

iii. International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG Code) and ISM Code

iv. STCW 78 and amendments

vi. ITU Telecommunication Rules

vi. STP Convention, 1971

vii. SPACE STP, 1973

ANNEX-2


TRAINING

4

viii. PAL, 1974 and TONILATO 1969

ix. MARPOL 73/78

x. LDC-1972

xi. INTERVENTION-1969

xii. CLC-1969

(1) The above mentioned compulsory trainings shall not take less than 350 hours and maximum

8 hours training session is given each day.

ANNEX-2


TRAINING

5

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

The laboratory requirements and all necessary tools and equipment, other than those

materials available at the training facilities, are listed below.

ITEM

NO

NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY NAME

1. Training cassettes/CDs(in accordance with the training

provided) BASIC TRAINING

TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2. Desk, table (1 for each student)

3. Board

4. The library including the course books stated in the curriculum

and certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and

other professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG,

MERSAR, IMDG, SMCP, other International Rules and

Regulations, Maritime Labour Law, Maritime Commercial Law,

Navigation Books, Cargo Operation Books, Books for Ship

Building and Stability, Books for Safety at Sea)

5. Ram Lines BASIC MARINE

SAFETY AND

SECURITY

LABORATORY

6. Life Buoys (Qty: Student Capacity/6)

7. Life Jackets (Qty: Student Capacity/6)

8. Parachute Flares

9. Hand Flares

10. Smoke Generators

11. Line Throwing Appliance

12. Diving Suit

13. Thermal Protective Suit

14. Signals, Flags, Table of Figures

15. A Simple Portable VHF Radio

16. Life Raft and Hydrostatic Lock

17. Foam Applicator Unit

18. Fire Hose, Fire Blanket, Nozzle Types, Multi-Purpose Nozzle,

Records and Record Tool

19. Water Minimax, Co2 Minimax, Foam Minimax, Powder

Minimax (1 for each)

20. Fire Alarm, Fire Alarm Button, Smoke Detectors

21. Emergency Escape Breathing Apparatus (EEBD)

22. Fire Outfit (1 Suit) (Additionally, Axe, Life Line, Light, Helmet,

Gloves, Boots)

23. Fire Hoses

24. Manikin for practicing Search and Rescue (1 pcs)

25. Breathing Apparatus Set (Mask, Oxygen Tube, Depressurizing

Valve), (1 pcs)

26. First aid materials

27. Tools and equipment available in the ship’s infirmary

28. Materials to be used for initial treatment of fractures

29. Materials and various bandages necessary for dressing

30. Manikin for practicing artificial respiration

31. Stretcher

32. International communications manual indicating the methods for

requests of medical aid

33. Diagrams Showing the Human Anatomy

ANNEX-2


TRAINING

6

ITEM

NO


34. Hand-held metal detector 35. Hand-held radios

36. Alarm circuits

37. Door locks 38. Physical barriers 39. Door alarm and monitoring systems 40. Various types of flashlights and lighting equipment 41. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) system 42. Magnetic compass BASIC MARINE

LABORATORY 43. Sectional gyro compass (Gyroscope Type) 44. Maritime and training charts

45. Chart catalogues

46. Speedlog

47. Sounding apparatus

48. Nautical publications regarding lights

49. Notices to seamen

50. Parallel rulers (1 for each student)

51. Compass (1 for each student)

52. Goniometer (1 for each student)

53. Binoculars

54. Magnifying glass

55. Models for IALA buoying systems and interactive graphic

simulations based on personal computers

56. Light types

57. Navigational lights on the model ship

58. Hurricane lamp

59. Radar simulator and target injector (personal computer based)

60. Model Ship/Yacht

61. Diagrams and plans for ships/yachts

62. A 3D model ship/yacht section or graphical view showing

structural elements of the ships

63. Illustrations and plans showing ship types

64. Deck log-book

65. Garbage record book

66. Cargo ballast book

67. Simple hand-held VHF radio (2 pcs)

68. Thermometer, Barometer, Higrometer

69. Hydrometer

70. Chronometer

71. Wind rose (Anemometer)

72. Barometer

73. Materials for the workshop oriented at boatswains

74. Wires and vegetal marine lines

75. Fender types

76. Life line

77. Ram line and ring (walnut)

78. Helicopter rescue sling

79. Knot types board and a sufficient amount of consumables such

as lines, ram lines, sail twines, locks, rope thimbles, spikes, etc.

ANNEX-2


TRAINING

7

ITEM

NO


for practicing sailor's knots and stiches

80. Pilot ladder

81. Anchor types

82. Sphere

83. Cylinder

84. Cone

85. Steering wheel

86. Valve types

87. Whistle types, flag set, flag table, emergency flags, semaphore

table, country flags and Turkish flag in appropriate sizes

88. Fire detectors

89. Foghorn

90. Flood lamp or ALDIS

91. IMO symbols

92. Muster cards and muster rulers

93. EPIRB

94. SART

95. Tape measure (Water sounder)

96. Tape measure (Oil sounder)

97. Fuel paste

98. Water paste

99. Distilled water for battery

100. White lead

101. A piece of cloth

102. Bucket

103. Shavings

104. Oil Spill Kit (Materials for prevention of marine pollution)

105. Special Purpose Steering Simulator (Only Seafarers and able

seafarers' Training)

SIMULATOR

ANNEX-3

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR

TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED MASTER COMPETENCY TO

WATCHKEEPING OFFICER COMPETENCY (500-2999 GT)

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR TRANSITION

FROM RESTRICTED MASTER COMPETENCY TO WATCHKEEPING

OFFICER COMPETENCY (500-2999 GT)

NAVIGATION

1) NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT, CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS

a) Using navigation charts and publications fully and accurately

b) Correcting charts and publications

c) Chart projection systems

2) CURRENT SAILING, GREAT CIRCLE NAVIGATION, CELESTIAL

NAVIGATION, MATHEMATICAL NAVIGATION, POSITION FIXING METHOD

AND TYPES, TIDE CALCULATIONS

a) Mathematical navigation

b) Current navigation

c) Great circle navigation

d) Celestial navigation

e) Tide calculations

f) Position fixing by various methods

3) ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION

a) Using electronic navigation equipment

b) Effectively using radar and ARPA equipment

c) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)

d) Using and adjusting automatic pilot systems

4) COMPASSES

Identifying and solving Magnetic and Gyro compass errors

5) DEPTH AND SPEED MEASUREMENT

Effectively using echosounders and logs

6) NAVIGATION PLANNING a) Navigation planning

b) VTS Fields and Methods

7) KEEPING A SAFE NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

a) Principles to be considered during the navigation watch

b) COLREG content and application

c) Using any information obtained from navigational equipment in order to keep a safe

navigation watch

d) Radar aided navigation

e) General Ship Reporting Methods and Application

f) Using reporting methods as per VTS

g) Bridge Resource Management (BRM)

h) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources

i) Effective communication

j) Affirmation and leadership

k) Raising and maintaining awareness regarding a situation

l) Considering group experience

ANNEX-3




2

ENGLISH

1) BASIC ENGLISH

2) MARITIME ENGLISH

a) English for Nautical Charts and Publications

i) Sufficient English knowledge to understand and use charts and nautical publications

ii) Sufficient English knowledge to understand Notices to Seamen for correction of

charts and publications

b) English for Meteorology

Sufficient English knowledge to understand meteorological reports

c) English for emergencies and safety messages

Sufficient English knowledge to understand safety messages

d) English for Communications

i) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

ii) Communicating with other ships, shore stations and Vessel Traffic Services (VTS)

centers

iii) Officers shall be able to perform all their duties onboard with multiple foreign

national personnel

SHIP CONSTRUCTION

1) SHIP STRUCTURE

a) Ship sizes and types

b) Hull stresses

c) Hull structure

d) Fore and aft

e) Equipment

f) Rudders and propellers

g) Loading line marks and draft values

2) SHIP BALANCE

a) Displacement

b) Buoyancy (Immersion)

c) Fresh water allowance

d) Static stability

e) Initial stability

f) Inclination angle

g) Static stability curves

h) Shifting of gravity centre

i) Inclination and its correction

j) Effect of not completely full tanks

k) Trim

l) Loss of full floatability

MARITIME LAW AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS

a) Legal requirements on Safety of Life and Property at Sea

b) Ports Act

c) Related requirements set forth by the Act of Fees

d) Maritime Labour Act

e) Definition, powers and responsibilities of the Master

f) Marine accidents and collision

g) Averages

ANNEX-3




3

h) Rescue and aid

i) Nautical certificates to be kept on board

j) Insurance and marine insurance

1) BASIC KNOWLEDGE REGARDING IMO CONVENTIONS ON LIFE SAFETY

AT SEA AND PROTECTION OF SEA ENVIRONMENT

a) Load Lines International Convention, 1966

b) SOLAS, 1974 and the Amendments

c) International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG Code) and ISM Code

d) STCW 78, and Amendments

e) ITU Telecommunication Rules

f) STP Convention, 1971

g) SPACE STP, 1973

h) PAL, 1974 and TONNAGE 1969

i) MARPOL 73/78

j) LDC-1972

k) INTERVENTION-1969

l) CLC-1969

m) MLC 2006

SEAMANSHIP

1) KNOWLEDGE OF SEAMANSHIP

a) Deck gears on different types of ships and their use

b) Ship maintenance, scraping and painting works

2) SHIP USE

a) Factors affecting ship manoeuvers

b) Turning circle and stopping distance

c) Anchoring

d) Berthing and unberthing

3) COMMUNICATION AND METEOROLOGY AT SEA

a) Communicating by the use of Morse alphabet

b) Sending and receiving information by means of visual communication

c) VHF communication

d) Using barometers and thermometers

e) General meteorological conditions of ports

f) Evaluating storm warning signals and weather reports

CARGO OPERATIONS AND SHIP STABILITY

1) CARGO SECTIONS ONBOARD AND CARGO GEARS

a) General knowledge about types of the cargo ships

b) Cargo gears, winches, booms, cranes

c) Hatch covers

d) Holds of dry cargo vessels, preparation for cargo, stowage and lashing of cargoes

e) Preparing for and supervising loading and unloading operations

2) EFFECT OF THE CARGO ON THE SHIP BALANCE AND ITS SEAWORTHINESS

a) Draft, trim and stability

b) Protection of cargoes

c) Cargo on deck

d) Container cargo

e) Bulk cargo

f) Grain in bulk

ANNEX-3




4

3) SAFE CARGO HANDLING, STOWAGE AND PROTECTION

a) Safe cargo handling methods, IMDG Code, IMSBC Code,

b) Preparing the cargo in accordance with all relevant provisions such as MARPOL 73/78

Annex III and V

c) Supervising the cargo

d) Dangerous, risky and harmful cargoes

e) International regulations, standards, codes and recommendations on dangerous cargoes

including International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code and International

Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code.

f) Cargo handling gears, preparation, maintenance and safety

g) Oil tanker piping and pumping arrangements

h) Entering into enclosed spaces

i) General cargo calculations and cargo plans for different types of ships

j) Identification and survey of failures and damages in cargo departments, hatch covers and

ballast tanks

4) SHIP TRIM, STABILITY AND STRESS CALCULATIONS

a) Displacement calculation

b) Draft survey

c) Trim calculation

d) GM calculation

e) Stress calculation

SAFETY AT SEA

1) EMERGENCIES

a) Measures to be taken when the ship runs aground or is stranded

b) Measures to be taken after collision

c) Abandoning the ship

d) Tugging and being tugged

e) Man overboard

f) Search and rescue

g) International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Handbook

2) SAFETY AT SEA

a) Fire, fire-fighting measures, fire-fighting

b) Measures to be taken after fire

c) Lifesaving appliances and their maintenance

d) First aid


a) Prevention of marine pollution and pollution prevention methods

b) Information on measures to be taken to prevent marine pollution

c) Pollution prevention methods and relevant equipment

d) Importance of active measures oriented at protection of the marine environment

The above given compulsory trainings shall not take less than 350 hours providing that

maximum 8-hours training is given each day.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Any institution to be authorized for this training shall be equipped with tools and

equipment specified in the minimum requirements for Restricted Operational level

trainings.

ANNEX - 4

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING CURRICULUM

MATHEMATICS

a) Time and angle calculations, degrees, minutes and seconds calculation methods

b) Operations with whole numbers and fractions

c) Operations with decimal numbers and rounding

d) Operations with roots and roots

e) Determinants

f) Matrices

g) Logarithm, the use of logarithm tables

h) Algebra

i) Graphics

j) Proportion, deviation and intermediate value calculation (interpolation)

k) Limit and derivative

l) Differential and integral

m) Geometry

n) Area and volume calculations

o) Trigonometry

p) Complex numbers

q) Measurement

r) Uncertainty in measurement

s) Spherical trigonometry

t) Use of mathematical tables

u) Vectors

v) Ellipse and hyperbola

PHYSICS

1) GENERAL PHYSICS

a) Mass, weight and force

b) Distance, speed and acceleration

c) Circular motion and rotation

d) Statics

e) Work, energy and power

f) Mechanics

g) Density

h) Fluids

i) Principle of Archimedes and flotation

2) HEAT

a) Temperature

b) Expansion of solids and fluids

c) Gases

d) Heat conduction

e) Physical state of change

f) Vapors

g) Refrigeration

3) WAVES SOUND AND LIGHT

a) Waves

b) Electromagnetic radiation

c) Light

d) Sound

ANNEX - 4


2

CHEMISTRY

a) Basic information

b) Acids and bases

c) Water chemistry

d) Corrosion

e)Marine paints

f) Fuels and oils

SEAMANSHIP

1) SHIPS AND CLASSIFICATION OF SHIPS

a) Definition of the Ship, classification of ships

b) Commercial, war, service etc. characteristics of ship types

c) Rowing, sailing, motorized craft

d) Life boat structure and sections

e) Sails and sail boats

f) Types and characteristics of sailing craft

g) Sail types and sail sections

h) The concept of ship's dimensions and tonnage

2) NAMES OF THE VESSELS AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE SHIPS

a) Decks

b) Warehouses, hatch covers

c) Engine room

d) Pipeline circuits and tanks

e) Cofferdams, pipe tunnels

f) Bow locker and stores, paintings

g) Bridge

h) Living place

i) Rudder room

j) Posts, stitches and sections

k)Keel, frames, bulkheads, floors and beams, longitudinal and transverse strength elements

l) Coating elements, deck elements

m) Side ladder, waterproof hatches, light ports, duct, fans etc.

3) ROPES AND ROPE WORKS

a) Rope types, structures and usage places

b) Calculation of Circumference of the rope, operation, break strength, safety factors

c) Stoppers

d) Rope sewing, eye making

e) Major rope knots and places of use

f) Names of maneuvering ropes, maneuver commands

g) Rope winches, rope hawse, swivels, bollards, fenders

4) ANCHOR AND CHAIN

a) Windlass and anchorage equipment, iron chain, anchor, chain locker

b) Anchor types, structures, places of use

c) Types of chains, structures, places of use, operation and breaking strength

5) LOADING/UNLOADING EQUIPMENT

a) Winches, derrick

b) Cranes (shore - ship)

c) Shear hulk

d) Slings, pallets, net pallets, chain and wire pallets, animal chests, etc.

e) Blocks, tackles, chain blocks, power calculations

6) WORKING PROCEDURES ON BOARD

a) Ship crew b) Duties of the officers and ratings

c) Administration scheme

d) Rules and customs/traditions on board

7) MAINTENANCE ON BOARD

ANNEX - 4


3

a) Maintenance planning

b) Daily, voyage-based and annual maintenance of the deck department

c) Periodical and as-required maintenance works

d) Maintenance that can be done at sea, at port and in dry dock

e) Planning and implementation of the maintenance and repairs in dry dock

f) Assigning and stocking the material and equipment to be used in maintenance

g) Maintenance of the ship against corrosion

h) Corrosion and its causes

i) Surface preparation before painting, scaling

j) Scaling, sand-grid scaling by hand tools, mechanical tools

k) Paints and painting techniques

l) Planning the painting works and stocking, storing the paints

m) Maintenance of wooden parts

n) Maintenance of aluminum parts

o) Maintenance and repair of manila, synthetic and wire lines

p) Maintenance of safety equipment

q) Maintenance inside accommodation

r) Maintenance of anchoring gear and the chain locker

s) Maintenance of hold and hatch covers

t) Maintenance of ballast tanks

u) Maintenance of fresh water tanks

v) Maintenance of the moving/mobile equipment of the ship, lubricating procedures

w) Maintenance of loading/unloading gears

x) Measuring the plate thickness

y) Changing the plates, cutting and welding works

z) Planning and implementation of hot works

aa) Maintenance of deck gears like windlass, winches

bb) Maintenance of side ladder, davits, skylights and manhole covers

cc) Deck and Engine Department cooperation in planning of maintenance and materials

MARITIME SAFETY AND MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS

It will include the curricula specified in items 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical parts of

the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in ANNEX-16.

These trainings must be completed before the student joins the ship for marine training. The

curriculum of the 25 th and 27 th courses will also include the curriculum.

In addition to the above, the following curriculum will be included;

1) PRECAUTIONS FOR PROTECTION AND SAFETY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW IN

EMERGENCY SITUATIONS

a) Contingency plans to respond to emergencies

b) Measures for the protection and safety of the passengers in case of emergency

2) INITIAL ASSESSMENT AFTER COLLISION AND GROUNDING

a) Measures to be taken when the ship is intentionally grounded.

b) Procedures to be followed after grounding


d) Procedures after fire or explosion and ways to control damage.

e) Vessel abandonment methods

f) The use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering gear equipment

g) Methods and gear for tugging or being tugged

3) RESCUE PEOPLE FROM THE SEA, ASSISTANCE TO THE VESSEL IN DANGER

EMERGENCY SITUATIONS AT PORT

a) Rescue of people from the ship in danger

b) Actions in case of an emergency in port

ANNEX - 4


4

c) Preparations for the assistance to the ship in danger

4) RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA

a) Search and rescue

b) IAMSAR

NAVIGATION

1) DEFINITION OF NAVIGATION, BASIC KNOWLEDGE ON THE SHAPE OF THE EARTH AND

COORDINATES

a) Definition of Navigation, history, types, elements of navigation

b) The Universe, Solar system and Earth coordinate system

c) Shape of the earth, equator, poles, latitude and longitude, great circle, small circle,

d) Latitude and longitude differences

2) NAUTICAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS

a) General knowledge about nautical tools and equipment, charts and publications

b) Chart projection systems

c) Characteristics of Mercator nautical charts

d) Mercator map drawing, small Area Plotting paper drawing, definition of meridian parts

3) DISTANCE AND DIRECTION CONCEPT AT SEA

a) Distance and Direction

b) Measuring and calculating the distances on chart and while navigating

c) Rhumb line and great circle arc

d) Course and bearing (relative, true

e) Finding direction at sea, bearing and application to the map

4) COMPASSES

a) Compasses

b) Magnetic compass, reading the compass, degree and rhumb systems

c) Magnetic field of the Earth, magnetic field on a ship, P, Q and R forces

d) Natural and artificial magnetic variation and deviation

e) Structure of magnetic compass, errors and corrections

f) Gyro compass, structure, operation and errors, correcting gyro errors

g) Finding the compass error, its implementation on course and bearings

5) COASTAL NAVIGATION, METHODS AND TYPES OF POSITION FIXING, METHODS FOR

MATHEMATICAL NAVIGATION

a) Position lines and positions (bearing-distance), transit line and drawing on a map

b) Finding positions methods in the coastal navigation, determining the position by Fix, R.

Fix, E.P and M.P.P

c) Finding position by R.Fix method, plotting by double-angle method, safe navigation

without Fix

6) ARRANGING, CORRECTING AND USING THE CHARTS AND THE PUBLICATIONS

a) Information obtained from charts, light books and other publications

b) Symbols, abbreviations and acronyms used in charts

c) Arranging the charts and the publications, chart folio systems

d) Notice to mariners, correcting the charts and publications

e) Chart catalogs and how to use them

f) Electronic charts and ECDIS system

7) NAVIGATIONAL AIDS, LIGHTS AND BUOYS

a) Aids to navigation at sea and on shore, how to use them

b) Lights, identification, characteristics, calculation of visibility distances of lights in day

and nights

c) The information contained in the books of Admiralty List of Lights & Fog Signals, lantern

light characters, sector lights

d) Maritime Buoyage system and shape, color, pattern, and light characters, LATERAL and

CARDINAL SYSTEM buoys, other buoys

ANNEX - 4


5

e) Radio navigational aids, their symbols, charts and publications

8) DEPTH AND MEASURING DEPTH

a) Showing depths on the charts

b) Measuring depth

c) Echo sounders

d) Manual echo sounders

e) Electronic echo sounders (echo-sounders)

f) Navigation using echo sounders

9) SPEED AND MEASURING THE SPEED

g) Rules and regulations of a Navigational Log

h) Important items to be aware of during a Navigational Log

i) Logs, types, operating principles.

10) CURRENT NAVIGATION AND TIDE CALCULATIONS

a) Current and current navigation, current triangular elements (SET, DRIFT, SOA, TRACK,

COURSE, SPEED)

b) Current systems on earth

c) Tide and tidal currents, Maximum Current and slack water calculations

d) Usage of current charts and current atlases

e) The tide event, causes of tides, the Newton's Law effect of the moon and sun, Spring and

Neap tides

f) Calculating low-water and high-water periods using the Tide tables

g) Calculating depth for a certain period using the Tide tables

h) Calculating the slack water periods and the speed of the current for a certain period

i) Using the American and British tide tables

j) Voyage planning considering the tide and tidal currents

k) Current, drift, course correction for drift and its implementation

11) MATHEMATICAL NAVIGATION

a) Plane navigation

b) Volcano navigation

c) Latitude navigation

d) Longitude navigation

e) Medium latitude navigation

f) Mercator navigation

g) Great circle navigation

h) Properties of great arc

i) Planning and calculation methods for great circle navigation

i) Great circle navigation using charts, formulas, mathematical tables and

ii) Gnomonic-Mercator method

iii) Lambert procedure

iv) Using Convergence angle

v) Spherical triangle solution

vi) Height and position in Celestial navigation

vii) Combined navigation

12) CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

a) What is the celestial navigation? Principle of finding position in celestial navigation and

basic definitions, Solar System and earth sphere

b) Celestial Coordinate System,

c) Equator system coordinates, reference planes GHA, Dec, SHA, and GHA (Aries)

d) Horizontal coordinate system, reference planes, Height and Azimuth

e) Establishing a navigational triangle, elements of the triangle (corners, edges, angles)

f) What is the time? What are definitions of Times, GMT, ZT, LMT, ZD? time-related

formulas and rules for converting each other

ANNEX - 4


6

g) NAUTICAL ALMANAC, structure, information, celestial events, twilight and meridian

passage time calculation, time equation

h) Calculation of celestial coordinates using Nautical Almanac, (v) and (d) corrections for

GHA and Dec.

i) Finding latitude in the meridian pass, solution for the special case of navigation triangle,

relations among CoAlt- Dec.-Lat

j) Finding a latitude from a Pole Star

k) Sextant principle, parts,, finding and correcting sextant errors, finding corrected values for

sun, moon, planet and stars using nautical almanac

l) Identifying of celestial bodies

m) Star finding methods

n) Planet plotting for star finders

o) Star maps

p) Finding stars by height and azimuth tables.

q) Methods of finding the height and azimuth, procedures to find astronomical fix position.

r) Methods of determining the gyro-magnetic compass mistakes by celestial navigational

i) Measuring the azimuth during Meridian passage

ii) Measuring the azimuth from the pole star

iii) Calculating azimuth precisely when calculating the height

13) ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION

a) Electromagnetic wave principle and application to navigation

b) Use of electronic systems for finding position and navigating

c) Basic principles of hyperbolic navigation systems

d) Satellite navigation systems

e) GPS and DGPS

f) Radar and ARPA structure, settings and usage

g) Radar Observation and Plotting, American and British method solution

h) Manual plotting on maneuver plate or radar

i) Automatic plotting

j) Safe navigation methods using Radar, ARPA and ECDIS

- Knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of ECDIS operations, including:

1. Full understanding of electronic navigational map data, data accuracy, display of rules,

image preferences and other map data formats

2. Excessive confidentiality hazards

3. Be familiar with the ECDIS functions required by current performance standards, analyze

skills, interpretation, and information obtained from ECDIS, including:

a. Use of functions integrated with other navigation systems with different connections,

including correct operation and settings to make the desired settings.

b. Display of the sea area with its own position, mode and orientation, map data

display of the route, observation of the route, display of user-generated information,

contacts (when connected with the AIS interface and / or radar tracking) and the radar

screen Secure monitoring of information, including overlay functions (when attached to

the radar) and setting

c. Confirmation of the ship position by alternative means

d. Alarm parameters for grounding, proximity of contacts and special areas, map data

and up-to-datedness status and including full backups, ensuring that the usage of settings

are consistent with the method of operation effectively

e. Setting of settings and values so that they do not meet the current requirements

f. Situational awareness when using ECDIS includes; the proximity of safe waters and

hazards, map data and scale choice, direction and speed of the current, suitability of the

route, contact detection and management, and the integrity of the sensors

14) BRIDGE EQUIPMENT – NAVIGATION DEVICES

a) Bridge control systems

b) Rudder and steering gear

c) Autopilot and emergency rudder equipment

ANNEX - 4


7

15) BRIDGE NAVIGATION RECORDS AND JOURNAL KEEPING

a) Log records

b) Keeping the journal

c) Other registers outside the bridge journal

d) Automatic recorders


VTS regions and procedures

MARITIME ENGLISH

1) SHIPS, CLASSIFICATIONS, SECTIONS, MARITIME ENGLISH TERMINOLOGY

a) Definition and classification of ships

b) Ship measurements, tonnage concept

c) Cargo gears of the ships

d) Warehouses, hatch covers

e) Pipeline circuits and tanks

f) Windlass and rope winches, anchor gears, ropes, maneuver commands

g) Bridge, living places, engine room general definitions, terms

h) Ship crew, duties, work organization on board

i) Common maritime terms and the English terms of various parts of a ship

2) MARITIME ENGLISH ON MARITIME SAFETY AND FIRE FIGHTING

a) Safety equipment

b) Life boats, davits

c) Fire fighting equipment and gears

3) MARITIME ENGLISH ON NAUTICAL CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS

a) Geographical terms, terms used in maps and publications

b) English for understanding and using maps and maritime publications

c) English to understand seafarers' advertisements for correction of maps and publications

4) METEOROLOGICAL ENGLISH

a) Terms used in meteorological reports

b) Record air and sea status to the log

5) MARITIME ENGLISH ON MARINE COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT

a) Maritime trade, ship chartering and transportation

b) INCOTERMS and other common terms and abbreviations

c) Conditions of carriage according to the charter

d) Statement of Facts and Time Sheet

6) SEA TECHNICAL BUSINESS ENGINEERING

a) Class status according to ship types, classification of ships

b) Class change, withdrawal from class

c) Follow-up of survey status, planning of survey, preparation of ships

d) Following rules and regulations, preparing ships compatible with them

e) Follow-up of ship documents and inspections

f) Maintenance records, correspondence

g) Personnel, Training, Safety and Supply Management within the scope of Technical

Management

h) Material tracking, keeping records and planning of needs and replenishment

7) SEA AND PORT ADMINISTRATION AND SEA LEGAL ENGLISH

a) National maritime organizations

b) National maritime legislation

c) International maritime organizations and international legislation

d) Ship inspection and certification

e) Insurance terms

f) Marine accidents, collision, rescue aid, joint and special average

8) SHIP CERTIFICATES AND CARGO DOCUMENTS IN ENGLISH

a) Certificates and documents required to be carried on board

b) Port documents

c) Cargo documents

9) ENGLISH ON SHIP LOGS AND MARITIME CORRESPONDENCE

ANNEX - 4


8

a) Ship log and other logbooks

b) Registration of freight operations

c) ship correspondences, protests

d) English required to keep logs of ships and correspondence

10) ENGLISH USED IN SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR


b) Preparing for docking, docking, ship plans

c) Correspondence of fault, damage detection and repair

11) SURVEY AND SUPERVISION ENGLISH

a) Survey and inspection types

b) Flag state and port state control and inspection

c) Class audits

d) Check lists

e) English to be used in surveys and audits

12) COMMUNICATION ENGLISH

a) Use of the International Code of Signals Book

b) Inter-ship, ship-shore and in-ship English communication

c) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) communication

d) To carry out the duties of the officers in ships with more than one foreign nationals

e) Use of IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

13) ENGLISH IN EMERGENCY AND SAFETY MESSAGES

a) Emergency types

b) English required to send and receive emergency and safety messages

14) ENGLISH USED IN MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION

a) The human body

b) Diseases, drugs

c) Medical emergency communication

d) Medical pages of the Sign Code Book

e) International Medical Guidance and other marine medical publications

ELECTRONIC

a) Passive components

b) Semiconductor devices

c) Amplifiers (Amplifiers)

d) Feedback

e) Integrated circuits

f) Power sources

g) Oscillators

h) Radio broadcasting and reception

i) Photoelectric devices

j) Digital circuits

ELECTRICITY

1) MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY

a) Magnetism

b) Electrical safety

c) Electrical laws

d) Electric circuit

e) work, energy and power in an electrical circuit

f) Electromagnetic induction

g) Capacitors

h) Electric generators and motors

i) Alternating voltage and current

j) Distribution and protective devices

k) Electrochemistry

l) Devices

ANNEX - 4


9

METEOROLOGY

a) Meteorological devices used on board

b) Atmosphere, structure and physical properties

c) Atmospheric pressure

d) Wind

e) Cloud and precipitation

f) Visibility

g) Wind and pressure systems over the ocean

h) Structure of low pressure zones

i) Anticyclones and other pressure systems

j) Weather services for shipping

k) Recording and reporting of weather observations

l) Weather forecasting

SHIP STRUCTURE

1) SHIP GEOMETRY

a) Ship dimensions, form and form coefficients

b) Ship lines plans

c) Tonnages and special tonnages

d) Ship fore body and after body forms

e) Midship section forms, rise of floor

f) Chamber, sheer line

2) BOAT STRUCTURES AND BUILDING ELEMENTS

a) Ship hull material

b) Keel and bottom structure

c) Floors

d) Frames, beams

e) Deck Stringer, deck girder

f) Waterproof bulkheads

g) Pillars

h) Sea chest, bilge wells, manholes, air escapes, sounding pipes

i) Tensions on the ship

j) Hardware

3) PROPULSION SYSTEMS

a) Propeller definitions

b) Propeller types

c) Cavitation

d) Slip ratio

e) Steering and steering types

4) SHIP TRANSVERSE STABILITY

a) Kana numbers and actual drafts

b) Displacement, LSW, Deadweight, constant

c) Buoyancy

d) Loading lines

e) Fresh water share and DWA

f) Displacement, TPC and other hydrostatic curves

g) Transverse static balance

h) Intact stability, equilibrium types

i) displacement of the center of gravity

j) Heeling experiment

k) Heeling angle and corrections

l) Cross curves

m) Stable equilibrium curve

n) The Simpson rules

o) Static and dynamic stability rules

p) Free surface effect

5) DYNAMIC BALANCE

ANNEX - 4


10

IMO weather Criterion

6) TRIM AND LONGITUDINAL STABILITY

a) Longitudinal stability

b) Effect of changing water density on trim

c) Transfer problems

d) Calculation of new draft and trim after small loading / unloading

e) Calculation of new draft and trim after large loading / unloading

7) DAMAGED SHIP STABILITY

a) Loss of full buoyancy

b) Methods of weight addition and buoyancy loss

c) Damaged ship stability, drafts and trim


1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH

a) Bridge organization

b) Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of duty

c) Conformity to the duty

d) Watchkeeping on deck

e) Watchkeeping at port

f) Watchkeeping at anchor

g) Watchkeeping at gangway

h) Navigational Watchkeeping

i) Navigational planning, preparation documents

j) Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping handing-over

k) System controls to be made during the navigation

l) Navigation under limited conditions

m) Navigation at coastal and narrow waters

n) Preparation of port entrance

o) In order to maintain a safe navigation watchkeeping, use of data taken from navigational

devices

p) Knowledge of blind navigational techniques

q) Reporting to be used in accordance with "General Principles of Ship Reporting Systems"

and VTS methods

2) SHIP REPORTING SYSTEMS

3) REPORTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VESSEL TRAFFIC SERVICES

4) BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

a) Principles of Bridge Resource Management

b) Allocation, assignment and prioritization of the resources

c) Providing an effective level of communication

d) Affirmation and leadership

e) Raising and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation, considering the team

experience

f) Preparing against any situation

5) REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA

6) MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

ANNEX - 4


11

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND USAGE

1) BASIC PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

a) Mathematical and logical bases of programming

b) Development of computers and their usage

c) Basic hardware and software information

2) COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS USED IN SHIPPING

Examples of using computers and computerized systems in maritime

3) PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

a) Definition and development of programming languages

b) Examples of programming languages and sample programs

4) USE OF EXISTING COMPUTER PROGRAMS

a) Examples of existing softwares

b) Use of computers as word processor (Word, etc.)

c) Use of calculation statements in computers (Lotus, Excel, Quatropro, etc.)

d) Data storage

e) Computer communication, network systems,


1) CARGO SPACES AND CARGO GEARS ON BOARD

a) General knowledge on types of cargo ships

b) Cargo gears, winches, derricks, cranes

c) Hatch covers

d) Holds of dry cargo vessels, preparation for cargo, stowage and lashing of cargoes

e) Preparing for and supervising loading and unloading operations

2) EFFECT OF CARGO ON SEAWORTHINESS AND STABILITY OF SHIP

a) Draft, trim and stability

b) Protection of cargoes

c) Cargo on deck

d) Container cargo

e) Cargo in bulk

f) Grain in bulk

3) SAFE CARGO HANDLING, BULKING AND PROTECTION

a) Supervising the cargo

b) Providing effective communications during loading and unloading

c) Loading and unloading operations, where to look to assess the damage due to the corrosion

and extreme weather conditions

d) Cargo spaces, hatch covers and ballast tanks

e) Arranging a plan to include the sections to be inspected in each case in a way that covers

all of the sections of the ship within a specific period of time

f) Identifying the structural elements of the ship that are critical for the security of the ship

g) Stipulating the reasons of corrosion and how to identify and prevent it in the cargo sections

and ballast tanks

h) Knowledge on the procedures stating how to carry out the inspections

i) Explaining how to make a safe damage and loss assessment

j) Explaining the objectives of the "Enhanced Survey Program"

k) Dangerous, risky and harmful cargoes

l) Cargo handling gears, preparation, maintenance and security

m) Oil tanker piping and pumping arrangements

n) Entering into enclosed spaces

o) General cargo calculations and cargo plans for different types of ships

4) SHIP TRIM, STABILITY AND STRESS CALCULATIONS

a) Displacement calculation

b) Draft survey

c) Trim calculation

d) GM calculation

ANNEX - 4


12

e) Stress calculation

INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS

1) International Maritime Organization (IMO), organisation and objectives

a) IMO committees and organizational structure

b) General Assembly, Council, Committees and Secretariat

2) SOLAS, 1974, SOLAS PROT 1978, SOLAS PROT 1988 "International Convention For The

Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974 "

a) General information on SOLAS chapters and related Code books

b) IBC, IMSBC, LSA, FSS, ISM, ISPS, IMDG, FTP, HSC, IS, IGC, INF, BCH Code

c) IAMSAR VOL III

d) International Code of Signals

3) MARPOL 1973 and MARPOL PROT 1997 "The International Convention For The Prevention

Of Pollution From Ships, 1973 "

a) General information on MARPOL Annexes and records

b "Oil Record Book"

c) "Garbage Record Book"

d "Sulfur Content Monitoring Log"

e) "Ballast Water Record Book"

4) UNCLOS 1982 "United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, 1982"

5) STCW 1978 and Annexes "International Convention On Standards Of Training,

Certification And Watchkeeping For Seafarers, 1978 "

6) COLREG, 1972 and Annexes "Convention On The International Regulations For Preventing

Collisions At Sea, 1972 "

7) LL 1966 and LL PROT 1988 "International Convention On Load Lines, 1966"

8) TONNAGE 1969 "International convention on tonnage measurement of ships, 1969"

9) ILO Maritime Labor Convention 2006

10) General information on IMO safe practice books

a) The CSS Code "Code Of Safe Practice For Cargo Stowage And Securing"

b) BLU Code "Code Of Practice For The Safe Loading And Unloading Of Bulk Carriers"

c) TDC Code "Code Of Safe Practice For Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes"

d) OSV Code "Code Of Safe Practice For The Carriage Of Cargoes And Persons By Offshore

Supply Vessels "

11) FAL 1965 "Convention On Facilitation Of International Maritime Traffic, 1965"

a) General information on standard IMO FAL documents for port authorities;

b) IMO General Declaration,

c) Cargo Declaration

d) Ship Store's Declaration

e) Crew's Effect Declaration

f) Crew List, Passenger List

g) Dangerous Goods

12) SAR 1979 and Annexes "International Convention On Maritime Search And Rescue, 1979 "

13) SALVAGE 1989 "International Convention On Salvage, 1989"

14) BWM 2004 "International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships" Ballast Water

And Sediments, 2004 "

15) LC 1972 and LC PROT 1996 "Convention On The Prevention Of Marine Pollution By

Dumping Of Wastes And Other Matter, 1972 " 16) INTERVENTION 1969 and INTERVENTION

PROT 1973 "Protocol Relating To Intervention On The High Seas In Cases Of Pollution By

Substances Other Than Oil, 1973 "

17) CLC 1969 and CLC PROT 1992 "International convention on civil liability for oil pollution

damage, 1969 "

18) FUND 1971 and FUND PROT 2003 "Protocol Of 2003 To The International Convention on the

Establishment of an International Fund For Compensation For Oil Pollution Damage, 1992 & quot;

19) HNS 1996 "International Convention on Liability And Compensation For Damage in

Connection with The Carriage Of Hazardous And Noxious Substances By Sea, 1996 "

20) STP 1971 and SPACE 1973 "Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971"

21) PAL 1974 and PAL PROT 2002 & quot; Protocol To The Athens Convention Relating To The

ANNEX - 4


13

Carriage Of Passengers And Their Luggage By Sea, 1974 "

22) CSC 1972 "International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972"

23) LLMC PROT 1996 "Protocol Of 1996 To Amend The Convention on Limitation of Liability

For Maritime Claims, 1976 “

24) HNS 1996 and OPRC-HNS 2000 & quot; Protocol On Preparedness, Response And Co-

Operatıon To Pollution Incidents By Hazardous And Noxious Substances, 2000 "

25) SUA 1988 and SUA PROT 2005 "Protocol Of 2005 To The Convention For The

Suppression Of Unlawful Acts Against The Safety Of Maritime Navigation, 2005 "

SHIP MANEUVERS

1) FACTORS EFFECTING MANEUVERS

a) Environmental Conditions

b) Maneuverability

2) PROPULSION POWER AND RESISTANCE DURING MANEUVERING

a) Resistance due to air

i) Static air resistance

ii) Wind resistance

b) Resistance due to water

3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF MAIN ENGINES DURING MANEUVERING

4) PROPELLERS

a) Fixed pitch propeller

b) Variable pitch propeller

c) The effects of right and left turning propellers on the forward

d) Double propeller ships

5) STEERING

a) Steering effects on single vane ships

b) Steering effects on double propeller

6) BOW AND AFT THRUSTERS

a) Working principles

b) Effects on use with the rudder

7) ROPES

a) The effects of ropes during berthing/unbreathing

b) Other rope maneuvers

8) TURNING CIRCLE

9) SHALLOW WATER

a) Definition of shallow water

b) Shallow water effects, squat c) Narrow water course, bank suction

10) PROPER METHODS FOR ANCHORING AND BERTHING

11) TUG BOATS

a) Methods of using ropes with Tug boats

b) Use of tugboats in maneuvering

ANNEX - 4


14

MARITIME LAW

1) BASIC LAW

a) Definition, sources and types of the law

b) Fundamental principles of the law

c) Basic definitions

d) International Law, National Law, execution and sanctions

2) MARITIME LAW

a) Definition and classification of Maritime Law

b) Fundamental principles of International Maritime Law

c) Structure and sources of National Maritime Legislation

d) Requirements of Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea

e) Maritime Labor Law

f) Definition, powers and responsibilities of Master

g) Definition, seaworthiness, voyage and cargo worthiness of ship

h) Documents and records required to be made available on board

i) Sea accidents and collision

j) Averages

k) Rescue and aid

COMMUNICATION AT SEA

1) SEND AND RECEIVE INFORMATION WITH VISUAL SIGNALS

a) Signals with Morse code

b) To send and receive signals with Morse light (with aldis lamp)

c) Modified distress signal, SOS, COLREG 72 Annex IV

d) International Code of Signals Annex-1

e) Visual signs of single-letter signs specified in the International Code of signals

2) RADIO TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION

a) Radio telephone and radio telex communication

b) Ship to ship and ship to shore by radio communication

c) Maintenance and inspection of equipment

3) USE OF INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS

International Code of signals

4) GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS AND SAFETY SYSTEM (GMDSS)

5) EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION, SEARCH AND RESCUE COMMUNICATION

a) Responding to a call for help and sending a call for help

b) Forwarding calls to other stations

c) Communications related to IAMSAR

MARITIME MANAGEMENT

1) MARITIME COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT

a) Marine markets

b) Liner service

c) Trump management

d) Freight and chartering

e) Freight markets

f) Freight contracts

g) Freight contract based on voyage

h) Time-based freight contract

i) Bareboat charter contractors

j) Chartering negotiations, proposal and counter proposal methods

k) Freight and used abbreviations

l) Bill of lading

i) Letter of Credit

ii) Compensation letter

m) Agencies and types

ANNEX - 4


15

n) Preparatory letter, SOF, Time Sheet, Made Receipt, Manifest, Loading orders

o) International trade terms

p) Cargo brokers

q) Convenient Flag States

r) Freight conferences

s) International maritime organizations

2) SEA TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT

a) Following the rules and regulations, making the ships compatible with them

b) Follow-up of ship documents and inspections

c) Maintenance records, correspondence

d) Personnel, Training, Safety and Supply Management within the scope of Technical

Management

e) Material tracking, keeping records and planning of needs and replenishment

SAFETY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT

1) SAFETY, MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND QUALITY CONCEPTS

a) Safety

b) Environmental Protection

c) Quality

2) POLLUTION PREVENTION AND POLLUTION PREVENTION OF MARINE

ENVIRONMENT PROCEDURES

a) Measures to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment

b) Pollution prevention procedures and all relevant equipment

c) proactive measures for the protection of the marine environment

3) LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY AND QUALITY

MANAGEMENT

a) ISM Code

b) Standards for Quality

4) PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY AND QUALITY

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

a) Development and implementation of Safety Management System

b) Development and implementation of Quality Management System

c) Internal and external audits, auditing techniques and practicing

LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORK SKILLS

1) MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE CREW

Knowledge on crew management and training

2) LEGISLATION

National legislation knowledge with relevant international maritime legislation and

recommendations

3) SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT

a) Planning and cooperation

b) Personnel assignment

c) Limitations on time and resource

d) Prioritization

4) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN EFFECTIVE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

e) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources

a) Effective communication on board and on shore

b) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience

c) Motivation, pioneering and leadership

d) Obtaining and maintaining awareness regarding a situation

5) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUES

a) Situation and risk assessment

b) Determining and considering the possible options

ANNEX - 4


16

c) Choosing how to progress on an action

d) Assessing the effectiveness of the result

The aforementioned trainings shall take four semesters for Watchkeeping Officer competency,

five semesters for Unlimited Watchkeeping Officer competency.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

TRAINING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT AND

PUBLICATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PHYSICAL

ENVIRONMENT

GENERAL

– Library

– Classrooms

– Printing room

– Photocopy machine

– Printing machine

– Scanner

– Projector

– Television-video

– Training cassettes

– Computers

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT FOR BASIC

TRAINING

NAVIGATION

- Sextant (one for 4 students)

- Angle Meter (1 student per student)

- Parallel Ruler (1 student per student)

- Compass (1 student per student)

- Calculator (1 student per student)

- Bearing Meters (Target etc.)

- Magnetic compass

- Navigation rules (1 student per student)

- Almanac (as many as the number of students in

the same year)

- Navigational charts (up to capacity)

- Made by different projection techniques

Maps (Mercator, Gnomonic, Lambert)

- Navigation training charts (same number of

students)

- Plotting paper

- Map catalogs (Turkish, BA, US)

- Notices for seafarers (Turkish, BA, US)

- Natural Deviation Charts

- Light books (Turkish, BA, US)

- Current books (Turkish, BA, US)

- Current Atlases

- Pilot books (Turkish, BA, US)

- Star finder

- IALA Buoy System

- Distance Rulers

- All Binds with Radio Signals (BA, US)

- Ship Log

- Altitude and Azimute rulers

LAB

100x70 cm chart table for each student

(at least 12 units)

ANNEX - 4


17

ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION

- Gyro compass or gyroscope

- Autopilot

- Satellite Receiver

- Radio Direction Finder

- Electric Sounding

- Speed log

- B.A. List of Radio Signs Volume 5

- Notices tor seafarers

- GPS

- Navteks

Approved RADAR / ARPA Simulator

LAB

WATCHKEEPING

- Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea

(COLREG)

- MARPOL 73/78

CLASSROOM

Personal Computer and Projection System, Visual

Course Modules for; Safe Watchkeeping, Ship

Reporting Systems, Reporting to Ship Traffic

Services, Bridge Resource Management,

Prevention of Marine Environment, navigation

lights,

METEOROLOGY

- Panels showing cloud shapes

- US. Pilot Tables

- B.A. List of Radio Signals, Volume 3

- Meteorology Codes

- Anemometer

- Pluviometer

- Digital weather station

- Thermometer

- Hygrometer

- Barometer

- Facsimile receiver

- NAVTEKS

EQUIPMENT LOCKER

SHIP HANDLING

- Ship models

- Pier models

- Port models

- Crane

- Ropes

- Bollard

- Stopper

- Locks

- Chains

- Anchors

SIMULATOR

Bridge Simulator or Personal Computer Aided

Ship (Mathematical Model) Maneuvering

Simulator

Personal Computer and Projection Assisted

Course Modules

SHIP STRUCTURE AND STABILITY

- Three dimensional Ship model cut at the midship

showing ship structural elements

- Photographs and plans showing various ship

types

- A model ship that can float in a small pool and

can be loaded and unloaded

- Sample ship balance books

CLASSROOM

Course Modules supported with Personal

computer and projection to show structural

elements, ship types and plans, chart of ship,

stability rules

ANNEX - 4


18

CARGO HANDLING

- Various boom and crane models

- Cargo spaces, cover models or plans

- Various blocks

-A tanker model showing Tanks, pumps and pipes or

Liquid Load Handling Simulator

- Pictures, plans and books introducing various ships

- Examples of loading plans for various vessels

CLASSROOM

Personal Computer and projection supported

Course modules to show booms, cranes and

Cargo space models, blocks, tanks, pumps,

pipes,

FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE

FIGHTING

- Breathing apparatus

- Fire pan

- Pressurized water generating fire line

- Fire hoses

- Foam Applicator

- Fuel and solid fuels required for fire

- Model for research and rescue (6 piece)

- 65 mm Ø fire hose (6 pieces)

- 38 mm Ø fire hose (3 pieces)

- Connectors (3 pcs)

- Multi-purpose fire nozzle (6 pieces)

- Mechanical mixer (2 pieces)

- High expansion foam producer

- Water minimax (6 pieces)

- 5 kg CO2 minimax (12)

- 9 ℓ foamed minimax (5 pieces)

- 10 kg powdered minimax (12 pieces)

- Fire garment (5 sets)

- Breathing apparatus (5 sets)

- Smoke producer

- Shower (1 unit)

- Stretcher (1 unit)

- First aid kit (1 unit)

- Oxygen masked rescue kit (1)

- Fire ax (2 pieces)

- 36 m long safety rope with hook (2 piece)

Approved Fire Training Center

- Container and oprational fire equipment

specified in the adjacent column

- Compressor

- Training Films and Video Cassettes / CDs

BASIC SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS

- Metal hand detector

- Handheld radios

- Alarm circuits

- Door locks

- Physical barriers

- Door alarm and monitor systems

- Various types of hand lanterns and lighting

devices

- Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) system

ANNEX - 4


19

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES

– Line throwing appliance

– Ram lines

– Parachute Flares

– Smoke generators

– Hand flares

– Guide for muster drills

– Life rafts

– Thermal Protected Suit

– Diving Suit

– Life Jackets

– Life buoys

– Inflatable life rafts

– Lifesaving Boat

– Lifesaving boat equipment

– EPIRP

– SART

– Helicopter rescue sling

– Approved Proficiency in Survival

Craft Training Platform

– Approved Survival at Sea

Training pool or water areas that

provide the conditions stated in Annex-

33


- Tools for Morse communication

- (Systems such as Lighting switch)

- Flag Flames

- International Code of Signals

- Radio phone receiver / transmitter

- EPIRP

- VHF

- TELEKS

- International communication books

LABORATORY / SIMULATOR

GMDSS Simulator or lab composed of

Real Ship Communication Devices

PHYSICS

– Tools and equipment for mechanical

experiments

– Tools and equipment for hydrostatic

experiments

– Tools and equipment for gas experiments

– Tools and equipment for heat experiments

– Tools and equipment for light experiments

– Tools and equipment for sound experiments

LABORATORY

MARITIME CHEMISTRY

– Experiment tools and equipment for solutions

– Acidity-alkalinity indicators

– pH meter

– Tools and equipment for water analysis

– Hydrometer

– Oxygenmeter

– Salinometer

– Metal and alloy samples

– Samples of oxide, salt and various chemical

substances

– Samples of different types of corrosion

– Various fuel samples

– Viscometer

– Flash point measuring device

– Explosionmeter

– Toxicitymeter

– LABORATORY

BRIDGE SIMULATOR APPROVED SIMULATOR

ANNEX - 4


20

3. OTHER ISSUES:

Those who completed this training, certify that the curriculum includes relevant

trainings, are exempted from the trainings stipulated for obtaining Maritime Security, First Aid

and Advanced Fire Fighting certifications stated in the article 22 and Security Familiarization,

Security Awareness and Designated Security Duties trainings certifications stated in the article

23.

ANNEX - 5

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

TRAINING CURRICULUM FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL

NAVIGATION

1) VOYAGE PLANNING AND CONDUCT

a) Voyage planning and navigation for all conditions by acceptable methods of plotting

ocean tracks, taking into account, restricted waters, meteorological conditions, ice,, restricted

visibility, traffic separation schemes,, areas of extensive tidal effects and

b) VTS procedures vessel traffic service (VTS) areas

c) Use of guide books

d) Great Circle Navigation Procedures

e) Log recording, journals, journal keeping

f) Routeing in accordance with the General Provisions on Ships’ Routeing

g) Reporting in accordance with “Guidelines and Criteria for Ship Reporting Systems"

2) POSITION AND THE ACCURACY OF RESULTANT POSITION FIX BY ANY MEANS

a) By terrestrial observations, including the ability to use appropriate charts, notices to

mariners and other publications to assess the accuracy of the resulting position fix b)

Explanation of all of the celestial themes to determine the position with celestial

observations in all conditions

b) by terrestrial observations, including the ability to use appropriate charts, notices to

mariners and other publications to assess the accuracy of the resulting position fix

c) Under all circumstances, using modern electronic navigational aids, with specific

knowledge of their operating principles, limitations, sources of error, detection of

misrepresentation of information and methods of correction to obtain accurate position

fixing

3)DETERMINE AND ALLOW FOR COMPASS ERRORS

a) Ability to determine and allow for errors of the magnetic and gyro-compasses

b) Knowledge of the principles of magnetic and gyro-compasses

c) An understanding of systems under the control of the master gyro and a knowledge of the

operation and care of the main types of gyro-compass

4)TIDE CALCULATIONS

a) Tide and current calculations

b) Use of publication related to tide and currents

c) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation

d) Pole navigation

e) Navigation on ice

f) Navigation for the purpose of rescue and aid

g) Navigation in tropical storms

h) Great Circle Navigation with celestial navigation charts

i) Celestial navigation by the use of spherical triangle formula

j) Navigation errors (measurement, position, tools, etc.)

k) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation

l) Management of all steps of a navigation

5) WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS

1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH

a. Bridge organization

b. Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of duty

c. Conformity to the duty

d. Watchkeeping on deck

ANNEX - 5


2

e. Watchkeeping at port

f. Watchkeeping at anchor

g. Watchkeeping at gangway

h. Navigational Watchkeeping

i. Navigational planning, preparation documents

j. Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping handing-over

k. System controls to be made during the navigation

l. Navigation under limited conditions

m. Navigation at coastal and narrow waters

n. Preparation of port entrance









experience




SHIP STRUCTURE

1) SHIP STRUCTURE

a) Ship building tools

b) Welding, types of welding, welding errors and inspection methods on welding

c) Bulkheads

d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors - skylights

e) Corrosion, galvanic corrosion and its prevention

2) SURVEYS

a) Propeller shaft survey

b) Dry-docking survey

c) Hull, machinery renewal surveys

3) SHIP STABILITY

a) Transversal initial stability

b) Static stability curve

c) Losing stability

d) Stability in dry-docking

e) Dynamic stability

4) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON TRIM AND STABILITY

a) Damaged ship stability

b) IMO rules on damaged ship stability

c) Effect of damage and flooding on trim and stability and measures to be taken

d) Theories of trim and stability

e) IMO guidelines regarding ship stability

f) Requirements and responsibilities regarding international conventions and codes


1) SUPERVISION AND CONTROL FOR CONFORMITY WITH LEGAL

REQUIREMENTS AND MEASURES IN ORDER TO PROVIDE LIFE SAFETY AT

SEA AND PROTECT THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT

ANNEX - 5


3

a) Documents to be made available on board as per the International Conventions

b) Responsibilities as per International Convention of Load Lines (LOADLINES)

c) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS)

d) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From

Ships (MARPOL)

e) Maritime declaration of health and requirements of International Health Rules (IHR)

f) Responsibilities as part of the international regulations affecting the security of ship,

passenger, crew and cargo

g) Methods and equipment for preventing maritime pollution

h) National requirements for the implementation of the international conventions

i) MLC 2006 Convention


1) SEND AND RECEIVE INFORMATION WITH VISUAL SIGNALS

a) Signals with Morse code

b) To send and receive signals with Morse light (with aldis lamp)

2) RADIO TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION

a) Radio telephone and radio telex communication

b) Ship to ship and ship to shore by radio communication

c) Maintenance and inspection of equipment

3) USE OF INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS

International Code of signals

4) GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS AND SAFETY SYSTEM (GMDSS)

5) EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION, SEARCH AND RESCUE COMMUNICATION

a) Responding to a call for help and sending a call for help

b) Forwarding calls to other stations

c) Communications related to IAMSAR

d) Being able to send and receive Emergency Calls (SOS) with Morse light by the single letter

sign as indicated in the “International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1972

(COLREGs) Annex IV of the 1972 Amendments”, and "International Code of Signals"

MARINE ENGINES a) Operating drive systems and other engineering systems by the remote control system

b) Operating principles for marine power systems

c) Auxiliary machinery on the ship

d) Terms of marine engineering operations

e) Fuel consumption

MARITIME COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT

1) MARITIME MARKETS

2) LINER SERVICE

3) TRUMP MANAGEMENT

4) FREIGHT AND CHARTER

5) FREIGHT MARKETS

6) FREIGHT CONTRACTS

7) NAVIGATION-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS

8) TIME-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS

9) BAREBOAT CHARTER ELEMENTS

10) CHARTER NEGOTIATIONS, BID AND COUNTERBID METHODS

11) FREIGHT AND ABBREVIATIONS USED

12) BILL OF LADING

a) Accredited relations

b) Letter of Indemnity

13) AGENCIES AND AGENCY TYPES

14) NOTICE OF READINESS, SOF, TIME SHEET, MADE RECEIPT, MANIFESTS,

SHIPPING NOTE

ANNEX - 5


4

15) INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL TERMINOLOGY

16) CARGO BROKERS

17) CONVENIENT FLAG COUNTRIES

18) FREIGHT CONFERENCES

19) INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATIONS

TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT

1) TECHNICAL STATUS PROTECTION MANAGEMENT

a) Class status as to the types of ships

b) Change in class, cancellation of class

c) Follow-up on survey status; planning future actions and preparing the ship

d) Follow-up on rules and decisions, ensuring that the ships are compatible with the possible

amendments

e) Follow-up on the ship documents and inspections

2) MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT


b) Maintenance on hull, deck and machinery

c) Records and correspondences regarding maintenance

d) Maintenance costs

e) Docking, maintenance in dock

3) PERSONNEL, TRAINING, SECURITY AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT WITHIN

THE SCOPE OF TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT

a) Planning of training

b) Safe operating methods

c) Material follow-up, keeping records and planning the needs and the supply

SAFETY AT SEA

1) COLLISION, GROUNDING AND DAMAGE CONTROL

a) Measures to be taken while deliberately grounding a ship on a sandy beach

b) Required actions just before and after grounding

c) Refloating the grounded ship with or without aid

d) Required actions just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in terms

of water proof capacity for any reason

e) Damage control

2) EMERGENCY STEERING

3) EMERGENCY TUGGING ARRANGEMENTS AND TUGGING PROCEDURES

4) COORDINATION OF RESCUE AND AID OPERATIONS

5) MAINTAINING THE SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND

PASSENGERS OF THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE

SAVING, FIRE FIGHTING AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS

a) Rules related to the life saving appliances

b) Arranging muster drills for fire and abandoning the ship

c) Maintenance of working conditions of life saving, firefighting and other security systems

d) Required actions for protection and security of all people on board in case of emergencies

e) Required actions to save the ship and reduce damage after fire, explosion, collision or

grounding

6) DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMERGENCY CASE AND DAMAGE CONTROL

PLANS, MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCY CASES

a) Preparation of possible contingency plans against emergency cases

b) Ship structure including the damage control

c) Fire protection, alarm and extinguishing methods and equipment

d) Functions and usage of life saving appliances

ANNEX - 5


5

7) ARRANGEMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF PROVIDING MEDICAL CARE ON

BOARD

a) Medical publications

b) International medical guide for ships

c) International code of signals (medical part),

d) Medical first-aid to be used in accidents due to the dangerous cargoes

MARITIME ENGLISH

1) SHIP, STRUCTURE AND SECTIONS

a) Cargo gears of the ships

b) Windlass and rope winches, anchoring gear, lines and maneuvering commands

c) Ship crew, their duties, work organization on board

2) ENGLISH FOR NAVIGATION AND METEOROLOGY

a) Planning and management of navigation

b) Ship reporting systems

c) Terms to be used on the meteorological reports

3) RECORDS, DOCUMENTS, CORRESPONDENCES

a) Board documentation

b) Port documentation

c) Cargo documentation

d) Ship log book and other recording books, English knowledge to understand log books

e) "Charter" convention, sailing order

f) Preparation letter

g) Record of cargo operations

h) Ship correspondences, notifications



b) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System

c) Preparing the ship for dry-docking, dry-docking, ship plans

d) Correspondences on malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works

5) SURVEY AND INSPECTION ENGLISH

a) SOLAS, MARPOL and other International Conventions

b) Types of surveys and inspections

c) Flag state and port state controls and inspections

d) Classification Society inspections

e) Check lists

f) English to be used in surveys and inspections

6) ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION

a) Using the International Code of Signals Handbook

b) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English

c) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

d) Sufficient English knowledge to transmit and receive emergency and security messages

7) ENGLISH FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION

a) Human body

b) Diseases, medical drugs

c) Medical Emergency Communication

d) Medical pages of Code of Signals

e) Medical care on board

f) International Medical Guide and related sections of the other maritime medical publications


USE OF AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING APPLIANCES (ARPA)

1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF SEA RADAR SYSTEM

ANNEX - 5


6

a) Basic principles of radar

b) Safe distances

c) Radiation risk and measures

d) Characteristics of radar settings and factors affecting performance

e) External factors in radar adjustment affecting radar detection

f) Factors that may lead to misinterpretation

g) Performance standards – Decision A.477(XII)

2) ADJUSTING AND USING THE RADAR AS TO THE MANUFACTURER'S

SUGGESTIONS

a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display

b) Measuring the range and the bearings

3) MANUAL RADAR PLOTTING APPLICATION

a) Establishing the relative movement triangle

b) Definition of the route, speed and visions of other ships

c) Defining CPA and TCPA

d) Considering the effect of route and speed changes

e) Reporting radar plotting data

4) USE OF RADAR TO PROVIDE SAFE NAVIGATION

a) Fixing the position of ship by the use of radar

b) Definition of auxiliaries for radar navigation and security

c) Use of parallel lines for radar navigation

5) USE OF RADAR FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS OR NEAR MISSES

a) Implementation of Rules on Prevention of Collision in order to

b) avoid collisions or near misses

c) Use of modern electronic navigational aids (GPS etc.) and position fixing under all

conditions with knowledge in operating principles, limitations, error sources of these

equipment, troubleshooting the errors,

6) EXPLANATION OF AN ARPA SYSTEM

a) Visual characteristics of ARPA system

b) ARPA and IMO performance standards

c) Achieving the targets

d) Monitoring ability and limits

e) Process delays

7) USE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM


b) Obtaining target information

c) Errors in interpretation of target data

d) Errors in definition and explanation of the displayed data

e) System utilization applications for data verification

f) Risks of over-reliance on ARPA

g) Obtaining data from ARPA displays

h) Implementation of rules on prevention of collision

8) ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM (ECDIS)

a) Management of system files and data, operating methods

b) Using ECDIS playback function to review route planning of navigation and system functions

MAINTAIN THE SAFETY OF NAVIGATION THROUGH THE USE OF ECDIS AND

ASSOCIATED NAVİGATION SYSTEMS TO ASSIST COMMAND DECISION MAKING

1. Manage procurement, licensing and updating of chart data and system software to

conform to established procedures

2. System and information updating, including the ability to update ECDIS

3. System version in accordance with vendor’s product development

ANNEX - 5


7

4. Create and maintain system configuration and backup files

5. Create and maintain log files in accordance with established procedures

6. Create and maintain route plan files in accordance with establishedvprocedures

7. Use ECDIS log-book and track history functions for inspection of system functions,

alarm settings and user responses

METEOROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY

1) SYNOPTIC CHARTS AND WEATHER FORECAST

a) Pressure and wind systems of the World

b) Weather condition depending on the main air mass types

c) Synoptic and prognostic charts and forecasts

d) Classification of marine forecast codes and fax transmissions

e) Main types, sources and movements of floating ice

f) Guiding principles related to the safe navigation around ice

g) Conditions, dangers and solutions of ice accumulation on the upper side of the ship

2) CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT AIR SYSTEMS

a) Formation, structure and weather condition depending on the main weather fronts

b) Frontal and non-frontal pressure regions and related weather condition

c) Formation of non-frontal air systems and weather condition

d) Tropical cyclones

3) OCEAN CURRENT SYSTEMS

a) Circulation of surface water in the oceans and interconnecting seas

b) Voyage planning principles according to the wave heights and air conditions

c) Formation of sea waves and swells

MARITIME LAW

1) INTRODUCTION TO MARITIME LAW

Definition, scope and branches of the maritime law

2) MARITIME PUBLIC LAW

Definition, scope and branches of the maritime public law

3) MARITIME PRIVATE LAW

Definition, scope and branches of the maritime private law

4) SHIP

a) Ship definitions

b) Registration of ships

c) Right of flag bearing

d) Ship's seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo

e) Inspections on the ships and dimensions

f) Provisions for safety of life and property at sea

g) Number and competence of the seafarers

h) Legal aspects of pilotage

i) Board documentation (Documents, ship’s certificate, ship’s log book, tonnage certificate,

etc. which shall be kept available on board)

j) Bill of Lading

k) Sea report

5) MASTER

a) Definition of Master

b) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the public law

c) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the private law

d) Disciplinary power of the Master on board and his powers and duties in case of a legal

violation

ANNEX - 5


8

6) SHIPOWNER

a) Definition of the shipowner

b) Shipowner, responsibilities and rights

7) FREIGHT CONVENTIONS

a) Types of freight conventions

b) Legal characteristics of freight conventions

c) Responsibilities

d) Layday - Demurrage

e) Bill of Lading

f) Termination of freight conventions

8) MARINE ACCIDENTS

a) Collision

b) Sea report

c) Particular and general averages

d) Rescue and aid

9) OUR NATIONAL MARITIME LEGISLATION IN GENERAL

a) Cabotage Law

b) Maritime Labor Act

c) Law of Arrest and Seizure at Sea

d) Provisions of penal and procedure laws related to maritime

e) Knowledge in customs and smuggling regulations

f) Ports law, port regulations

g) Regulation for Seafarers

h) Coastal Health Legislation

i) Related sections of Law on Fees

j) Master instructions (taking over, keeping and using)

k) Law No 4922 on Smuggling

MARINE INSURANCES

1) INSURANCE AND INSURANCE LAW

a) Definition of insurance

b) Legal and economic requirements of insurance

c) Types of insurance

d) Marine insurances

e) Insurance policy

2) BOAT AND MACHINERY INSURANCES

a) Scope and conditions of insurance

b) Relations with the insurance company

3) CLUB INSURANCES



SHIP MANEUVERS 1) FACTORS AFFECTING THE SHIP MANEUVERS


b) Competence in maneuvering

2) DRIVING POWER AND RESISTANCES IN MANEUVER

a) Resistances related to the air

i) Still-air resistance

ii) Wind resistance

b) Resistances related to the water

3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE MAIN MACHINERY AS PER THEIR

FUNCTIONS IN MANEUVERING AND TYPES

4) PROPELLER

ANNEX - 5


9

a) FIXED PITCH PROPELLER


c) Effects of right and left hand propellers ahead

d) Ships with double propeller

5) STEERING

a) Steering effects on ships with single propeller

b) Steering effects on ships with double propeller

6) BOW THRUSTER, AFT THRUSTER

a) Operating principles

b) Its effects while using with the steering

7) LINES

a) Effects of the lines during boarding/shore off

b) Other line maneuvers

8) TURNING CIRCLE

9) SHALLOW WATER


b) Effects of shallow water, squad

c) Navigation at shallow waters, bank absorption

10) PROPER METHODS FOR ANCHORING AND KNOTTING

11) TUGBOAT

a) Tugboat line knotting methods

b) Using the tugboats in maneuvers


1) PLANNING AND EXECUTING SAFE LOADING, BULKING AND STORING

OPERATIONS AND MONITORING DURING THE VOYAGE AND THE

EVACUATION

a) International rules, codes and standards on safe handling, bulking, storing and transfer of the

cargo

b) Evaluating deficiencies and damages reported on cargo sections, hatch covers and ballast

tanks

c) Plans and activities in accordance with international rules

2) EFFECT OF CARGO AND LOADING OPERATIONS ON TRIM AND STABILITY

Draft, trim and stability

3) STABILITY AND TRIM DIAGRAMS AND EQUIPMENT FOR STRESS

CALCULATIONS

a) Shearing forces, bending moments, torsions

b) Compliance with minimum free board requirements of load-line rules

c) Use of vector diagrams for calculation of stresses on the cargo gears

d) Use of Automatic Data-Based (ADB) equipment

4) BULKING AND STORING CARGO ONBOARD; STORING BY THE USE OF

CARGO HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND MOORING EQUIPMENT

a) Timber deck cargoes

b) Procedures of receiving, tallying (scoring) and delivering cargo

c) Cargo care during carriage

d) Requirements applicable to the cargo handling gear

e) Maintenance of cargo gears

f) Maintenance of hatch covers

5) SAFE LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS

a) Loading and unloading operations especially related to carriage in the "Code of Safe Practice

for Cargo Stowage and Securing"

b) Loading, stowing and unloading heavy cargoes

c) Supervision of cargo during carriage

ANNEX - 5


10

d) Fumigation methods and safety measures for the holds

6) TANKERS AND TANKER OPERATIONS

a) Terms and definitions

b) Contents and implementation of ISGOTT

c) Petrol tanker operations and relevant rules on prevention of pollution

d) Chemical tankers

e) Tank cleaning and measures for pollution prevention on chemical tankers

f) Liquefied gas tankers

g) Cargo operations on liquefied gas tankers

7) DANGEROUS. RISKY AND DESTRUCTIVE CARGO CARRIAGE

a) International rules (IMDG and IMSB Code), standards, codes and guidelines for the carriage

of dangerous cargo

b) Dangerous cargoes in packages

c) Solid bulk cargoes

d) IMO Grain rules

8) OPERATIONAL AND DESİGN LIMITATIONS ON BULK CARGO SHIPS

a) Use of loading, maintenance and unloading documents on bulk cargo ships

b) Preparing a Safe Cargo Handling Method in accordance with IMSBC Code, IMDG Code,

MARPOL 73/78 Annex III and V and other related documents

c) Fulfilling basic requirements in order to establish an effective communication between Ship

and Port workers

d) Interpreting bending and twisting limit values of important structural elements of a standard

bulk cargo ship

e) Methods for avoiding a possible damage on bulk cargo ships due to faulty loading, fatigue

and corrosion


1. MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE PERSONNEL


2. LEGISLATION


recommendations

3. SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT




d) Prioritization

4. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING EFFECTIVE RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT

a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources

b) Effective communication on board and on shore

c) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience

d) Motivation, pioneering and leadership

e) Obtaining and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation

5. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING THE DECISION MAKING

TECHNIQUES





6. STANDARD OPERATING METHODS

ANNEX - 5


11

Development, application and supervision of the standard operating methods

The above mentioned trainings shall not be given less than 700 hours.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Management level training shall only be given in the institutions offering operational

level trainings. The tools and equipment in the institutions offering Operational Level Trainings

are sufficient for this training.

ANNEX - 6

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER

ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,

1

a) Seafarer engine

1) CURRICULUM

RATING-CLASS SEAFARER TRAININGS, ENGINE

ENGINE KNOWLEDGE

1) GENERAL ENGINE KNOWLEDGE

a) Preparation, operation and management of the ship diesel engine

b) Inspection devices’ and equipment’s (bridge gages, comparator, plastic gages, thermometers,

pyrometer, pressure gauge, vacuum gauge, indicator etc.) tasks and their usage

c) General information about ship lines

d) General information on the various lines in the engine room

2) CARRY OUT A WATCH ROUTINE APPROPRIATE TO THE DUTIES OF A RATING

FORMING PART OF AN ENGINE-ROOM WATCH UNDERSTAND ORDERS AND BE

UNDERSTOOD IN MATTERS RELEVANT TO WATCHKEEPING DUTIES

a) Terms used in machinery spaces and names of machinery and equipment

b) Engine-room watchkeeping procedures

c) Safe working practices as related to engine-room operations

d) Basic environmental protection procedures

e) Use of appropriate internal communication system

f) Engine-room alarm systems and ability to distinguish between the various alarms,with

special reference to fire-extinguishing gas alarms

g) Engine-room watchkeeping arrangement and methods

h) Carry out safe Engine-room watchkeeping

i) Carry out safe Engine-room watchkeeping at port

3) FOR KEEPING A BOILER WATCH: MAINTAIN THE CORRECT WATER LEVELS AND

STEAM PRESSURES

a) Safe operation of boilers

b) Information on types, parts and tasks of steam boilers

c) Starting and stopping of steam boilers

d) Cleaning, maintenance and repair works of steam boilers

4) OPERATE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND APPLY EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

a) Knowledge of emergency duties

b) Escape routes from machinery spaces

c) Familiarity with the location and use of fire-fighting equipment in the machinery spaces

ELECTRICAL KNOWLEDGE

a) Maintenance of DC motors and generators

b) General information about alternating current motors and generators

c) General information about current generators

d) Distribution boards, functions, measurement and control devices

e) electric generators and motors, switches, measures to be taken in maintenance and repair

of distribution boards

f) Maintenance of cables

g) Accumulators, places where they are used, maintenance, charging

MARITIME SAFETY AND SHIP SECURITY

It shall include the curricula specified in items 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical parts of the

trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in ANNEX-16.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE

a) Use of files, chisels and blasters

ANNEX - 6



2

b) Introduction and use of mechanical hand tools

c) Metal marking, cutting, binding and punching operations

d) Electric arc welding, oxy-acetylene welding use

e) Soft and hard soldering

f) Threading, countersinking, lathering

(1) The above mentioned compulsory trainings shall not take less than 256 hours and 6 weeks..

(2) Seafarers who are successfully completed the trainings specified in Articles 22 and 23 of this

Directive previously at the institutions approved by the Administration are exempted from

maritime safety and ship security training.

ANNEX - 6



3

b) Able seafarer engine

TRAINING CURRICULUM OF ABLE SEAFARER ENGINE

SHIP MACHINERY

1) CONTRIBUTE TO A SAFE ENGINEERING WATCH

a) Ability to understand orders and to communicate with the officer of the watch in matters

relevant to watchkeeping duties

b) Procedures for the relief, maintenance and handover of a watch

c) Information required to maintain a safe watch

2) CONTRIBUTE TO THE MONITORING AND CONTROLLING OF AN ENGINE-ROOM

WATCH

a) Basic knowledge of the function and operation of main propulsion and auxiliary

machinery

b) Basic understanding of main propulsion and auxiliary machinery control pressures,

temperatures and levels

3) CONTRIBUTE TO FUELLING AND OIL TRANSFER OPERATIONS

a) Preparations for fuelling and transfer operations

b) Procedures for connecting and disconnecting fuelling and transfer hoses

c) Procedures relating to incidents that may arise during fuelling or transferring operation

d) Securing from fuelling and transfer operations

e) Ability to correctly measure and report tank levels

4) CONTRIBUTE TO BILGE AND BALLAST OPERATIONS

a) Knowledge of the safe function, operation and maintenance of the bilge and ballast

systems,

b) Reporting incidents associated with transfer operations

c) Ability to correctly measure and report tank levels

5) CONTRIBUTE TO THE OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY

Safe operation of equipment, including:

a) Valves and pumps

b) Hoists and lifting equipment

c) Hatches, watertight doors, ports and related equipment

d) Ability to use and understand basic crane, winch and hoist signals

6) SAFE USE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

a) Safety precautions before commencing work or repair

b) Isolation procedures

c) Emergency procedures

d) Different voltages on board

e) Knowledge of the causes of electric shock and precautions to be observed to prevent

shock

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

1) CONTRIBUTE TO SHIPBOARD MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

a) Knowledge of surface preparation techniques

b) Ability to use painting, lubrication and cleaning materials and equipment

c) Knowledge of safe disposal of waste materials

d) Ability to understand and execute routine maintenance and repair procedures

e) Understanding manufacturer’s safety guidelines and shipboard instructions

f) Knowledge of the application, maintenance and use of hand and power tools and

measuring instruments and machine tools

ANNEX - 6



4

g) Knowledge of metalwork

MARITIME SAFETY, PERSONEL HEALT AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES

1) CONTRIBUTE TO THE HANDLING OF STORES

Knowledge of procedures for safe handling, stowage and securing of stores

2) APPLY PRECAUTIONS AND CONTRIBUTE TO THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION

OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT

a) Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment

b) Knowledge of use and operation of anti-pollution equipment

c) Knowledge of approved methods for disposal of marine pollutants

3) Apply occupational health and safety procedures

4) WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES

a) Personal shipboard safety, including:


c) Lockout/tag-out

d) Mechanical safety

e) Permit to work systems

f) Working aloft

g) Working in enclosed spaces

h) Lifting techniques and methods of preventing back injury

i) Chemical and biohazard safety

j) Personal safety equipment

Compulsory trainings provided above; shall be given for a total of 80 hours, not exceeding 8

hours a day. This training does not include Basic Maritime Safety Trainings and practices and

Ship Security training.

ANNEX - 6



5

c)Electro-technical rating training

TRAINING CURRICULUM OF ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING

SAFE USE AND OPERATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,

1) SAFE USE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

a) Safety precautions before commencing work or repair

b) Isolation procedures

c) Emergency procedures

d) Different voltages on board

e) Knowledge of the causes of electric shock and precautions to be observed to prevent

shock

2) CONTRIBUTE TO MONITORING THE OPERATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND

MACHINERY

a) Prime movers, including main propulsion plant

b) Engine-room auxiliary machineries

c) Steering systems

d) Cargo-handling systems

e) Deck machineries

f) Hotel systems

g) Electro-technology and electrical machines theory

h) Electrical power distribution boards and electrical equipment

i) Fundamentals of automation, automatic control systems and technology

j) Instrumentation, alarm and monitoring systems

k) Electrical drives

l) Electro-hydraulic and electro-pneumatic control systems

m) Coupling, load sharing. Changes in electrical configuration 3) USE HAND TOOLS, ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT

FOR FAULT FINDING, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OPERATIONS

a) Safety requirements for working on shipboard electrical systems

b) Application of safe working practices

c) Construction and operational characteristics of shipboard AC and DC systems and

equipment

d) Use of measuring instruments, machine tools, and hand and power tools

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

1) CONTRIBUTE TO SHIPBOARD MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

a) Ability to use lubrication and cleaning materials and equipment

b) Knowledge of safe disposal of waste materials

c) Ability to understand and execute routine maintenance and repair procedures

d) Understanding manufacturer’s safety guidelines and shipboard instructions

2) CONTRIBUTE TO THE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AND MACHINERY ON BOARD

a) Basic knowledge of electro-technical drawings and safe isolation of equipment and

associated

b) Systems required before personnel are permitted to work on such plant or equipment test,

detect faults and maintain and restore electrical control equipment and machinery to

operating condition

c) Electrical and electronic equipment operating in flammable areas

d) Basics of ship’s fire-detection system

ANNEX - 6



6

e) Carrying out safe maintenance and repair procedures

f) Detection of machinery malfunction, location of faults and action to prevent damage

g) Maintenance and repair of lighting fixtures and supply system

MARITIME SAFETY, PERSONNEL HEALTH AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES

1) CONTRIBUTE TO THE HANDLING OF STORES

Knowledge of procedures for safe handling, stowage and securing of stores

2) APPLY PRECAUTIONS AND CONTRIBUTE TO THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION

OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT

a) Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment

b) Knowledge of use and operation of anti-pollution equipment

c) Knowledge of approved methods for disposal of marine pollutants

3) APPLY OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES

a) Personal shipboard safety, including:


c) Lockout/tag-out

d) Mechanical safety

e) Permit to work systems

f) Working aloft

g) Working in enclosed spaces

h) Lifting techniques and methods of preventing back injury

i) Chemical and biohazard safety

j) Personal safety equipment

BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS

Curriculum shall include the trainings as set out in Article 22 and Security Familiarization,

Security Awareness, And Designated Security Duties training specified in Article 23 of this

Directive. The practical parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried

out as specified in ANNEX-16.

Compulsory trainings provided above shall be given for a total of 120 hours, not exceeding 8

hours a day.

ANNEX - 6



7

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

a) To be able to provide these trainings, it is necessary to have equipment specified at the Engine

Restricted Operation level.

b) In addition to the training for electro technical rating training, it is necessary to have the

following equipment .

MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME

--Brushless Alternator

- Electric motor,

- Electric motor start circuit

- Main switch

- Dashboard

- Generator control and synchronization module

- Main Distribution Panel (380 V, 220 V)

- Emergency Distribution Panel (380 VV, 220 V)

- Asynchronous motor start / stop circuits

- Asynchronous motor Forward / Reverse circuits

- Asynchronous motor star triangle circuits

- Asynchronous motor Soft Starter

- Make and Run Asynchronous Motor Control Circuit

Connections

- Reverse current relay

- Frequency Relay

- Voltage Relay

- Insulation Monitoring Relay

LAB

- ELECTRICAL TEST

AND EXPERIMENT

BENCH

- ELECTRICITY

PRODUCTION

EXPERIMENT SET

- MOTOR CONTROL

COMMAND

EXPERIMENT SET

- SENSOR EXPERIMENT

AND TEST PANEL

ANNEX - 7

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL

TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL TRAINING

DIESEL ENGINES AND OPERATIONS a) Operating principles of engines

b) P-V and (T-S) Timing diagrams

c) Scavenging and supercharging

d) Movable and fixed components of engines and their functions

e) Valve operating mechanisms

f) Combustion in diesel engines

g) Fuels used in diesel engines and their properties

h) Methods for fuel injection

i) Fuel pumps and injectors

j) Fuel lines

k) Lubrication

l) Oils used in diesel engines and their properties

m) Lubricating oil lines

n) Cooling lines

o) Starting air lines

p) Methods for starting air

q) Exhaust and air inlet lines

r) Navigational preparations

s) Controls and operations during watchkeeping

t) Periodical maintenance on diesel engines

SHIP AUXILIARY MACHINES AND SYSTEMS

a) Boiler types

b) Sections and functions of boilers

c) Firing up the boilers

d) Fuel and air systems of boilers

e) Maintenance of boilers

f) Pump types and operations

g) Air compressors

h) Windlass, winches, cranes, davits

i) Steering gears

j) Bilge line and bilge separators

k) Ballast line

l) Fire line

m) Fresh water line

n) Heating and ventilating lines

o) Fans

p) Evaporators

q) Oil and fuel separators

r) Shaft and stern tube

s) Structures, types and operating principles of coolers

t) Ice pound systems

u) Heating-cooling and ventilating systems

ANNEX - 7


TRAINING

2

ELECTRICAL KNOWLEDGE

13. CHARACTERISTICS OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ON BOARD

a) Voltage distribution systems

b) Principles of generators and engines

c) Direct current generators and engines

d) Alternative current generators and engines

e) Automatic voltage regulator

f) Emergency systems

g) Accumulators

h) Measurement instruments

i) Distribution panels

j) Cables

k) Transformers

l) Ammeters, potentiometer

m) Basic security

n) On board communication systems

o) Preparing, operating, parallel connecting and changing the generators

14. MAINTENANCE ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

a) Safety requirements which shall be fulfilled by the person assigned to a duty on the

electrical systems of the ship

b) Safe isolation methods to be followed before assigned to a duty on electrical equipment

c) Maintenance on electrical system equipment, switchboard, electrical motors, generators

and direct current electrical systems and equipment

d) Troubleshooting in electrical systems, error locations and measures preventing damage,

e) Production and operation of electrical testing and measurement devices


1) It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical



training.

2) EMERGENCY ACTIONS

a) Measures for protection of passengers in case of emergencies

b) Initial damage survey and damage controls

c) Operations that should be performed after collision, measures to be taken after collision

d) Operations that should be performed after grounding

e) Measures to be taken when the ship is aground or stranded

f) Operations that should be performed after grounding

g) Emergency steering gears

h) Methods and gears for tugging or being tugged

i) Assistance to the vessels in danger

j) Measures to be taken and procedures to be performed in case of an emergency at port

k) Being familiar with the contents of International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and

Rescue (IAMSAR) Handbook

3) PREVENTION METHODS FOR SEA POLLUTION

SHIP BUILDING


b) Hull structure

c) Fore and aft

d) Equipment

e) Loading line marks and draft values

f) Overflow

g) Buoyancy

ANNEX - 7


TRAINING

3

h) Fresh water allowance

i) Static stability

j) Initial stability

k) Inclination angle

MARITIME LAW a) Fundamental knowledge in IMO Conventions (SOLAS, MARPOL) on marine safety and

protection of marine environment and their implementation

b) Requirements of Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea

c) Act on Ports

d) Requirements of Act on Fees

e) Maritime Labor Act


g) Sea accidents and collision

h) Averages

i) Rescue and aid

j) Ship documents available on board

(1) The above mentioned compulsory trainings shall not take less than 350 hours and maximum

8 hours training session is given each day.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

As a minimum requirement, the tools and equipment which are listed below shall be

kept available for the above mentioned Engine Department Rating training.

S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME


delivered) TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT FOR

BASIC TRAINING 2. Desk, table (1 for Each Student)

3. Board

4. Library including the course books stated in the curriculum

certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and other

professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG,


Regulations, Maritime Labor Act, Maritime Commercial Law,




SAFETY AND

SECURITY

LABORATORY



8. Parachute Flares

9. Hand Flares

10. Smoke Signals


ANNEX - 7


TRAINING

4


12. Diving Suit

13. Thermal Protected Suit


15. Simple Handheld VHF Radio




Sleeve and Sleeve Key

19. Water Minimax, CO2 Minimax, Foam Minimax, Powder

Minimax (1 for Each)


21. Emergency Escape Breathing Device (EEBD)


Gloves, Boots)

23. Fire Hoses

24. Model for Search and Rescue (1 pc)

25. Respiratory Device Set (Mask, Oxygen Tube, Depressurizing

Valve), (1 pc)

26. First-aid materials

27. Tools and equipment available in the ship hospital

28. Materials used for the first medical intervention to fractures

29. Materials and various bandages necessary for the medical

dressing

30. Model for artificial respiration

31. Stretcher

32. International Communications Book indicating methods for

medical help requests

33. Diagrams Showing the Body Structure

34. Special Bandages

35. Metal handheld detector

36. Handheld radios

37. Alarm circuits

38. Door locks

39. Physical barriers

40. Door alarm and monitoring systems

ANNEX - 7


TRAINING

5


41. Various flash lights and lighting equipment

42. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System

43. Engine log book BASIC ENGINE

RATING

LABORATORY 44. Oil record book

45. Four-stroke diesel engine (it should have at least 4 cylinders in

operation)

46. Exhaust and suction valves, injectors, relief valves, fuel pump

47. Turbocharger

48. Cover

49. Liner

50. Piston and equipment

51. Starting air distributor

52. Starting air valves

53. Various pumps

54. Various valves

55. Steam traps

56. Snap-ring pliers

57. Piped coolers/Cooler model and components or graphical view

58. Air compressors

59. Piping tools

60. Deck machinery

61. Ammeters, Potentiometers, Wattmeter

62. Thermometer types

63. Inclinometer (Clinometer)

64. Barometer

65. Lead and alkaline batteries, hydrometer

66. Solenoid, iron-core solenoid

67. AC and DC alternator and engine models

68. Engine starters, circuit breakers, switches, fuses

69. Transformer section

70. Over current, reverse power, low voltage protection relays

71. Main distribution panel

ANNEX - 7


TRAINING

6


72. A 3D model ship/yacht section showing structural elements of

the ships

73. EPIRB

74. SART

75. Helicopter rescue sling

76. Fire detectors

77. Paint shop materials

78. Tape Measure (Water Sounder)

79. Tape Measure (Fuel Sounder)

80. Fuel paste

81. Water paste

82. Distilled water for battery

83. White Rag

84. A Piece of Cloth

85. Bucket

86. Chip

87. Oil Spill Kit (Materials Preventing Sea Pollution)

88. Dustpan

89. Wire line and fiber lines

90. Necessary knot types

91. Deck machinery or graphic view

92. Helmet, safety shoes, safety belt

93. Electric welding machine and consumables

94. Oxy-acetylene welding and consumables

95. Soldering machine and consumables

ANNEX - 8


TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED CHIEF ENGINEER COMPETENCY TO

ENGINEERING OFFICER COMPETENCY (750-2999 KW)

1

1) CURRICULUM

COMPENSATION TRAINING CURRICULUM FOR TRANSITION FROM

RESTRICTED CHIEF ENGINEER COMPETENCY TO ENGINEERING

OFFICER COMPETENCY (750-2999 KW)

ENGLISH

a) Basic English

b) Maritime English

CHEMISTRY

a) Basic concepts and laws

b) Acids and bases

c) Water chemistry, water test and water treatment

d) Corrosion

e) Fuels and oils

TECHNICAL DRAWING

a) Types of technical drawing

b) Line Drawing

c) Perspective, Projection

d) Development

e) Screw threads and fasteners

f) Locking tools and retainers

g) Rivet-type connection

h) Welded connections

i) Scaling

j) Stoppers and inserts

k) Geometric tolerance

l) Cams

m) Bearings

n) Felts

o) Lubricating ball and roller bearings

ANNEX - 8




2

THERMODYNAMICS

a) Definitions and basic principles

b) First law of thermodynamics

c) Thermodynamic systems

d) Energy exchange

e) Conduction

f) Gases

g) Ideal gases

h) Thermodynamic process

i) Heat machine cycle

j) Ideal gas cycle

k) Rankine cycle

l) Refrigeration cycles

MATERIAL KNOWLEDGE

1) CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR MATERIALS

a) Properties and usage

b) Operations Basic metallurgy,

c) metals and operations

d) Non-metal materials

e) Materials under load

f) Vibration

DIESEL ENGINES

a) Diesel engine cycles, two-stroke and four-stroke engines

b) P-V Diagram, timing diagram.

c) Scavenging air systems and turbochargers

d) Structures of trunk engines

e) Structures of crochet engines

f) Structure of diesel engines

g) Fuel injection systems

h) Combustion

i) Fuels

j) Diesel engine systems

k) Cooling water systems

l) Sea water systems

m) Lubrication and lubricating oil systems

n) Starting air systems

o) Exhaust systems

p) Fuel systems

q) Maneuvering preparations

r) Principles for keeping a safe watch

ANNEX - 8




3

SHIP ENGINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

1) PREPARING, OPERATING, TROUBLESHOOTING THE ENGINE AND CONTROL

SYSTEMS AND MEASURES FOR PREVENTING DAMAGE

a) Operation and maintenance of auxiliary boilers

b) Boiler malfunctions

c) Corrosion on boilers,

d) Use of sea and fresh water on boilers,

e) Fresh water treatment and water test,

f) Operation and maintenance of pumps

g) Operation and maintenance of compressors

h) Pressurized air systems and distribution

i) Bilge separator and operation and maintenance of waste water assembly

j) Operation and maintenance of the oil and fuel separator

k) Operation and maintenance of evaporators

l) Operation and maintenance of shaft systems

m) Operation and maintenance of deck machinery

n) Operation and maintenance of the steering system

o) Using the internal communication systems

p) Main engine and auxiliary systems

q) Steam boilers and auxiliary system and steam systems

r) Other auxiliary systems

2) ENGINE ROOM RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


b) Effective communication

c) Pioneering and leadership

d) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience


f) Importance of group experience

3) MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT MARINE POLLUTION

a) MARPOL 73/78 Convention

b) Measures to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment and its importance

c) Marine pollution prevention procedures and related equipment

SHIP AUXILIARY ENGINES

a) Structure of the auxiliary boiler

b) Auxiliary boiler and steam distribution

c) Operation of the auxiliary boiler

d) Heat exchangers

e) Evaporators and distillation principles

f) Types and operating principles of pumps

g) Pumping systems and control systems

h) Ballast, bilge, fire pumps and systems

i) Types and operating principles of air compressors

j) Fuel and lubricating oil separators

k) Bilge separator and waste water systems

l) Evaporators, incinerators

m) Alternators, generators and control systems

n) Deck machinery

o) Steering tube system and Shaft system

p) Propeller types

ANNEX - 8




4

q) Steering principles

r) Hydraulic control systems for steering

s) Electrical control for steering

t) Emergency steering system,

u) Structures, types and operating principles of coolers

v) Ice pound systems

w) Heating-cooling and ventilating systems

The aforementioned trainings shall take minimum 350 hours not exceeding 8 hours per day.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

In order to be able to provide these trainings, it is necessary to have equipment specified at the

Engine Restricted Operation level.

ANNEX - 9

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING

MARITIME ENGLISH

a) Basic English

b) Ships and classification of the commercial ships by ship type

c) Ship sizes and tonnage concepts

d) Technical and commercial ship management

e) Definition and functions of organizations and institutions which will be contacted by the

ship management company

f) Analysis of structural components of the ship, definition of various types of equipment

and mechanism as to different types of ships

g) Operating principles of internal combustion engines

h) Movable and immovable parts of ship’s diesel engines

i) Fuels and Combustion

j) Lubricating oil system in ship's diesel engines

k) Starting air system in Ship’s Diesel Engines

l) Cooling system in Ship's diesel engines

m) Propellers and driver systems

n) Pumps and compressors

o) Boilers and turbines

p) Fresh water generators, separators, bilge separator

q) Heating, cooling and air-conditioning systems

r) Engine room preparations before arrival and departure

s) Fuel and lubricating oil lines

t) Cooling water line

u) Compressed air lines

v) Exhaust lines

w) Ballast and bilge lines

x) Fire lines

y) Tanks and layout plans

z) Being familiar with the machinery and equipment operating manuals and their usage

aa) Turbocharger types, operating principles and components

bb) Separators

cc) Steering and steering systems

dd) Electricity production and distribution systems

ee) On board communication standard phrases (SMCP - Chapter B)

ff) Security on board

gg) Reporting the accidents and communication

hh) Preventing pollution during fuel and ballast operations

ii) General emergency alarm

jj) Fire prevention, notification

kk) Man Overboard

ll) Abandoning the ship and muster drills

MATHEMATICS

a) Linear algebra

b) Matrices, determinants

c) Vectors

ANNEX - 9


2

d) Complex numbers

e) Indices

f) Algebra

g) Trigonometry

h) Taylor and MacLaurin formula

i) Differential, Integral and integration methods

j) Series

k) Mathematical calculations with integers and common fractions

l) Calculations with decimals and rounding

m) Calculations with exponents and radicals

n) Logarithm, usage of logarithmic charts

o) Algebra

p) Graphics

q) Ratio, deviation and interpolation

r) Limit and Derivative

s) Geometry

t) Calculations for Area and Volume

u) Complex numbers

v) Measuring

w) Uncertainties in measuring

PHYSICS

a) Mass and volume

b) Velocity, acceleration, resistance and force laws

c) Work, energy and power

d) Fluids

e) Heat, temperature, heating value, specific heat capacity

f) Heat transfer

g) Wave movement

h) Electrostatics

i) Current and resistance

j) Electromagnetic induction

k) Electromagnetic wave

CHEMISTRY

a) Basic concepts and laws

b) Atomic structure

c) Chemical bonds

d) Solutions

e) Heat, velocity and stability in chemical reactions

f) Acids and bases

g) Water chemistry, water test and water treatment

h) Corrosion

i) Fuels and oils

j) Sea paints

ANNEX - 9


3

MECHANICAL SCIENCES

a) Vectorial algebra and vector systems

b) Force systems, center of mass

c) Physical point statics

d) Stability

e) Moment

f) Friction and friction laws

g) Velocity and acceleration

h) Linear motion

i) Curvilinear motion

j) Newton's second law

k) Physical point dynamics

l) Work and energy

m) Hydrostatics

n) Hydraulics

TECHNICAL DRAWING

a) Types of technical drawing

b) Drawing

c) Perspective, Projection

d) Development

e) Screw threads and fasteners

f) Locking tools and retainers

g) Rivet-type connection

h) Welded connections

i) Scaling

j) Stoppers and inserts

k) Geometric tolerance

l) Cams

m) Bearings

n) Felts

o) Lubricating ball and roller bearings

p) Technical drawing implementations

q) Roughness of the surface

r) Sectioning

s) Finding the real sizes, developments and intersections

t) Gear profile and construction drawings

u) Assembly drawings

SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAINING

It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical



training.

Moreover, the curriculum should include the training in Article 25 along with the training

stated in Article 27.

In addition to the above:

1) MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW AT

TIME OF INTERVENTION IN EMERGENCIES

a) Contingency plans for giving response to emergencies

b) Measures for protection and security of passengers in case of emergency

2) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN AFTER COLLISION AND GROUNDING

a) Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded

ANNEX - 9


4

b) Actions to be performed in case of grounding

c) Actions to be performed after collision

d) Damage limitation after fire or explosion and maritime salvage methods

e) Methods for abandonment of the ship

f) Use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering arrangements

g) Tugging and arrangements for tugging

3) RESCUING PEOPLE AT SEA, HELPING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCIES

AT PORT

a) Rescuing people on ship in distress

b) Actions to be performed in case of emergency at port

c) Preparations for assisting the ship in distress

4) GIVING RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA


b) International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR)

INTRODUCTION TO SHIP ENGINES

a) Main and Auxiliary Engines

b) Internal combustion engines

c) Diesel Engines and gasoline engines

d) Operating principles

e) Low, medium and high speed engines

f) Boilers

g) Boiler types

h) Steam turbines

i) Steam turbine components

j) Steam turbine circuits

k) Heat exchangers

l) Evaporators and distillation principles

m) Gas turbines

n) Gas turbine cycles

THERMODYNAMICS

a) Definitions and basic principles

b) First law of thermodynamics

c) Thermodynamic systems

d) Heat and work

e) Second law of thermodynamics

f) Entropy and heat energy

g) Carnot principle and cycle

h) Heat machine cycle

i) Compressor cycle

j) Steam cycles

k) Gas turbine cycles

DYNAMICS

a) Velocity and acceleration

b) Linear motion

c) Curvilinear motion

d) Newton's second law

e) Physical point dynamics

f) Work and energy

g) Energy conservation

h) Impulse and Momentum

i) Collision

ANNEX - 9


5

MATERIAL KNOWLEDGE

a) Construction and Repair Materials

b) Properties and usage

c) Operations

d) Basic metallurgy, metals and operations

e) Non-metal materials

f) Materials under load

g) Vibration

WORKSHOP

a) Fixed connections

b) Riveting

c) Soldering

d) Self-reliable connections

e) Welding types

f) Arc welding and equipment

g) Arc welding operations

h) Arc welding locations

i) Electrical arc welding principles

j) Oxy-acetylene welding and equipment

k) Oxy-acetylene operations

l) Health and security during welding operations

m) Welding on steels with low carbon levels

n) Welding errors

o) Piping works

p) Operating Security Implementations

q) Definition of maintenance and production on ships

r) Tools and sets in engine room

s) Safety measures in engine workshop

t) Files and filing

u) Beveling

v) Marking

w) Measuring and control

x) Cutting tools

y) Drills, drilling machines and their usage

z) Shaper, planer machines and their usage

aa) Thermal treatments for carbon steels

bb) Adhesives and adhesion

cc) Maintenance

DIESEL ENGINES

a) Diesel engine cycles, two-stroke and four-stroke engines

b) P-V Diagram, timing diagram.

c) Scavenging air systems and turbochargers

d) Low, medium, high speed engines.

e) Structures of trunk engines

f) Structures of crochet engines

g) Valve operating mechanism

h) Bearings

i) Fuel injection systems

j) Governors

k) Combustion

l) Fuels

m) Combustion chambers

ANNEX - 9


6

n) Diesel engine systems

o) Cooling water systems

p) Sea water systems

q) Lubrication and lubricating oil systems

r) Starting air systems

s) Exhaust systems

t) Fuel systems

u) Maneuvering preparations

v) Principles for keeping a safe watch

SHIP AUXILIARY ENGINES

a) Basic knowledge in auxiliary boilers

b) Structure of the auxiliary boiler

c) Auxiliary boiler and steam distribution

d) Operation of the auxiliary boiler

e) Heat exchangers

f) Evaporators and distillation principles

g) Types and operating principles of pumps

h) Pumping systems and control systems

i) Ballast, bilge, fire pumps and systems

j) Types and operating principles of air compressors

k) Fuel and lubricating oil separators

l) Bilge separator and waste water systems

m) Evaporators, incinerators

n) Structures, types and operating principles of coolers

o) Ice pound systems

p) Heating-cooling and ventilating systems

q) Alternators, generators and control systems

r) Deck machinery

s) Steering tube system and Shaft system

t) Propeller types

u) Steering principles

v) Hydraulic control systems for steering

w) Electrical control for steering

x) Emergency steering system,


1) PREPARING, OPERATING, TROUBLESHOOTING THE ENGINE AND CONTROL

SYSTEMS AND MEASURES FOR PREVENTING DAMAGE

a) Operation and maintenance of main engine and auxiliary systems

b) Steam boilers and auxiliary systems and operation and maintenance of steam systems

c) Other auxiliary systems

d) Operation and maintenance of auxiliary boilers

e) Boiler malfunctions

f) Corrosion on boilers,

g) Use of sea and fresh water on boilers,

h) Fresh water treatment and water test,

i) Operation and maintenance of pumps

j) Operation and maintenance of compressors

k) Pressurized air systems and distribution

l) Bilge separator and operation and maintenance of waste water assembly

m) Operation and maintenance of the oil and fuel separator

2) MEASURES TO PREVENT MARINE POLLUTION

a) MARPOL 73/78

b) Measures to prevent marine pollution and their importance

c) Procedures for preventing marine pollution and relevant equipment

ANNEX - 9


7

3) ACTIONS TO BE PERFORMED DURING WATCHKEEPING IN THE ENGINE ROOM

a) Duties on accepting and taking the watch over

b) Routine duties during watchkeeping

c) Importance of engine log books and measurements

d) Duties on watch handover

e) Fundamentals of automation and inspection

f) Security and emergency operations

g) Operation and maintenance of heat exchangers

h) Operation and maintenance of evaporators

i) Operation and maintenance of shaft systems

j) Operation and maintenance of deck machinery

k) Operation and maintenance of the steering system

l) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic steering systems

m) Operation and maintenance of electric steering

n) Safety and emergency procedures for ship drive and control systems

o) Operation of AC and DC systems, electrical and electronic hand tools used in

troubleshooting, maintenance and repair operations and usage of measurement tools

p) Maintenance and operation of emergency steering gear

q) Security measures and fuel supply including sampling

r) Fuel operations, using different quality fuels and related problems

s) Maneuvering and navigation, principles for safe watchkeeping

t) Arranging the safe maintenance and repair implementations, maintenance preparations

u) Scheduled and emergency maintenance, machinery malfunctions and their reasons and

methods for troubleshooting

v) Using the repair and maintenance equipment on board

w) Using electrical and electronic hand tools in troubleshooting, maintenance and repair

operations and using measurement tools, safe operating principles

x) Safe isolation for electrical and other installments and equipment

y) Safety and emergency procedures for maintaining and renewing the electrical power

installment

4) ENGINE ROOM RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


b) Effective communication

c) Pioneering and leadership

d) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience


f) Importance of group experience

5) USING THE INTERNAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

ELECTROTECHNICS

1) CHARACTERISTICS OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ON BOARD

a) Electron theory

a) Diagrams symbols

b) Simple circuits and Ohm's Law

c) Series and parallel circuits

d) Ammeters, potentiometer

e) Work, energy and power

f) Electrical power supply

g) Conductors

h) Insulation

i) Maintenance principles

j) Batteries

k) Magnetism and electromagnetism

l) Electromagnetic induction

m) Electrical Testing and Measuring Devices

n) Testing and measuring

ANNEX - 9


8

o) Security Requirements for Electrical Systems

p) Basic security

q) Cables

r) Alternative current

s) Distribution

t) Transformers

u) Alternators

v) Direct current generators

w) Maintenance of generators and switches

x) Alternative current engines, generators

y) Direct current engines

z) Methods for operating the electric engines

aa) High voltage facilities

bb) Maintenance of engines and starters

cc) Impedance and inductance

dd) Lighting

ee) Troubleshooting

ff) Control systems

gg) Malfunction locations, methods for detecting and troubleshooting

hh) Preparing, operating, parallel connecting and changing the generators

2) MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

a) Safety requirements which shall be fulfilled by the person for being assigned to a duty on

the electrical systems of the ship

b) Safe isolation methods to be followed before assigned to a duty on electrical equipment

c) Maintenance on electrical system equipment, switchboard, electrical motors, generators

and direct current electrical systems and equipment

d) Troubleshooting in electrical systems, error locations and measures preventing damage,

e) Production and operation of electrical testing and measurement devices

AUTOMATIC CONTROL

a) Fundamentals of Control Systems

b) Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control characteristics and relevant system

instruments for process control

c) Measuring and control.

d) Measuring systems.

e) Control components, sensors

f) Signal measuring, amplifiers and noise reduction methods.

g) Engine room control applications.

h) Main engine speed and load control

i) Auxiliary Machinery load control and synchronization

j) Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measurements and controls

k) Coolant water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure controls

l) Separator control systems

m) Pollution and salt rate measurements and controls

n) Tank systems level controls

o) Scavenge air combustion controls

p) Propeller and steering machine control

q) Engine room alarm systems

r) Control systems modelling

s) Open cycle control system

t) Closed cycle control system

u) Functions and performance tests for monitoring systems, automatic controlling devices

and protective devices

ANNEX - 9


9

MARITIME LAW

1) BASIC LAW

a) Definition, sources and types of law

b) Fundamental principles of law

c) Basic definitions

d) International law, national law, executions and sanctions

2) MARITIME LAW

a) Definition and classification of Maritime Law

a) Fundamental principles of International Maritime Law

b) Structure and sources of National Maritime Legislation

c) Legal requirements of Safety of Life and Property at Sea

d) Maritime labor law

e) Labor contract, terminating the contract, extending the contract period


g) Ship’s definition, seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo

h) Documents and records to be made available on board

i) Sea accidents and collision

j) Averages

k) Rescue and aid

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND ITS USAGE

1) BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

l) Mathematical and logical fundamentals for programming

a) Development in computers and their usage

b) Basic knowledge in hardware and software

2) COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS USED IN MARITIME OPERATIONS

Examples for the usage of computers and computerized systems in maritime operations

3) PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

a) Definition and development of programming languages

b) Examples and sample programs for programming languages

4) USING THE SOFTWARE PACKAGES

a) Examples for software packages

b) Using the computers as word-processors (Word, etc.)

c) Using the calculation tables on computers (Lotus, Excel, Quatropro, etc.)

d) Data storage

e) Computerized communication, web systems, (Web, Internet)

ELECTRONICS

a) Characteristics of basic electronic circuit components

b) Automatic and controlling systems flowcharts

c) Semiconductors theory

d) Diodes

e) Diode circuits

f) Transistors

g) Transistor amplifiers

h) Feedback amplifiers

i) Oscillators

j) Power amplifiers

k) Modulation

l) Electromagnetic waves and propagation

ANNEX - 9


10

MACHINE ELEMENTS

a) Structure of machinery components

b) Continuous strength

c) Material related connections

d) Power related connections

e) Plain and roller bearings

f) Couplings

SHIP BUILDING

1) SHIP STRUCTURE


b) Ship stresses

c) Hull structure

d) Fore and aft

e) Equipment

f) Steering and propellers

g) Loading line marks and draft values

2) SHIP STABILITY

a) Displacement

b) Buoyancy

c) Fresh water allowance

d) Static stability

e) Initial stability

f) Inclination angle

g) Static stability curves

h) Centre of gravity displacement

i) Declination and its correction

j) Effect of tanks which are not completely full

k) Inclination

l) Full buoyancy loss

HEAT TRANSFER

a) Heat transfer types

b) Heat transfer

c) Heat transfer by convection

d) Heat transfer by radiation

e) Time-dependent and independent heat transfer

f) Single dimensional heat transfer

g) Radial heat transfer

h) Multi-dimensional heat transfer

i) Hydraulic and thermal boundary layer

j) Regularity and Reynolds number

k) Heat transfer in case of condensation and boiling

l) Heat transfer between opposite surfaces


a) Structure and purpose of International Maritime Organization (IMO)

IMO committees and organization structure

General Board, Council, Committees and Secretariat

b) SOLAS,1974, SOLAS PROT 1978, SOLAS PROT 1988 “International

Convention For The Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974”

General knowledge in SOLAS Chapters and relevant Code books

IBC, IMSBC, LSA, FSS, ISM, ISPS, IMDG, FTP, HSC, IS, IGC, INF, BCH

ANNEX - 9


11

Code

IAMSAR VOL III

International Code of Signals

c) MARPOL 1973 and MARPOL PROT 1997 “The International Convention For

The Prevention Of Pollution From Ships,1973”

General knowledge in MARPOL Annexes and record books

Oil Record Book

Garbage Record Book

Sulphur Content Monitoring Log

Ballast Water Record Book

d) UNCLOS 1982 “United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, 1982”

e) STCW 1978 and its Annexes “International Convention On Standards Of Training,

Certification And Watchkeeping For Seafarers, 1978”

f) COLREG,1972 and its Annexes “Convention On The International Regulations

For Preventing Collisions At Sea, 1972”

g) LL 1966 and LL PROT 1988 “International Convention On Load Lines,1966”

h) TONNAGE 1969 “International convention on tonnage measurement of ships,

1969”

i) General knowledge in IMO safe implementation books

CSS Code “Code Of Safe Practice For Cargo Stowage And Securing”

BLU Code “Code Of Practice For The Safe Loading And Unloading Of Bulk

Carrıers”

TDC Code “Code Of Safe Practice For Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes”

OSV Code “Code Of Safe Practice For The Carriage Of Cargoes And Persons

By Offshore Supply Vessels”

j) FAL 1965 “Convention On Facilitation Of International Maritime Traffic,1965”

General knowledgein standard IMO FAL documents for port authorities;

IMO General Declaration,

Cargo Declaration

Ship Store’s Declaration

Crew’s Effect Declaration

Crew List, Passenger List

Dangerous Goods

k) SAR 1979 and its Annexes “International Convention On Maritime Search And

Rescue, 1979”

l) SALVAGE 1989 “International Convention On Salvage, 1989”

m) BWM 2004 “International Convention For The Control And Management of

Ships’ Ballast Water And Sediments, 2004”

n) LC 1972 and LC PROT 1996 “Convention On The Prevention Of Marine

ANNEX - 9


12

Pollution By Dumping Of Wastes And Other Matter, 1972”

o) INTERVENTION 1969 and INTERVENTION PROT 1973 “Protocol Relating To

Intervention On The High Seas in Cases Of Pollution By Substances Other Than

Oil, 1973”

p) CLC 1969 and CLC PROT 1992 “International convention on civil liability for oil

pollution damage, 1969”

q) FUND 1971 and FUND PROT 2003 “Protocol Of 2003 To The International

Convention On The Establishment of an International Fund For Compensation For

Oil Pollution Damage, 1992”

r) HNS 1996 “International Convention On Liability And Compensation For

Damage in Connection with The Carriage Of Hazardous And Noxious Substances

By Sea, 1996”

s) STP 1971 and SPACE STP 1973 “Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement,

1971”

t) PAL 1974 and PAL PROT 2002 “Protocol To The Athens Convention Relating To

The Carriage Of Passengers And Their Luggage By Sea, 1974”

u) CSC 1972 “International Convention For Safe Containers, 1972”

v) LLMC PROT 1996 “Protocol Of 1996 To Amend The Convention on Limitation

of Liability For Maritime Claims, 1976”

w) HNS 1996 and OPRC-HNS 2000 “Protocol On Preparedness, Response And Co-

Operatıon To Pollution Incidents By Hazardous And Noxious Substances, 2000”

x) SUA 1988 and SUA PROT 2005 “Protocol Of 2005 To The Convention For The

Suppression Of Unlawful Acts Against The Safety Of Maritime Navigation, 2005”

y) MLC 2006 Convention




2) LEGISLATION


recommendations





d) Prioritization


e) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources

a) Effective communication on board and on shore

b) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience

c) Motivation, pioneering and leadership

d) Obtaining and maintaining awareness regarding a situation

ANNEX - 9


13






The aforementioned trainings shall take four semesters for Engineer Officer competency, five

semesters for Unlimited Engineer Officer competency.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

TRAINING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT AND

PUBLICATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PHYSICAL

ENVIRONMENT

GENERAL

– Library

– Classrooms

– Printing room

– Photocopy machine

– Printing machine

– Scanner

– Projector

– Television-video

– Training cassettes

– Computers

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT FOR BASIC

TRAINING

PHYSICS

– Tools and equipment for mechanical

experiments

– Tools and equipment for hydrostatic

experiments

– Tools and equipment for gas experiments

– Tools and equipment for heat experiments

– Tools and equipment for light experiments

– Tools and equipment for sound experiments

– LABORATORY

MARITIME CHEMISTRY

– Experiment tools and equipment for solutions

– Acidity-alkalinity indicators

– pH meter

– Tools and equipment for water analysis

– Hydrometer

– Oxygenmeter

– Salinometer

– Metal and alloy samples

– Samples of oxide, salt and various chemical

substances

– Samples of different types of corrosion

– Various fuel samples

– Viscometer

– Flash point measuring device

– Explosionmeter

– Toxicitymeter

– LABORATORY

ANNEX - 9


14

THERMODYNAMICS AND COOLING-AIR

CONDITIONING

– Low and high pressure indicators

– Start - Stop - Emergency stop buttons

– Leakage current and fuse protection.

– Digital heat indicator

– Digital Thermostat

– Manometers

– Compressor

– Evaparator

– Condenser

– Expansion valve

LABORATORY

– Basic Cooling Training Set

- simple structure showing the basic cooling

system.

- transparent plexiglass structure that allows

the whole system to be examined and

observed.

- Observation window where the gas passage

can be monitored.

- the basic cooling general block diagram on

the Panel.

ELECTROTECHNICS

– Analog Ampermeter

– Analog Voltmeter

– Current transformer

– Voltage transformer

– Plier ammeter

– Megger test device 5000 V

– Megohmmeter (Isolation Monitoring Device)

marine type

– Vatmeter (current-voltage transformer)

– CosQmetre

– Frequency Meter

– Power contactor, thermal switch, overload

relay, time relay, phase sequence relay

– Console in which operation button, stop

button, terminal group and indicator lamp can

be operated

– Battery charger, short circuit protected with

current voltage regulation

– Accumulator (12 Volt or above (alkaline / lead

acid)

– Transformer - 3 Phase Input 3 Phase Output

(5KW Above)

– self-protected equipment in explosive

environments, Explosive-proof switch, signal

button, armature

– Lighting equipment and station fixture (with

mounting station)

– Various types of lighting (LED lighting,

fluorescents, halogens & mercury vapor plant)

– 1.5 mm2 multi-core cable

– Side cutter, pliers, pliers, screwdriver set.

– Cable stripper

– Cable pincers

– Cable bender, marine type cable bender

– Certified marine-type cables, multi-core &

network cable (ribbon cable.)

– Frequency inverter

– Brushless Alternator 10 KVA and above

– Active switch board and alternators: At least

two generators electric motor or diesel engine

driven. machine control panel synchronization

and load sharing panel (sea type), 380 Volt

and over

LABORATORY

ANNEX - 9


15

– 380 Volt emergency board connected to the

circuit breaker

– Induction Motor with cage winding (5 kW or

larger) (asynchronous motor with ring)

– DC / AC 1 KW inverter

– Rectifier unit - Miscellaneous

– 3 kW Electronic starter, 3 phase

– Variable frequency drive VFD connected to

the starter circuit (1.2kW or more powerful

three-phase squirrel cage induction motor with

380 Volt minimum capacity)

– Bow Truster propeller panel or equivalent

– Fuel Buster Pump Control Starter Panel No1

and No2 or Equivalent Diagram

– Ventilation / Air conditioning Control Starter

Panel - Diagram

– Air Compressor Control Starter Panel -

Diagram Y

– For operating 3 phase induction motors

Electronic starter minimum 1.2 KW 380 Volt

– Variable frequency drive VFD for driving

electric motors 3-phase

– Filer Gage

– Level sensor, limit switch, temperature switch,

pressure switch, temperature sensor,

speed sensor display, pressure sensor

indicator and sensor warnings are shown

alarm indicator (sea type)

– Internal Safe Zener Barrier Circuit Modules

– Various Electronic Components

– PNP, NPN Transistor, power transistor,

unijunction transistor. M

– Ship Radar, PCBs of marine equipment used

in alarm monitoring systems

– Soldering

– Protoboard

– Osilaskop

– FET (Field Effect Transistor - Field Effect

Transistor)

– MOSFET transistor types SCR

(siliconcontrolled rectifier) Electronic

components for installation Electronic circuit

with PCB

– SCR (silicon-controlled rectifier) Electronic

components for installation Electronic circuit

with PCB

– OP-AMP (Operational Amplifier) OP-AMP

(Operational Amplifier) PCB (Printed Circuit

Board) OP-AMP elements Circuits with PCB -

Circuit Board (Protboard)

– Function Generator

– Analog alarm and display panel (sea type)

– Programmable Logic Controller

– PLC controlled panel

– PID Controller used in marine system

– Circuit exercise with generator control panel

(Problem analysis) Boiler Panel circuit

ANNEX - 9


16

Problem Circuit Troubleshooting

TECHNICAL DRAWING AND DESIGN

– 450 900 square

– 300 600 square

– 3600 protractor

– 300 mm ruler

– T-ruler

TECHNICAL DRAWING CLASSROOM

Technical drawing table

SHIP MACHINERY – Two-stroke diesel engine or its full functional

model – Four-stroke diesel engine or its full functional

model – Exhaust and suction valves – Injectors – Relief valves – Fuel pump – Turbocharger – Cover – Liner – Piston and equipment – Governor – Lubricator – Oil mist detector – Bearing block – Bearing shells – Starting air distributor – Starting air valves – A boiler model and equipment – Various pumps – Various valves – Steam traps – Piped coolers/Cooler model and components – Plate type coolers/Cooler model and

components – Air compressors – Piping tools – Steering gear model and components – Telemotor, transmitter and receiver – Deck machinery – Hydraulic pumps – Oil/Fuel separator – Indicator device for diesel engine

LABORATORY

ANNEX - 9


17

WORKSHOP – Cutting shears – Pipe bending machine – Oxyacetylene cutting and welding tools – Electric arc welding tools – Soldering tools – Braze welding tools – Gloves, glasses, masks and protective suits – Welding electrodes – Mild steel plates up to 10 mm – Planning machine – Turn bench – Oscillation bench (3 pcs) – Three fold and four fold mirrors for benches – Tool carriers for benches – Benches equipped with clamps – Internal and external compasses, micrometers – Hand tools – Marking table – V blocks, leveling instruments – Upright drilling machine bench – Anvil – Lockers – First-aid cabinet – Crew cabinets

– WORKSHOP

HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC AND

AUTOMATIC CONTROL

– Steering control system that can control

single and double-sided actuators

– Pressure reducing hydraulic system with two

electric actuators and other electrical

auxiliary systems

– Actuators

– Single and double sided flow adjustment

valves

– Hose, speed adjustment valves, T-

connections, pressure gauges, safety valves,

temperature displays, air distributors,

pressure transducers, silencers, fitings

– -Pneumatic system with single and double

acting actuators and hand control valve

– Pneumatic circuit with logic valves and air-

operated valves

– Pneumatic and electric limit switches.

– Solenoids with and without memory

– Power source for electric controls, switch,

buttons, insulated cables

– LABORATORY

Ship Hydrodynamics and Pneumatics

assembly.

FIRE PREVENTION AND FIREFIGHTING

– Respiratory devices

– Fire table

– Fire line generating pressurized water

– Fire hoses

– Foam Applicator

– Fuel and solid fuel required for fire

– Model for search and rescue (6 pcs)

– APPROVED FIRE CENTER

Container and fire equipment stated in

adjacent column in operation

– COMPRESSOR

ANNEX - 9


18

– 65 mm Ø fire hose (6 pcs)

– 38 mm Ø fire hose (3 pcs)

– Coupling (3 pcs)

– Multi-purpose fire nozzle (6 pcs)

– Mechanic mixer (2 pcs)

– Foam generator with high expansion

– Water minimax (6 pcs)

– 5 kg CO2 minimax (6 pcs)

– 9 ℓ foam minimax (6 pcs)

– 10 kg powder minimax (10 pcs)

– Fire outfit (5 suits)

– Respiratory devices (5 sets)

– Smoke generator

– Shower (1)

– Stretcher (1)

– First-aid kit (1 box )

– Rescue set with oxygen mask (1 set)

– Fire axe (2)

– 36 m long security line with hook (2)

– TRAINING MOVIES AND VIDEO

CASSETTES/CDs

BASIC SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS

- Metal handheld detector

- Handheld radios

- Alarm circuits

- Door locks

- Physical barriers

- Door alarm and monitoring systems

- Various flash lights and lighting equipment

- Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES

– Line throwing appliance

– Ram lines

– Parachute Flares

– Smoke generators

– Hand flares

– Guide for muster drills

– Life rafts

– Thermal Protected Suit

– Diving Suit

– Life Jackets

– Life buoys

– Inflatable life rafts

– Lifesaving Boat

– Lifesaving boat equipment

– EPIRP

– SART

– Helicopter rescue sling

– Approved Proficiency in Survival Craft

Training Platform

– Approved Survival at Sea Training pool

or water areas that provide the conditions

stated in Annex-33

KNOWLEDGE IN HEALTH

– First-aid materials

– Tools and equipment available in the ship

hospital

– Materials used for the first medical intervention

to fractures

– Materials and various bandages necessary for

the medical dressing

– Model for artificial respiration

– FIRST-AID CENTRE /SICK BAY

ANNEX - 9


19

– Stretcher

– International Communications Book indicating

methods for medical help requests

– Diagrams Showing the Body Structure

ENGINE ROOM SIMULATOR APPROVED SIMULATOR

3. OTHER ISSUES:

Those who completed this training, certify that the curriculum includes relevant

trainings are exempted from the trainings stipulated for obtaining Maritime Security, First Aid

and Advanced Fire Fighting certifications stated in the article 22 and Security Familiarization,

Security Awareness and Designated Security Duties trainings certifications stated in the

article 23.

ANNEX - 10

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING

THERMODYNAMICS

a) Ideal air cycle

b) Vapor

c) Evaporation

d) Thermodynamic characteristics of steams

e) Steam cycles

f) Gases and thermodynamic characteristics of gases

g) Gas-steam mixture

h) Gas turbine cycles

i) Cooling cycle

j) Heat transfer

MECHANICS AND HYDROMECHANICS

a) Friction

b) Inertia

c) Rotational movement

d) Periodical movement

e) Dynamic

f) Work and energy

g) Impulse and Momentum

h) Hydrostatics

i) Hydraulics

COOLING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

a) Coolants

b) Cooling principles

c) Ship cooling systems

d) Components of cooling system

e) Types of compressors and operating principles

f) Operation and performance of the ice pound system

g) Ice Pounds

h) Malfunction in cooling systems and methods for troubleshooting

i) Cooling the units on the container ships

j) Air conditioning and ventilation

k) Ventilation of engine room

l) Air conditioning systems in accommodation areas

m) Specific humidity, relative humidity, condensation point

MATERIAL TECHNOLOGY

a) Cast iron and steel metallurgy

b) Characteristics and tests of materials

c) Thermal treatment on metals

d) Elements in steel and iron alloys

e) Non-ferrous metals

f) Non-metal materials

g) Welding

ANNEX - 10


2

h) Tension and stress

i) Tension energy

j) Tension in pressured containers

k) Cutting and twisting

l) Shearing force and bending moment

m) Bending at beams

n) Direct tension and combined bending

SHIP STRUCTURE

1) GENERAL

a) Movement of gravity center

b) Buoyancy

c) Transversal static stability

d) Effect of liquids on stability

e) Correcting the angle of heel

f) TPC and overflow curves

g) Block coefficients

h) Area and volume of ship formats

i) KB, BM and metacenter diagrams

j) Declination

k) Static stability moments

l) Inclination

m) Dry-docking and grounding

n) Damage survey

o) Ship movements

p) Vibrations at ships

q) Steering

r) Resistance, power and fuel consumption

s) Ship propulsion and propellers

t) Ship structures

2) BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SHIP STRUCTURE, INCLINATION AND STABILITY


b) Welding

c) Bulkheads

d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors

e) Corrosion and preventing corrosion

f) Surveys and dry-docking operations

g) Stability

3) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON INCLINATION AND STABILITY

a) Effect of damage and flooding on inclination and stability

b) Theories of inclination and stability

4) IMO GUIDELINES REGARDING THE SHIP STABILITY

Requirements as per the International Conventions and Codes

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF DIESEL ENGINES

a) Movable and immovable components of diesel engines and their maintenance

b) Scavenging and supercharging

c) Turbochargers, operation and maintenance

d) Driving systems with more than one machine

e) Production of fuel from crude oil

f) Physical and chemical properties of fuels

g) Combustion

h) Combustion tools

i) Fuel injection

j) Preparation of fuel for combustion

ANNEX - 10


3

k) Lubricating oils

l) Engine lubrication

m) Lubrication problems and tests

n) Greases

o) Cooling systems

p) Pressurized air and starting air systems

q) Starting air and change of turning direction

r) Exhaust systems

s) Operation and control of diesel engines

t) Fuel operations, using different quality fuels and related problems

u) Engine testing knowledge

v) Remote control of diesel engines

w) Theoretical and real cycles in diesel engines

x) Performance of diesel engines, factors affecting the performance, efficiencies and

powers

y) Indicator devices, indicator diagrams and their evaluation

z) Waste heat utilization

aa) Vibration and vibration isolation in engine

bb) Maintenance preparation

cc) Maintenance planning

dd) Researching, detecting engine malfunctions and safe operating implementations

ee) Security management and planned maintenance implementations


1) OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR BOILER AND STEAM SYSTEMS

a) Waste heat utilization

b) Boiler types

c) Boiler performance, factors affecting the performance, power and efficiency

d) Security valves

e) Boiler and water level

f) Boiler malfunctions

g) Corrosion on boilers and protection methods

h) Bark formation and methods for elimination

i) Water treatment

j) Water tests

k) Boiler blow off

l) Economizer and superheater

m) Operating principles of evaporators

n) Evaporator materials

o) Controlling the evaporators

p) Steam traps, operation and maintenance

q) Boiler survey

2) OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF AIR COMPRESSORS –

a) Air compressor types

b) Operation and maintenance of air compressors

3) PUMPS

a) Pumps and pump types

b) Characteristics, operation and maintenance of pumps

4) OIL AND FUEL SEPARATORS

Operation and maintenance of oil and fuel separators

5) SHAFT AND STEERING GEAR

a) Shafts

b) Shaft gears

c) Thrust block

d) Stern tubes

ANNEX - 10


4

e) Alignment and balancing

f) Shaft, stern tube operation and maintenance

g) Steering gears

h) Control systems

i) Power units

j) Steering tiller gear

k) Propeller, propeller types and maintenance

l) Operation and maintenance of steering gear

m) Operation and maintenance of deck machinery

n) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic steering systems

o) Effective operation, monitoring, performance evaluation and maintenance of ship

propulsion facility and auxiliary machinery

p) Operating limitations of ship propulsion systems

6) FUEL, BALLAST and BILGE OPERATIONS

a) Operation and maintenance of bilge separators

b) Ballast line,

c) Bilge line

d) Fire line

e) Prevention of marine pollution due to oil

f) Waste water and sludge

g) Security measures and fuel supply including sampling

7) MANAGEMENT OF SAFE AND EFFECTIVE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

PROCEDURES

a) Marine Engineering implementations

b) Management of safe and effective maintenance and repair procedures

c) Maintenance planning including legal and class certification

d) Repair planning

8) RESEARCHING, DETECTING THE MACHINERY MALFUNCTIONS AND SAFE

OPERATION IMPLEMENTATIONS

a) Safe operation implementations

b) Detecting the machinery malfunction and location of the malfunctions and actions to be

taken to prevent damage

c) Controlling and adjusting the equipment

d) Non-destructive inspection

ELECTROTECHNICS

a) Theoretical knowledge in marine electrotechnics, electronics, power electronics

b) Implementations of Ohm and Kirchhoff laws

c) Electromagnetism

d) Power factor

e) Multiphase supplies

f) Direct Current Generators

g) Direct current distribution panels

h) Alternative current generators

i) Automatic voltage regulator

j) Shaft generators

k) Alternative current distribution panel

l) Generator protection

m) Single and parallel operation of generator

n) Transformers

o) Converting the alternative current to direct current

p) Distribution

q) Protecting the electrical circuit

r) Cables

s) Direct current and alternative current engines

t) Controlling and protecting the engine

ANNEX - 10


5

u) Batteries and accumulators

v) Lamps

w) Deck machinery electrical systems

x) Tanker electrical security systems

y) On board communication systems

z) Emergency systems and their maintenance

aa) Electric supply from shore

bb) Design characteristics of high voltage facility

cc) Troubleshooting the electrical and electronic control devices

dd) Function tests on electrical and electronic control devices and safety devices

MARITIME ENGLISH

a) Principles in English for correspondence and work application

b) Preparing and recording various Engine Room performance reports

c) Correspondences on engine malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works

d) Correspondences on Spare Parts, Material Requisition and Ordering

e) Correspondence with Classification Society and port state control

f) Dry-docking preparation, records and relevant correspondences

g) Malfunction analysis, troubleshooting, maintenance, repair

h) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System

i) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for

different types of ships in accordance with the SOLAS Convention

j) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for

different types of ships in accordance with the MARPOL Convention

k) Legal and Commercial Certificates of the Ships

l) Survey and Inspection Principles of Legal Certificates

HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC

a) Basic hydraulic principles and symbols

b) Hydraulic Systems

c) Hydraulic pumps

d) Valves and connection parts used in hydraulic systems

e) Hydraulic motors

f) Hydraulic cylinders

g) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic systems

h) Malfunctions in hydraulic systems and methods for troubleshooting

i) Control principles for basic Pneumatic Principles and symbols

j) Controllers

k) Control diagrams

l) Air supply

m) Cylinders and valves

n) Piston speed control

o) Sequential control

p) Operation and maintenance of pneumatic systems

q) Malfunctions in pneumatic systems and methods for troubleshooting

r) Supervision systems

AUTOMATIC CONTROL


b) Measuring and control.

c) Measuring systems.

d) Control components, sensors

e) Signal measuring, amplifiers and noise reduction methods.

f) Engine room control applications.

g) Main engine speed and load control

h) Auxiliary Machinery load control and synchronization

ANNEX - 10


6

i) Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measurements and controls

j) Coolant water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure controls

k) Separator control systems

l) Ice pound control systems

m) Control system for pump and piping systems

n) Loading equipment and deck machinery control systems

o) Pollution and salt rate measurements and controls

p) Tank systems level controls

q) Scavenge air combustion controls

r) Propeller and steering machine control

s) Engine Room alarm systems

t) Control Systems Modelling

u) Open Cycle Control System

v) Closed Cycle Control System

w) PID Control System. Gain adjustments

x) Control System Inlet-Outlet Connections

y) Control Systems Diagrams, Transfer Functions

z) Stability.

aa) Monitoring Control Elements, Errors and Malfunctions

bb) Analogue and Digital Control Systems.

cc) Digital Control Systems, Data Functions and Calculations

dd) Controlling software version


1) INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME LAW


b) Requirements regarding International Convention on Load Lines

c) Requirements regarding International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea

d) Requirements related to MARPOL 73/78 Convention

e) Requirements for Maritime Declaration of Health and International Health Rules

f) Documents affecting safety of passengers, ships, seafarers and cargoes



i) MLC 2006

SAFETY AT SEA


a) Required actions just before and after grounding

b) Required actions just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in

terms of water proof capacity for any reason

c) Damage control

2) MAINTAINING THE SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND PASSENGER OF

THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE SAVING, FIRE FIGHTING

AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS

a) Knowledge in rules regarding life saving appliances


c) Maintaining the operating conditions of life saving, fire fighting and other security

systems

d) Required actions for protection and security of all people on board in case of

emergencies


grounding

3) DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMERGENCY CASE AND DAMAGE CONTROL PLANS,

MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCY CASES

a) Preparation of contingency plans against emergencies


ANNEX - 10


7

c) Methods and tools for fire protection, alarm and extinguishing

d) Life saving appliances functions and usage

SECURITY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT

1) SECURITY, PROTECTING THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT AND QUALITY

CONCEPTS

a) Security


c) Quality

2) LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SECURITY AND QUALITY

MANAGEMENT

a) ISM Code


3) PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SECURITY AND QUALITY

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS



c) Internal and external inspections, inspection techniques and implementations

SURVEY OPERATIONS

a) Class institutions

b) Periodical surveys

c) Shipyard and dry-docking operations

d) Surveys conducted by Port Authorities

e) Survey preparations

f) Corrective actions for the nonconformities

g) Controls by the Port State

h) Harmonized Survey and Certification System

STEAM TURBINES

a) Wet steam, saturated steam, hot steam

b) H-S, T-S diagrams

c) Types of steam turbines

d) Action, reaction and compound turbines

e) Movable parts of steam turbines

f) Fixed parts of steam turbines

g) Steam turbine systems

h) Revolution reduction systems

i) Preparation of steam turbines for navigation

j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with steam turbines

k) Malfunction in steam turbines and methods for troubleshooting

GAS TURBINES

a) Operating principles of gas turbines

b) Cycles of gas turbines

c) System components

d) Movable parts of gas turbines

e) Fixed parts of gas turbines

f) Combustion systems of gas turbines

g) Compressors and their operation

h) Lubrication in gas turbines and lubrication systems

i) Preparation of gas turbines for navigation

j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with gas turbines

k) Malfunction in gas turbines and methods for troubleshooting

ANNEX - 10


8




2) LEGISLATION

Knowledge on national legislation, relevant international maritime legislation and

recommendations





d) Prioritization









b) Defining and creating options

c) Choosing the course of action


6) STANDARD OPERATING METHODS

Development and implementation of standard operating methods

The above mentioned trainings shall not be given less than 700 hours.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Management level training shall only be given in the institutions authorized for

operational level trainings. The tools and equipment in the institutions offering Operational

Level Trainings are sufficient for this training.

ANNEX-11

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER

TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER TRAINING

ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

1) MONITORING OPERATION OF THE ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND

CONTROL SYSTEMS

a) Basic information on operation of the main drive system including the main

machinery

b) Basic information on operation of the auxiliary machinery

c) Basic information on operation of the steering systems

d) Basic information on operation of the loading and unloading systems

e) Basic information on operation of the windlass, winches and cranes

f) Basic information on operation of the heating, cooling, electrical, automation and

plumbing systems in the accommodation areas of the crew and passenger

g) Basic information on the heat transfer, mechanical and hydromechanical systems

h) Electrotechnology and electric machinery theory

i) Basic information on electronics and power electronics

j) Power distribution panels and electrical equipment

k) Basic information on the automation, automatic control systems and technologies

l) Information on the devices, alarm and monitoring systems

m) Electrical controls

n) Electrical materials technology

o) Electro-hydraulic and electro-pneumatic control systems

p) General information on the dangers and measures for operation of the power

systems over 1,000V

2) MONITORING OPERATION OF THE MAIN AND AUXILIARY MACHINERY &

AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS Preparation of the control systems of the main and auxiliary machinery for operation

3) OPERATION OF THE GENERATORS AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

a) Activation of the generators, performing charge distribution and changing the

generator

b) Connecting and disconnecting the switch panel and distribution panel

4) OPERATION AND PROTECTION OF THE POWER SYSTEMS OVER 1000V

a) Theoretical information on the high-voltage technologies

b) Theoretical information on the safety measures and procedures

c) Theoretical information on electrical motors, electrical drive and control systems

d) Practical information on safe operation and maintenance of the high voltage

systems over 1,000V including the special technical types of the high voltage

systems and dangers to occur due to the operation voltage of 1,000V and above

5) OPERATION OF THE COMPUTERS AND COMPUTER NETWORKS ON BOARD

a) Characteristics of main data processing

b) Installation and usage of the on-board computer networks

c) Usage of the bridge, engine room based and commercial computers

6) USAGE OF THE HAND TOOLS, ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASURING

EQUIPMENT FOR TROUBLESHOOTING, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

ACTIVITIES

ANNEX-11


TRAINING

2

a) Electric shock, its causes and measures to be taken against it

b) Usage of the measuring, machinery devices and all hand tools

c) Manufacturing and operational characteristics of the on-board AC and DC systems

and equipment.

MAINTENANCE AND HANDLING

1) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC

DEVICES

a) Safe isolation of the electrical devices and the safety measures to be taken for

operating on the electrical systems

b) Maintenance and repair of the main distribution switchboards of the electrical

systems, electrical motors, generators and DC electrical systems

c) Actions to be taken for the electrical faults, determination of the location of the

faults and prevention of the damage

d) Making the electrical tests and operating the measuring devices

e) Function and performance tests for monitoring systems and their configuration

f) Function and performance tests for automatic control instruments and their

configuration

g) Function and performance tests for protective instruments and their configuration

h) Interpretation of the electrical circuits and electronic diagrams

2) USE OF ALL INTERNAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ON BOARD

3) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF AUTOMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

OF THE MAIN AND AUXILIARY MACHINERY

a) Electrical and mechanical applications knowledge and skills

b) Safe isolation of the instruments and related systems before operation with the

purpose of maintenance and repair

c) Implementation information pertaining to testing, maintenance, trouble-shooting

and repair

d) Testing and detecting the malfunctions, re-installation of the electrical and

electronic control equipment, making them operable and protecting this

4) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE BRIDGE NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT

AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

a) Being familiar with the operating principles and maintenance methods of the

navigational instruments and systems

b) Being familiar with the operating principles and maintenance methods of internal

and external communication systems

c) Theoretical information on the operations related to the electrical and electronic

equipment operating in combustible (inflammable) areas

d) Information on implementation of the safe maintenance and repair methods

e) Information on machinery malfunctions, troubleshooting, location of the

malfunctions and actions to be taken for prevention of the damage to occur as a

result of the malfunction

5) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE ELECTRICAL ELECTRONIC AND

CONTROL SYSTEMS OF THE DECK MACHINERY AND HANDLING

EQUIPMENT

a) Information on electrical and mechanical properties of the systems

b) Safe isolation of the instruments and related systems before operation with the

purpose of maintenance and repair

c) Theoretical information on the operations related to the electrical and electronic


ANNEX-11


TRAINING

3

d) Information on implementation of the safe maintenance and repair methods

e) Information on system malfunctions, troubleshooting, location of the malfunctions

and actions to be taken for prevention of the damage to occur as a result of the

malfunction

6) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE SAFETY AND CONTROL SYSTEMS IN

THE ACCOMMODATION AREAS OF THE CREW AND PASSENGERS

a) Theoretical information on the operations related to the electrical and electronic


b) Information on implementation of the safe maintenance and repair methods

c) Information on system malfunctions, troubleshooting, location of the malfunctions

and actions to be taken for prevention of the damage to occur as a result of the

malfunction

SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS

The training stated in the Article 22 along with the Security-related Familiarization Training stated

in the Article 23 of this Directive shall include the Security Familiarization, Security

Awareness Training and the Training on Designated Security Duties curriculum. The practical


ANNEX-16. The student should complete this training before joining the ship for

maritime training.

The training curriculum shall also include the training specified in Articles 25 and 27 of this

Directive and in addition to above:

1) MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF THE PASSENGERS AND CREW

DURING INTERVENTION IN CASE OF EMERGENCIES

a) Contingency plans for responding to emergencies

b) Measures for protection and security of the passengers in case of emergencies

2) FIRST STEPS TO BE TAKEN AFTER COLLISION AND GROUNDING

a) Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded (on purpose)

b) Steps to be taken in case of grounding

c) Steps to be taken after collision

d) Limitation of damage after fire or explosion and maritime salvage methods

e) Methods of abandoning the ship

f) Use of auxiliary steering gear and outfitting the emergency steering gear equipment

g) Tugging and arrangements for tugging

3) LIFE SAVING AT SEA, AIDING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCIES AT

PORT

a) Rescuing people from the ship in distress

b) Steps to be taken in case of emergencies at port

c) Preparations for aiding the ship in distress

4) GIVING RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA


International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR)

1) APPLICATION OF THE LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK SKILLS

a) Information on implementation of the crew management and training on board

b) Duty and work load management; i) Understanding and coordination ii) Manning iii) Time and resource limitations iv) Prioritization

c) Information on effective resource management and its implementation i) Allocation, assignment and prioritization of the resources

ANNEX-11


TRAINING

4

ii) Effective communication on board and ashore iii) Considering the team experience iv) Tenacity (assertiveness) and leadership including motivation v) Raising and maintaining the situational awareness

d) Information and application skills about decision making techniques i) Situation and risk assessment ii) Considering and designating solution oriented options iii) Choosing the course of action iv) Assessment of effectiveness of the result

2) CONTRIBUTING TO THE SAFETY OF THE CREW AND SHIP

a) Personal survival techniques

b) Information on prevention of fires

c) Fire fighting and fire extinguishing skill

d) Information on elementary first-aid

e) Personal safety and social responsibilities

MARITIME ENGLISH

a) Principles of the written English and job application

b) Preparation and recording the various types of performance reports

c) Correspondences pertaining to malfunctions, damage assessment, repair works

d) Correspondences pertaining to spare parts, material request and order placement

e) Correspondences with the classification societies and port state control

f) Dock preparation, docking records and relevant correspondences

g) Malfunction analysis, trouble shooting, maintenance, repair works

h) Principles of scheduled maintenance system

i) Inspection principles pertaining to the classification society surveys and port state

controls to be conducted as per the SOLAS Convention for different types of ships

j) Inspection principles pertaining to the classification society surveys and port state

controls to be conducted as per the MARPOL Convention for different types of ships

k) Legal and commercial certificates of the ships

l) Survey and inspection principles pertaining to the legal certificates

The mandatory training specified above shall be given a total of 320 hours and not

exceeding 8 hours a day.

ANNEX-11


TRAINING

5

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

ITEM

NO

NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY

NAME

1. Training cassettes/CDs (in accordance with the training provided)

BASIC TRAINING

TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2. Desk, table (1 for each student)

3. Board

4. The library including the course books stated in the curriculum and certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and other professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG, MERSAR, IMDG, SMCP, other International Rules and Regulations, Maritime Labor Law, Maritime Commercial Law, Navigation Books, Cargo Operation Books, Books for Ship Building and Stability, Books for Safety at Sea)

5. Analogue Ammeter

6. Analogue Voltmeter

7. Current Transformer, Voltage Transformer

8. Plier ammeter ELECTRO-

TECHNICS

LABORATORY 9. Megger Tester 5000 V

10. Mega ohmmeter

11. Wattmeter (with current-voltage transformer)

12. CosQmetre

13. Frequency Meter

14. Power contactor, Thermal switch Overload Relay Time Relay, Phase Relay

15. A console on which practices can be conducted below mentioned subjects Operating Button Stop Button Ports Sign Lamp

16. Battery charger with short circuit protected and current voltage regulation.

17. Accumulator –(12V or above (alkaline / lead-acid))

18. Transformer (3 phase in, 3 phase out (5 kW or above)

19. In explosive atmospheres / self-secured equipment - Explosive-proof switch, signal-button, armature

20. Lighting equipment and station gear (along with the assembly station)

ANNEX-11


TRAINING

6

ITEM

NO


NAME

21. Various types of lighting (LED lighting, fluorescent lights, halogens & mercury vapor)

22. 1.5 mm2 single-core cable

23. Combination Pliers

24. Wire Stripper

25. Wire Bender

26. Cable bender, Sea type cable bender

27. Certified different marine cables, multicore & network cable

28. Frequency inverter

29. Brushless Alternator of 50KVA and above

30. Active switch boards and alternators. At least two generator with electric motor or diesel engine driven, machine control panel synchronization and load sharing panel (sea type) 380Volt and over

31. 380 volt Emergency board connected to circuit breaker.

32. Cage induction motor (5 kW or larger) (asynchronous motor with ring)

33. DC / AC 1 kW converter inverter

34. Rectifier unit - Miscellaneous

35. Electronic starter of 3kW connected to the 3 phase starting circuit

36. Three phase variable frequency drive connected to the starting circuit (Variable frequency drive VFD) (three phase squirrel cage induction motor with a power of 1.2 kW or above )

37. Bow thruster panel or equivalent

38. Fuel Booster Pump Control Starter Panel No 1 and No 2 or equivalent

39. Ventilation/Air Conditioning Control Starter Panel

40. Air Compressor Control Starter Panel

41. Electronic starter to operate the 3 Phase Induction Motors of Minimum 1.2 kW 380V

42. 3 phase variable frequency drive to start the electrical motors (Variable frequency drive VFD)

43. Filer gage

44. Level sensor, limit switch, temperature switch, pressure key, temperature sensor-display, speed sensor display, the pressure sensor-indicator and the sensor alarms Indicated alarm indicator (sea type)

ANNEX-11


TRAINING

7

ITEM

NO


NAME

45. Internally Safe Zener Barrier Circuit Modules

46. Various Electronic Components

47. PNP, NPN Transistor, power transistor, unijunction transistor.

48. PCB (Printed Circuit Board) of the marine equipment which are used in the Radar and Alarm monitoring systems of the ship

49. Soldering Iron

50. Circuit Board

51. CRO (Cathode Ray Oscilloscope) Oscilloscope

52. FET (Field Effect Transistor)

53. SCR (silicon-controlled rectifier) Electronic components for installation Electronic circuit with PCB

54. OP-AMP (Operational Amplifier) OP-AMP (Operational Amplifier) PCB (Printed Circuit Board) Electronic components for the OP-AMP circuits Circuits with PCB

55. Function Generator

56. Analogue alarm and display panel (sea type)

57. Programmable Logic Controller

58. PLC Controlled Panel

59. PID (Proportional-Integral-Derivative) Controller which is used in the maritime system

60. Troubleshooting exercises of Generator Control Panel circuit (With problem analysis)

61. Boiler Panel Circuit troubleshooting

62. THERMODYNAMICS AND COOLING-AIR CONDITIONING – Low and high pressure indicators – Start - Stop - Emergency stop buttons – Leakage current and fuse protection. – Digital heat indicator – Digital Thermostat – Manometers – Compressor – Evaporator – Condenser – Expansion valve

LABORATORY – Basic Cooling Training Set - simple structure showing the basic cooling system. - transparent Plexiglas structure that allows the whole system to be examined and observed. - Observation window where the gas passage can be monitored.

ANNEX-11


TRAINING

8

ITEM

NO


NAME

- the basic cooling

general block diagram

on the Panel

63. HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL – Steering control system that can control single and double-sided actuators – Pressure reducing hydraulic system with two electric actuators and other electrical auxiliary systems – Actuators – Single and double sided flow adjustment valves – Hose, speed adjustment valves, T-connections, pressure gauges, safety valves, temperature displays, air distributors, pressure transducers, silencers, fittings – -Pneumatic system with single and double acting actuators and hand control valve – Pneumatic circuit with logic valves and air-operated valves – Pneumatic and electric limit switches. – Solenoids with and without memory – Power source for electric controls, switch, buttons, insulated cables

LABORATORY Ship Hydrodynamics and Pneumatics assembly.

3. OTHER ISSUES:

Those who have completed curriculum are exempted from training for Marine

Security, First Aid and Advanced Fire Fighting certificates specified in Article 22 of the

Directive, as well as the certificates specified in Article 23 (except Ship Security Officer),

because of the relevant training of the curriculum.

ANNEX-12

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT

MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

a) Yacht Master (149 GT)

CURRICULUM FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) TRAINING

INTRODUCTION TO YACHT TRAINING (YACHT PERSONNEL INDUCTION

TRAINING)

1. Introduction of yacht types and equipment

i. Motor Yachts

ii. Sailing Yachts

iii. Multi-Hull (Catamaran) Yachts

iv. Definitions of Super Yacht, Mega Yacht, Giga Yacht

v. Introduction to General Motor Yacht equipment

vi. Introduction of general sail yacht equipment and rigging equipment

2. A comprehensive overview of the Yacht Sector.

i. Private and Commercial Yacht industry in Turkey

ii. Overview of the yacht industry in the Mediterranean basin

iii. Private and commercial yacht industry in the world

3. Yacht boat manufacturing and general use materials, maintenance requirements

i. Boats made of steel and aluminum ,materials and maintenance

ii. GRP, composite boats, materials and maintenance

iii. Wooden boats, materials and maintenance

iv. Stainless steel materials and maintenance

vi. Use and maintenance of yacht dinghy, inflatable boat material and outboard engine,

4. Yacht cabin layouts, maintenance

I. Guest cabin arrangement, preparation standards

ii. General guest service standards, table layout

iii. General behavior standards for boat owners and their guests

5. General rules on yacht harbors, marinas and marina life

I. Introduction of yacht harbors, marinas, common areas and inner units

ii. General rules in marinas about life and work in common areas and on boats

iii. Working and living rules in the land and boatyard

6. Hierarchy and command chain on yacht, Charter Yachts and working standards

i. Seasonal Charter Yachts

ii. Annual Charter Yachts

7. Private Yachts and working standards

8. Human life, personnel and human relationships on yachts

9. General customs and social relations

i. General rules of marine customs and customs in yachts

ii. Guest reception, farewell and hospitality rules

iii. Physical standards, overall appearance and hygiene on the boat

10. General maritime English and yacht terminology

11. Yacht recruitment, interview, CV preparation, service contracts, personnel insurances etc.

12. Cruising and maneuvering on yachts, job distributions

I. Yacht-specific electronic navigation aids

ii. Overview of yachts anchors, anchoring techniques

iii. Techniques for maneuvering in marinas, anchorage areas and coastal areas

iv. Maneuvering operation and job distribution

ANNEX-12



2

NAVIGATION

1) COASTAL NAVIGATION PLANNING AND HANDLING AND POSITION FIXING

a) Comprehensive knowledge and practice in Nautical Charts, Notices to Seamen and other nautical publications

b) Using navigational aids such as lights, transmitters/beacons and buoys c) Position fixing for speedlogs considering winds, tides and currents d) Position fixing by various methods during coastal navigation


a) Navigation in draft waters b) Navigation considering meteorological conditions c) Navigation under limited visibility conditions d) Traffic separation arrangements e) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) fields f) Navigation in areas with strong tides

3) REPORTING

a) General Principles for Ship Reporting Systems b) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Reporting Methods

4) NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

a) Compasses i) Magnetic compasses ii) Identifying magnetic compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and

making all necessary corrections iii) Gyro compasses iv) Identifying gyro compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and making

all necessary corrections b) Speedlog types and their use c) Sounding types and their use

5) USING ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT

a) Radar b) ARPA c) Auto-Pilot d) GPS e) NAVTEX f) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)

SEAMANSHIP a) Deck equipment and its use

b) Hull maintenance, scraping and painting works

c) Factors affecting ship manoeuvers

d) Turning circle and stopping distance

e) Anchoring

f) Berthing and unberthing

g) Content, application and purpose of COLREG 72

COMMUNICATION AT SEA a) Visual and audible communication methods

b) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

c) Using International Code of Signals Handbook

d) VHF communication

e) Radio telephone communication

f) Reporting for ships in accordance with the general principles

ANNEX-12



3

METEOROLOGY a) Using barometers, thermometers and other meteorological instruments on board and

interpretation of the measurement values

b) Characteristics of primary pressure systems

c) Recording and reporting weather observations

d) General meteorological conditions of ports

e) Evaluating storm warning signals and weather reports f) Interpreting obtained meteorological information


1) It shall include the Security Familiarization, Security Awareness Training, and Designated

Security Duties training curriculum specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The

practical parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as

specified in ANNEX-16. The student should complete these trainings before joining the ship

for maritime training.

2) EMERGENCIES

a) Measures to be taken for the protection of the passengers in case of emergencies

b) Initial damage assessment and damage controls


d) Procedures to be followed after grounding

e) Measures to be taken when the ship runs aground or is stranded

f) Actions to be taken in case of man overboard, life saving at sea


MARITIME ENGLISH

a) Basic English

b) Maritime English

c) Sufficient English knowledge to understand and use charts and nautical publications

d) Sufficient English knowledge to understand meteorological reports

e) Sufficient English knowledge to understand security messages

f) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English

g) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

(1) The above compulsory training shell not be given in less than 200 hours in total.

(2) Applied training will be provided on the boat for 24 hours during the training.

(3) In the content of the Yacht Master (149 GT) training; yacht personnel induction

training course is mandatory and it will be applied within the training of yacht master

in 16 hours.

ANNEX-12



4

b) Yacht Master (499 GT)

CURRICULUM FOR THE YACHT MASTER (499 GT) TRAINING


TRAINING)


i. Motor Yachts

ii. Sailing Yachts







































ANNEX-12



5

NAVIGATION

1) INFORMATION ON CHARTS

a) Introduction to the Globe

b) Projection system

c) Nautical charts

d) Chart catalogues

e) Auxiliary publications for navigation

f) Scales, symbols and abbreviations

g) Notice to the mariners and chart corrections

h) Lights

i) Buoys (IALA Signals)

j) Information on compass

i) Information on magnetic compass

ii) Basic information on gyro compass

iii) Correction of the compass errors

2) THEORETICAL CHART STUDY

a) Measurement of distance on the chart

b) Directions

c) Bearing study

d) Relative/True bearing

e) Coastal navigation and position fixing methods

f) Route study and preparation of the navigational plan

g) Variation - deviation and their corrections

h) Current navigation

i) Tide

3) AUXILIARY INSTRUMENTS FOR NAVIGATION

a) Auto-pilot

b) Speedlogs

c) Soundings

d) Electronic navigation (GPS)

e) Radar and radar observation

f) Navigational publications

4) APPLIED CHART STUDY

a) Preparation of the navigational plan

b) Symbols and abbreviations

c) Lights

d) Buoys (IALA Signals)

e) Depth

f) Bearing study

g) Position fixing

h) Route plotting

i) Current navigation

j) Tide

SEAMANSHIP

1) INFORMATION ON SEAMANSHIP

– Hull types and structural components – Motor and sail boat equipment and rigging types – Deck gear – Directions on hull – Lines and knots – Maritime terms

ANNEX-12



6

– Commands – Steps to be taken in case of collision/grounding – Hull maintenance

2) HANDLING A BOAT

– Factors affecting the maneuver of the motor boat – Factors affecting the maneuver of the sailing boat – Maneuvering by using anchor and line – Steering – Sailing navigation – Anchoring – Berthing and unberthing – "Man Overboard" maneuvers – Handling a motor boat – Handling a sailing boat – Tugging/Being tugged

3) Rules for Preventing Collisions at Sea COLREG content and application

COMMUNICATION AT SEA – Visual and audible communication methods

– Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

– Using International Code of Signals Handbook – Definition of marine communication and systems used in short distance marine

communication and concepts related to frequencies – Use of VHF telephone and DSC systems in routine communication – Hazard, Emergency and Safety Communication and Procedures Radio telephone

communication – Use of communication systems in hazard communication – Radio telephone communication

METEOROLOGY

1) METEOROLOGICAL EQUIPMENT AND THEIR USAGE

2) BAROMETER AND THERMOMETER

3) ELEMENTS OF METEOROLOGY

a) Wind b) Heat c) Pressure d) Cloud and precipitation

4) WEATHER FRONTS

5) WEATHER REPORTS AND WEATHER FORECAST

6) WINDS AND WIND DIRECTIONS

7) WIND FORCE (BEUFORT) SCALE

8) SYNOPTICAL CHART AND ITS SYMBOLS

SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS

1) The training stated in the Article 22 along with the Security-related Familiarization Training stated in the Article 23 of this Directive shall include the Security Awareness Training and the Training on Designated Security Duties curriculum. The student should complete this training before joining the ship for maritime training.

ANNEX-12



7

MARITIME LAW

1) INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON MARITIME LAW

2) MARPOL 73/78 AND NATIONAL REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO MARINE POLLUTION

3) DEFINITION, POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MASTER

4) DOCUMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND RECORDS REQUIRED TO BE MADE AVAILABLE

ON BOAT

5) INSURING THE BOAT AND THE PERSONS ON BOARD

6) PORTS ACT

7) PORT ENTRY & PORT CLEARANCE CERTIFICATES AND RELEVANT PROCEDURES

8) LAW ON THE PROTECTION OF LIFE AND PROPERTY AT SEA

9) CABOTAGE LAW

10) RELATED REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY THE ACT OF FEES

11) MARITIME LABOUR ACT

12) REGULATION OF THE GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF HEALTH FOR BORDERS AND COASTAL AREAS ON YACHTS

13) INFORMATION ON THE CUSTOMS AND PREVENTION OF SMUGGLING ACT

14) MARITIME REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY THE PENAL AND PENAL PROCEDURE LAWS

15) TURKISH COMMERCIAL CODE PROVISIONS RELATED TO YACHTS

MOTOR, ELECTRIC AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION

1) DIESEL AND GASOLINE ENGINES USED ON BOATS

A) Fuel systems

B) Cooling systems

C) Air inlet and outlet systems

D) Lubricating systems

E) Transmission and Machinery control systems

2) ELECTRICAL WINDLASS

3) FUEL, OIL, WATER AND WASTE WATER TANKS

4) SHOWER, WC SYSTEMS

5) PUMPS

6) AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

7) WATERMAKERS AND HYDROPHORE SYSTEMS

8) BASIC ELECTRIC AND BOAT ELECTRICS

9) REPAIR WORKS AND TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE

MARITIME ENGLISH

1) BASIC ENGLISH

2) MARITIME ENGLISH

3) ENGLISH TO UNDERSTAND AND USE THE CHARTS AND NAUTICAL

PUBLICATIONS

4) ENGLISH TO UNDERSTAND THE METEOROLOGICAL REPORTS

5) ENGLISH REQUIRED TO UNDERSTAND THE SECURITY MESSAGES

6) ENGLISH SUFFICIENT TO UNDERSTAND THE NOTICES TO MARINERS FOR

CORRECTION OF CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS

ANNEX-12



8

7) SHIP-TO-SHIP, SHIP-TO-SHORE AND ONBOARD COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH

8) USE OF THE IMO STANDARD MARINE COMMUNICATION PHRASES

(1) The compulsory training stipulated above shall not be given for less than 350 hours

and for a period shorter than 4 months in total.

(2) During the training period, an applied training of 35 hours shall be provided on

board.

(3) In the content of the Yacht Master (499 GT) training; yacht personnel induction

training course is mandatory and it will be applied within the training of yacht master in 16

hours.

c) Yacht Master (Unlimited)

CURRICULUM FOR THE YACHT MASTER (UNLIMITED) TRAINING


TRAINING)


i. Motor Yachts

ii. Sailing Yachts

































ANNEX-12



9







NAVIGATION

1) PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT OF A VOYAGE

a) Routing in a navigation period including navigation training; navigation under all

conditions; sailing in dangerous waters, with limited view, in iced waters, in various

meteorological conditions; navigation rules with traffic separation scheme and suitable

methods for ocean passages considering the regions where current and tide are effective

b) Information required to be included in the navigational plan (Emergency anchoring

coordinates, Medical aid stations on route, Estimated arrival time, Effects of regional

currents on route, etc.)

c) Determination of the need for oil, fresh water, victualing and spare part necessary for the

voyage as per the navigation period

d) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Fields and procedures

e) Use of the guidebooks

f) Explanation of all great circle sailing procedures

g) Recording navigation, log books, keeping log books

h) Routing in accordance with the "General Principles on Ships’ Routing"

i) Reporting in accordance with Guidelines and Criteria for Ship Reporting Systems

2) POSITION FIXING UNDER ALL CONDITIONS AND VERIFYING THE

ACCURACY OF THE FIXED POSITIONS OBTAINED BY ANY TOOL/METHOD

a) All explanations about position fixing under all conditions by terrestrial observations,

using correct charts and publications and coastal navigation

b) Explanation of all celestial navigation subjects for position fixing by celestial

observations under all conditions

c) Use of modern electronic navigational aids and position fixing under all conditions by

having information about the operating principles, limitations, error sources of such

equipment, detection and correction of errors

3) COMPASSES, DETECTING THE COMPASS ERROR AND APPLICATION OF

THE CORRECTION

a) Magnetic compass, information about its structure and operating principles, its errors and

corrections, application of correction to the route

b) Gyro compass, information about its structure and operating principles, its errors and

corrections, application of correction to the route

c) Types of gyro compass, systems connected to the main gyro, operation and maintenance of

the main gyro

4) TIDE CALCULATIONS



c) Using the harmonic method for tide calculation

d) Pole navigation

e) Navigation in ice

f) Navigation for the purpose of rescue aid


h) Management of all steps of a navigation

WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS 1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH

a) Bridge organization

ANNEX-12



10

b) Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of the duties

c) Conformity to the duty

d) Watchkeeping on deck

e) Watchkeeping at port

f) Watchkeeping at anchor

g) Watchkeeping in gangway

h) Navigational watchkeeping

i) Navigational planning, preparation documents

j) Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping change

k) System controls to be carried out en route

l) Navigation under limited conditions

m) Navigation in coastal waters and narrow canals

n) Preparation for port entrance



4) BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (BRM)


b) Definition of the resources, Effective use of humans resources and devices

c) Allocation, assigning and prioritization of the resources

d) Providing the effective communication

e) Affirmation and leadership

f) Raising and maintaining awareness regarding a situation, considering the team experience

g) Providing against any situation

5) RULES FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA

6) PROTECTION OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT

SHIP STRUCTURE

1) SHIP STRUCTURE a) Wooden, Polyester, Epoxy, Steel Plate Hulls as to the Construction Techniques and their

Maintenance

b) Ship building tools

c) Welding, types of welding, welding errors and welding inspection methods

d) Bulkheads

e) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors - companion skylights

f) Corrosion, galvanic corrosion and its prevention

2) SURVEYS


b) Docking survey

c) Hull and machinery renewal surveys

3) SHIP BALANCE

a) Concepts of KM, KG and GM

b) Transversal initial balance

c) Longitudinal balance and trim concept

d) Static stability curve

e) Losing balance

f) Balance in docking

g) Dynamic balance

4) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON TRIM AND BALANCE a) Balance of the damaged ship

b) IMO rules on balance of a damage ship

c) Effect of being damaged and flooding on trim and balance and the measures to be taken

d) Theories pertaining to trim and balance

e) IMO guidelines on stability of the ship

f) Requirements and responsibilities of the international conventions and codes

ANNEX-12



11


1) SUPERVISION AND CONTROL OF CONFORMITY WITH THE LEGAL

REQUIREMENTS AND MEASURES IN ORDER TO PROVIDE SAFETY OF LIFE

AT SEA AND FOR PROTECTION OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT


b) Responsibilities related to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea

(SOLAS)

c) Responsibilities related to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution

from Ships (MARPOL)

d) Maritime declaration of health and requirements set forth by the International Health Rules

(IHR)

e) Responsibilities within the scope of the international regulations affecting security of the

ship, passengers, crew and cargo

f) Methods and means for prevention of the marine environment pollution from ships

g) National legislation for implementation of the international conventions

SHIP MACHINERY a) Operating the drive systems and other engineering systems by the remote control system

b) Operating principles of the marine power systems

c) Auxiliary machinery of the ship

d) Marine engineering terms

e) Fuel consumption



a) Classification status as to the ship types

b) Change in class and withdrawal of class


d) Follow-up on rules and regulations, customization of the ships in accordance with the

foregoing

e) Follow-up of the ship's papers and inspections



b) Maintenance of the hull, deck and machinery

c) Maintenance records and correspondences





a) Planning of the training

b) Safe operation methods

c) Material follow-up, keeping records and planning of the needs and supply

4) CHARTERING

SAFETY AT SEA 1) COLLISION, GROUNDING AND DAMAGE CONTROL

a) Measures to be taken when a ship is deliberately grounded on a sand beach (beaching) b) Steps to be taken just before and after grounding c) Refloating the grounded ship with or without aid d) Actions to be taken just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in

terms of water proof capacity for any reason

ANNEX-12



12

e) Implementation of the damage control procedures



4) COORDINATION OF THE RESCUE AND AID OPERATIONS

5) MAINTAINING SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND PASSENGERS

OF THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE SAVING, FIRE

FIGHTING AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS a) Rules related to the life-saving appliances b) Arrangement of the muster practices for fire and abandonment of the ship c) Maintenance of working conditions of the life-saving, fire fighting and other security

systems d) Actions to be taken for protection and security of all people on board in case of

emergencies e) Actions to be taken to save the ship and reduce damage after fire, explosion, collision or

grounding

6) DEVELOPMENT OF THE CONTINGENCY AND DAMAGE CONTROL PLANS

AND MANAGEMENT OF THE EMERGENCIES a) Preparation of possible contingency plans against emergencies b) Ship structure including the damage control c) Fire protection, alarm and extinguishing methods and tools d) Functions and usage of the life-saving appliances


BOARD a) Medical publications b) International medical guide for ships c) International code of signals (medical part) d) Medical first aid to be rendered in the accidents related to dangerous cargoes

MARITIME ENGLISH 1) SHIP STRUCTURE AND SECTIONS

a) Cargo gears of the ships b) Windlass and rope winches, anchoring gears, lines and manoeuvring commands c) Ship crew, their duties, working organization on board

2) ENGLISH FOR NAVIGATION AND METEOROLOGY a) Planning and management of navigation b) Ship's reporting systems c) Terms to be used on the meteorological reports

3) RECORDS, DOCUMENTS, CORRESPONDENCES a) Board documentation b) Port documentation c) Cargo documentation d) Ship log book and other record books, log book English e) Charter convention, sailing order f) Preparation letter g) Record of the cargo operations h) Ship correspondences, notifications

4) ENGLISH USED DURING THE SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS a) Maintenance planning b) Principles of the Planned Maintenance System c) Preparing the ship for docking, docking and ship plans d) Malfunctions, troubleshooting, repair correspondences

5) SURVEY AND INSPECTION ENGLISH a) SOLAS, MARPOL and other International Conventions b) Types of survey and inspections

ANNEX-12



13

c) Flag state and port state controls and inspections d) Class surveys e) Check lists f) English to be used in surveys and inspections

6) ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION a) Use of the International Code of Signals b) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English c) Use of the Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP) in English d) English needed for transmitting and receiving the emergency and security messages

7) ENGLISH FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION a) Human body b) Diseases, medical drugs c) Medical emergency communication d) Medical pages of the Code of Signals e) Medical care on board f) International Medical Guide and related sections of the other maritime medical

publications


USE OF THE AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING APPLIANCES (ARPA) 1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF THE MARINE RADAR SYSTEM

a) Basic principles of radar b) Safe distances c) Radiation risk and measures d) Other compulsory and optional auxiliary instruments to be connected to the radars e) Characteristics of the radar settings and factors affecting performance f) External factors to radar adjustment affecting radar detection g) Factors that may lead to misinterpretation h) Performance standards – Resolution A.477(XII)

2) ADJUSTING AND USING THE RADAR AS TO THE MANUFACTURER

SUGGESTIONS a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display b) Measuring the range and bearings c) Determining the danger lines and effective use of radar in navigation

3) MANUAL RADAR PLOTTING APPLICATION a) Formation of the relative movement triangle b) Definition of the route, speed and visions of other ships c) Definition of CPA and TCPA d) Taking the effect of course and speed changes into consideration e) Reporting radar plotting data

4) USE OF THE RADAR TO PROVIDE SAFE NAVIGATION a) Basic Radar controls Gain, Tune and Ledge controls b) VRM and EBL concepts and their usage c) RM, TM concepts and their differences d) SP, MP, LP concepts and their differences e) Auxiliary functions on radar f) Fixing the position of ship by radar g) Definition of the auxiliaries for radar navigation and security h) Use of the parallel lines for radar navigation

5) USE OF RADAR FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS OR CLOSE QUARTERS

SITUATIONS a) Implementation of the rules for prevention of collisions to b) avoid collisions or close quarters situations c) Use of the modern electronic navigational aids (GPS etc.) and position fixing under all

conditions by having information about the operating principles, limitations, error sources of these equipment, detection and correction of the errors,

ANNEX-12



14

6) EXPLANATION OF AN ARPA SYSTEM a) Visual characteristics of the ARPA system b) ARPA and IMO performance standards c) Tracing the echoes related to route by ARPA d) Monitoring ability and limits e) Process delays and errors

7) USAGE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display b) Obtaining target info c) Errors in interpretation of the target data d) Errors in definition and description of the displayed data e) System usage applications for data verification f) Risks of over-reliance on ARPA g) Obtaining data from the ARPA displays h) Implementation of the rules for preventing collision

8) ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM (ECDIS) a) IMO performance standards b) Raster and Vector chart modes and their characteristics c) Other compulsory and optional auxiliary navigational instruments to be connected to the

ECDIS d) Voyage planning by using ECDIS e) Updating the ECDIS charts f) Points to take into consideration when navigating with ECDIS g) Management of the system files & data and operating methods h) Using the ECDIS playback function to review route planning of the navigation and system

functions


1) SYNOPTICAL CHARTS AND WEATHER FORECAST a) Regions generally forming low and high pressure

b) Obtaining the transmitted Synoptical charts by adjusting the relevant channels in facsimile

c) Symbols and abbreviations used in the synoptical charts

d) Interpreting the synoptical charts

e) Programming the Navtex instrument, message types and channel selection

f) Interpreting the Navtex weather forecast messages

g) Obtaining EGC messages by the INMARSAT-C instrument

h) Interpreting the weather forecasts from the EGC messages sent in different formats

worldwide

i) Using the local meteorological measurements for weather forecast

j) Weather condition depending on the main air mass types

k) Synoptical and prognostic charts and forecasts

l) Classification of the marine forecast codes and fax transmissions

m) Main types, sources and movements of floating ice

n) Guiding principles related to safe navigation close to ice

o) Conditions, dangers and solutions of ice accumulation on the upper structure of the ship

2) CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DIFFERENT AIR SYSTEMS a) Formation, structure and weather condition depending on the main weather fronts


c) Formation of the non-frontal air systems and weather condition


3) OCEAN CURRENT SYSTEMS a) Circulation of surface water in the oceans and connected seas

b) Voyage planning principles according to the wave heights and weather conditions

ANNEX-12



15

c) Formation of the sea waves and swells

MARITIME LAW

1) INTRODUCTION TO MARITIME LAW Definition, scope and branches of the maritime law

2) MARITIME PUBLIC LAW Definition, scope and branches of the maritime public law

3) PRIVATE MARITIME LAW Definition, scope and branches of the private maritime law

4) SHIP a) Ship definitions b) Registration of the ships c) Right to fly flag d) Ship's seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo e) Inspections and dimensions of ships f) Provisions stipulated for safety of life and property at sea g) Number and competence of the seafarers h) Legal aspects of pilotage i) Board documentation (Documents to be made available on board, ship’s certificate of

registry, ship’s log book, tonnage certificate, etc.)

5) MASTER a) Definition of the master b) Powers and responsibilities of the Master as per the public law c) Powers and responsibilities of the Master as per the private law d) Disciplinary power of the Master on board and his/her powers and duties in case of a crime

6) SHIPOWNER a) Definition of the shipowner b) Shipowner, responsibilities and rights

7) MARINE ACCIDENTS a) Collision b) Sea Protest c) Rescue and aid

8) OUR NATIONAL MARITIME LEGISLATION IN GENERAL a) Cabotage Law b) Maritime Labor Act c) Law of Arrest and Seizure at Sea d) Provisions of the penal and procedure laws related to shipping e) Information on the Customs and Smuggling Legislation f) Ports Act and port regulations g) Regulations on Seafarers h) Coastal Health Legislation i) Related sections of the Act of Fees j) Instructions of the Master (taking over, keeping and using) k) Act No. 4922 on Smuggling

MARINE INSURANCES

1) INSURANCE AND INSURANCE LAW a) Definition of the insurance

b) Legal and economic requirements of the insurance



e) Insurance policy


ANNEX-12



16

a) Scope and conditions of the insurance

b) Relations with insurance company

3) CLUB INSURANCES a) Scope and conditions of the insurance

b) Relations with insurance company

c) Definition of the Claim and situations to give rise to a Claim

SHIP MANEOUVRING

1) FACTORS AFFECTING THE SHIP MANEUVERING


b) Sufficiency in manoeuvre

2) DRIVING POWER AND RESISTANCE IN MANOEUVRE

a) Resistance types related to the air

i) Still air resistance

ii) Wind resistance

b) Resistance types related to the water

3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE MAIN MACHINERY ACCORDING

TO THEIR FUNCTIONS IN MANOEUVRING AND TYPES

4) PROPELLER



c) Effects of the right and left hand propellers ahead


5) STEERING

a) Effects of the steering in ships with single propeller

b) Effects of the steering in ships with double propeller



b) Its effects when used with the steering

7) LINES


b) Other line manoeuvres

8) TURNING CIRCLE

9) SHALLOW WATER

a) Definition of the shallow water

b) Effects of the shallow water



11) TUGBOAT


b) Using the tugboats in manoeuvres

LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK SKILLS

1) MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE CREW Information on the crew management and training

2) LEGISLATION Information on the relevant international maritime legislation, recommendations and the

national legislation

3) SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT a) Plan and mutual aid

b) Assignment of the crew

c) Time and resource limitations

ANNEX-12



17

d) Prioritization

4) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING EFFECTIVE RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing the resources

b) Effective communication on board and ashore

c) Decisions reflecting importance of the team experiences


e) Raising and maintaining the situational awareness

5) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING DECISION MAKING

TECHNIQUES a) Situation and risk assessment

b) Determining and considering the emerging options

c) Ability to choose how to progress an action

d) Assessment of effectiveness of the result

6) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES Development, application and supervision of the standard operating procedures

(1) The above mentioned compulsory training shall not take longer than 600 hours (longer

then 3.5 months and less than 5 months providing that maximum 8-hour training is

given each day).

(2) In the content of Yacht Master (unlimited) training; yacht personnel induction training

course is mandatory and it will be applied within the training of yacht master in 16

hours.

2 TOOLS – EQUIPMENT

b) Yacht Master (149 GT) Training

Tools and equipment stated in the Deck Restricted Operational Level Training shall be

available for this training.

c) Yacht Master (499 GT) Training

Tools and equipment stated in the Deck Operational Level Training shall be available

for this training.

d) Yacht Master (unlimited) Training

Tools and equipment stated in the Deck Management Level Training shall be available

for this training.

3. OTHER ISSUES

The Yacht Master (unlimited) Training is provided only at the training institutions

authorized for the Deck Operational Level trainings.

ANNEX - 13

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY TRAINING FOR FISHING BOAT

DECK RATINGS

1

1) CURRICULUM

BASIC FIRST AID TRAINING CURRICULUM

1) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN IMMEDIATELY IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR ANOTHER

MEDICAL EMERGENCY

a) Evaluating the accidents and threats for personal safety

b) Evaluating the structure and functions of the body

c) Urgent measures required to be taken in case of emergency

i) Locating the accident site

ii) Implementing the resuscitation techniques

iii) Controlling the bleeding

iv) Appropriate use of the basic shock management

v) Appropriate intervention procedures to the accidents related to the electric shocks

vi) Appropriate intervention procedures to the burn injuries due to fire and boiling water

vii) Saving and transferring an injured person

viii) Putting on bandages

ix) Using the materials in the emergency kit

BASIC TRAINING CURRICULUM ON FIRE PREVENTION AND

FIREFIGHTING

1) MINIMIZING THE FIRE RISK AND PREPARING FOR FIREFIGHTING

a) Firefighting organization

b) Firefighting equipment

c) Locations of the emergency escape routes

d) Fire and explosion components (the fire triangle)

e) Types and sources of combustion

f) Flammable materials, fire dangers and spread of fire

g) Being cautious and careful at all times

h) Movements and manners on board

i) Fire/smoke detection and automatic alarm systems

j) Classification of fire and applicable fire extinguishing materials

2) FIREFIGHTING AND EXTINGUISHING

a) Firefighting equipment and their locations on board

b) Fixed equipment and their usage

c) Firefighter equipment and their usage

d) Personal equipment and their usage

e) Firefighting instruments/equipment and their usage

f) Firefighting procedures, methods and their implementation

g) Firefighting agents and their usage

ANNEX - 13


DECK RATINGS

2

CURRICULUM FOR THE PERSONAL SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES TRAINING AT

SEA

1) SURVIVAL AT SEA AFTER ABANDONING THE SHIP

a) Types of possible emergency cases i) Collision ii) Fire iii) Sinking

b) Types of the lifesaving appliances on board

c) Equipment on the life rafts and lifesaving boats

d) Location of the personal lifesaving appliances

e) Importance of training and practice

f) Use of personal protective equipment

g) Preparing for the emergencies

h) Movements and manners when the life rafts and lifesaving boat stations are called

i) Movements and manners when abandoning the ship

j) Movements and manners at sea

CURRICULUM FOR THE PERSONNEL SAFETY AND SOCIAL

RESPONSIBILITY TRAINING

1) COMPLIANCE WITH THE EMERGENCY CASE METHODS


b) Being familiar with the probability plans (probability emergency plans) on board to

intervene in case of emergency

c) Emergency signals

d) Special duties assigned to the crew in the role schedule

e) Muster stations

f) Proper use of personal equipment

g) Actions to be taken to find out possible emergency cases including fire, collision, sinking

and flooding

h) Movements and manners when emergency alarm signals are triggered

i) Importance of training and practice

j) Escape routes, internal communication and alarm systems

2) MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT FROM

POLLUTION

a) Effects of operational pollution or pollution due to accidents in marine environment

b) Basic environmental conservation methods

c) Basic knowledge in the complexity and variety of the marine environment

3) SUPERVISING THE SAFE IMPLEMENTATIONS

a) Importance of abiding by the safe operation implementations

b) Available safety and protection equipment for protection against potential dangers on board

c) Measures to be taken before entering enclosed areas

d) Knowledge in international measures about accident prevention and occupational health

The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 32 hours.

ANNEX - 13


DECK RATINGS

3

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT



delivered)

TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT FOR


3. Board









SAFETY

LABORATORY



8. Parachute Flares

9. Hand Flares

10. Smoke Signals


12. Diving Suit












ANNEX - 13


DECK RATINGS

4



Gloves, Boots)

23. Fire Hoses



Valve), (1 pc)





dressing


31. Stretcher





3) OTHER MATTERS

The above-mentioned trainings will be theoretically organized. Applied parts will be

supported with visual video and training documents during training.

ANNEX - 14

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

SKIPPER TRAINING CURRICULUM

NAVIGATION

1. Knowledge in magnetic and gyro compasses and detection of the errors.

2. Knowledge in Charts:

. Symbols and abbreviations

. Chart Corrections

. Port charts

. Usage of the navigational publications and charts

. Notices to seamen

3. Knowledge in Coastal Navigation

. Coastal navigation and methods for position fixing

. Lights, buoy systems and other auxiliary navigational instruments

4. Electronic Navigational Instruments;

. Echo Sounder,

. Radar observation

. GPS and Currentmeters (Doppler)

SEAMANSHIP

1. Contents of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea

(COLREG 1972) and its execution.

2. Deck equipment and its usage.

3. Fishing equipment and its usage.

4. Hull maintenance, scraping, paste and painting works.

5. Ship maneuvers and factors affecting maneuvering;

a) Berthing, unberthing,

b) Anchoring,

c) Turning circle and stopping,

d) In case of man overboard.

6. VHF communication, visual and audio communication.

7. General meteorological conditions at ports and coastal areas.

8. Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea and related regulations.

9. Legislation on Marine Pollution and International conventions. 10. Legislation on National Sea Resources and its execution.

ANNEX - 14

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER TRAINING

2

SAFETY AT SEA

1. Measures to be taken when the ship is grounded or stranded.

2. Measures to be taken after collision and fire.

3. Abandoning the ship.

4. Tugging and Being Tugged.

5. Measures to be taken in case that the fishing equipment (trawl, purse etc.)

crashes into the ground or another object at sea bottom.

6. First aid.

The above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 240 hours in total.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Tools and equipment, stated in context with the Deck Restricted Operational Level

Training shall be kept available.

ANNEX - 15

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPEN SEA FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER

TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR THE OPEN SEA FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER

TRAINING

NAVIGATION

1. Knowledge in magnetic and gyro compasses and detection of the errors.

2. Knowledge in Charts; a) Knowledge in the chart projection,

b) Symbols and abbreviations,

c) Notices to seamen,

d) Chart corrections.

3. Knowledge in Navigation; . Lights, buoy systems and other auxiliary navigational instruments,

. Usage of the navigational publications and charts,

. Fixing a position for celestial observation,

. Fixing a position for terrestrial observation,

. Electronic systems;

.. Radar and radar plotting,

.. GPS,

.. Navtex

... Speedlog,

... Echo Sounder,

... Auto-Pilot,

... Currentmeter (Doppler),

4. Navigational Planning; . Ocean navigation,

. In restricted waters,

. In iced water,

. Under limited visibility conditions,

. At traffic separation,

. Under the tidal and current effects.

ANNEX - 15


TRAINING

2

SEAMANSHIP 1. Content of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea

(COLREG 1972) and its execution, 2. Watchkeeping arrangement and methods, 3. Hull maintenance, scraping, paste and painting works, 4. Factors affecting the ship’s maneuver, 5. Turning circle and stopping distance, 6. Anchoring (Single and double anchors), anchor dragging, 7. Berthing and unberthing, 8. Manoeuvers in case of man overboard, 9. Navigating at different waters, 10. International Conventions related to Marine Pollution, 11. Structure and stability of the fishing boat, 12. Power units in the fishing boats, 13. National and International Legislation on Sea Resources, 14. Fishing boats' security codes FAO, ILO, IMO, 15. Handling the fisheries and stowage, 16. Carrying the cooled cargoes, 17. International Maritime Law

MARITIME SAFETY AND COMMUNICATION 1. Emergency planning, 2. Measures to be taken when the ship is aground and stranded, 3. Measures to be taken after collision and fire, 4. Abandoning the ship, 5. Using the emergency steering, 6. Knowledge in first aid procedures, execution of the Medical Guides and

notifying by Radio, 7. Procedures for Man Overboard, 8. Possible emergency cases at ports, 9. Search and Rescue Organization (MERSAR), 10. Measures to be taken in case that the fishing equipment (Trawl, purse etc.)

crashes into the ground or another object at sea bottom, 11. General knowledge in GMDSS usage, 12. Understanding the navigational and meteorological warning information in

English, 13. Using the Morse alphabet and International Code of Signals, 14. Using the English Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP).

METEOROLOGY

1. Knowledge in the characteristics of various weather systems,

2. Meteorological instruments on board and their usage,

3. Avoiding meteorologically dangerous areas,

4. Weather fronts,

5. Weather reports and forecasts,

. Weather information stations for seamen

. Recording and reporting the weather observations,

. Weather forecasts.

6. Tidal and ocean currents. The above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 340 hours in total.

2 TOOLS – EQUIPMENT

ANNEX - 15


TRAINING

3

Tools and equipment, stated in context with the Deck Restricted Operational Level Training,

shall be kept available.

ANNEX - 16

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR THE BASIC FIRST AID TRAINING

1) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN IMMEDIATELY IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR ANOTHER

MEDICAL EMERGENCY CASE

a) Evaluating the accidents and threats for personal safety

b) Evaluating the structure and functions of the body

c) Urgent measures required to be taken in case of emergency i) Locating the accident site ii) Implementing the resuscitation techniques iii) Controlling the bleeding iv) Appropriate use of the basic shock management v) Appropriate intervention procedures to the accidents related to the electric shocks vi) Appropriate intervention procedures to the burn injuries due to fire and boiling water vii) Saving and transferring an injured person viii) Putting on bandages ix) Using the materials in the emergency kit

(1) The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 18 hours.

CURRICULUM FOR THE BASIC FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE FIGHTING

TRAINING

1) MINIMIZING THE FIRE RISK AND PREPARING FOR FIRE FIGHTING

a) Fire fighting organization

b) Fire fighting equipment

c) Locations of the emergency escape routes

d) Fire and explosion components (the fire triangle)

e) Types and sources of combustion

f) Flammable materials, fire dangers and spread of fire

g) Being cautious and careful at all times

h) Movements and behaviors on board

i) Fire/smoke detection and automatic alarm systems

j) Classification of fire and applicable fire extinguishing materials

2) FIRE FIGHTING AND EXTINGUISHING

a) Fire fighting equipment and their locations on board

b) Fixed equipment and their usage

c) Firefighter equipment and their usage

d) Personal equipment and their usage

e) Fire fighting instruments/equipment and their usage

f) Fire fighting procedures, methods and their implementation

g) Fire fighting agents and their usage

h) Using the respiratory equipment

3) APPLIED FIRE TRAINING

In the Approved Training Facility;

a) Use various types of portable fire extinguishers

ANNEX - 16


2

b) Use self-contained breathing apparatus

c) Extinguish smaller fires, e.g., electrical fires, oil fires, propane fires

d) Extinguish extensive fires with water, using jet and spray nozzles

e) Extinguish fires with foam, powder or any other suitable chemical agent

f) Enter and pass through, with lifeline but without breathing apparatus, a compartment into

which high-expansion foam has been injected

g) Fight fire in smoke-filled enclosed spaces wearing self-contained breathing apparatus In

closed areas filled with smoke, fire using an independent breathing apparatus

struggle

h) Extinguish fire with water fog or any other suitable fire-fighting agent in an

accommodation room or simulated engine-room with fire and heavy smoke

i) Extinguish oil fire with fog applicator and spray nozzles, dry chemical powder or foam

applicators

j) Effect a rescue in a smoke-filled space wearing breathing apparatus

The trainings given above shall be given at least 18 hours. At least 8 hours of these trainings

are practiced. The practices of these trainings are given by authorized training institutions for

"Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting Basic Training Practices" indicated in the GAEBS

Module.

CURRICULUM FOR PERSONAL SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES AT SEA TRAINING

1) SURVIVAL AT SEA AFTER ABANDONING THE SHIP


b) Types of the lifesaving appliances on board

c) Equipment on the liferafts and lifesaving boats

d) Location of the personal lifesaving appliances

e) Principles about survival

f) Importance of training and practice

g) Use of personal protective equipment

h) Preparing for the emergencies

i) Movements and manners when the liferafts and lifesaving boat stations are called

j) Movements and manners when abandoning the ship

k) Movements and manners at sea

l) Movements and manners on liferafts and lifesaving boats

m) Main dangers for survivors

The trainings given above shall be given at least 18 hours. At least 8 hours of these trainings

are practiced. The practices of these trainings are given by authorized training institutions for

"Practices for the Training of the Personal Survival Techniques at Sea" indicated in the

GAEBS Modules.

ANNEX - 16


3

CURRICULUM FOR THE PERSONAL SAFETY AND SOCIAL

RESPONSIBILITIES TRAINING

1) COMPLIANCE WITH THE EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

a) Types of possible emergency cases i) Collision ii) Fire iii) Foundering

b) Knowledge of shipboard contingency plans for response to emergencies

c) Emergency signals

d) specific duties allocated to crew members in the muster list;

e) Muster stations

f) correct use of personal safety equipment

g) Action to take on discovering potential emergency, including fire, collision, foundering and

ingress of water into the ship

h) Action to take on hearing emergency alarm signals

i) Value of training and drills

j) Knowledge of escape routes and internal communication and alarm systems

2) PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT POLLUTION OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT

a) ımpact of shipping on the marine environment and the effects of operational or accidental

pollution on it.

b) Basic environmental protection methods

c) Basic knowledge of complexity and diversity of the marine environment.

3) Observe safe working practices

a) Importance of adhering to safe working practices at all times

b) Safety and protective devices available to protect against potential hazards aboard ship

c) Precautions to be taken prior to entering enclosed spaces

d) Familiarization with international measures concerning accident prevention and

occupational health

4) CONTRIBUTE TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATIONS ON BOARD SHIP.

a) the principles of, and barriers to, effective communication between individuals and teams

within the ship

b) Ability to establish and maintain effective communications

5) CONTRIBUTE TO EFFECTIVE HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS ON BOARD SHIP

a) Importance of maintaining good human and working relationships aboard ship

b) Basic teamworking principles and practice, including conflict resolution

c) Social responsibilities; employment conditions; individual rights and obligations;

d) The dangers of drug and alcohol abuse

6) UNDERSTAND AND TAKE NECESSARY ACTIONS TO CONTROL FATIGUE

a) Importance of obtaining the necessary rest

b) Effects of sleep, schedules, and the circadian rhythm on fatigue

c) Effects of physical stressors on seafarers

d) Effects of environmental stressors in and outside the ship and their impact on seafarers

e) Effects of schedule changes on seafarer fatigue


CURRICULUM FOR THE TRAINING OF PROFICIENCY IN USING SURVIVAL

CRAFTS

1) TAKE CHARGE OF LIFERAFTS OR LIFEBOATS DURING AND AFTER LAUNCH

ANNEX - 16


4

a) Construction and outfit of survival craft and individual items of their equipment, particular

characteristics and facilities of survival craft.

b) Various types of device used for launching liferafts and lifeboats

c) Methods of launching and recovering liferafts and lifeboats in a rough sea

d) Methods of recovering liferafts and lifeboats

e) Action to be taken after leaving the ship

f) Dangers associated with use of on-load release devices

g) Maintenance procedures

2) OPERATING A LİFE BOAT CRAFT ENGINE

Methods of starting and operating a lifeboats engine.

3) MANAGEMENT OF SURVIVORS (INJURED PERSONS) AND LIFERAFTS AND

LIFEBOATS AFTER ABANDONING THE SHIP

a) Handling liferafts and lifeboats in rough weather

b) Use of painter, sea-anchor and all other equipment

c) Apportionment of food and water in liferafts and lifeboats

d) Action taken to maximize detectability and location of liferafts and lifeboats

e) Method of helicopter rescue

f) Effects of hypothermia and its prevention;

g) Use of protective covers and garments, including immersion suits and thermal protective

aids

h) Use of rescue boats and motor lifeboats for marshalling liferafts and rescue of survivors and

persons in the sea

i) Beaching liferafts and lifeboats

4) USE LOCATING DEVICES, INCLUDING COMMUNICATION AND SIGNALING

APPARATUS AND PYROTECHNICS a) Satellite EPIRBs and SARTs b) Radio life-saving appliances carried in liferafts and lifeboats c) Pyrotechnical danger signals and their usage

5) FIRST-AID TO SURVIVORS (INJURED PERSONS)

a) Use of first-aid kit and resuscitation techniques b) Controlling the bleeding and shock c) Management of injured persons

The trainings given above shall be given at least 18 hours. At least 8 hours of these

trainings are practiced. The practices of these trainings are given by authorized training

institutions for "Practices for the Training of the Proficiency in Survival Craft" indicated in the

GAEBS Modules.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT



delivered) TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT FOR


3. Board








ANNEX - 16


5



SAFETY

LABORATORY



8. Parachute Flares

9. Hand Flares

10. Smoke Signals


12. Diving Suit




16. Liferaft and Hydrostatic Lock









Gloves, Boots)

23. Fire Hoses



Valve), (1 pc)





dressing


31. Stretcher





3. OTHER MATTERS

From the relevant parts in the Basic Maritime Safety Trainings, Proficiency in Survival Craft,

Personnel Survival Techniques at Sea Training and Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting are

carried out at the facilities specified in Annexes 31, 32 and 33 of this Directive.

ANNEX - 17

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP SECURITY TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

a) Ship Security Officer Training

SHIP SECURITY OFFICER TRAINING CURRICULUM

1) GENERAL KNOWLEDGE AND MARITIME SECURITY POLICIES

a) History of the criminal activities at sea

b) Existing threats and their nature (piracy, armed attack, terror, fugitives, smuggling etc.)

c) Ship and port operations and their nature

d) Definitions

e) International legislation on security

f) Legal regulations by governments on security

g) Legal boundaries of the actions to be performed by the ship security officer

h) Processing the information on security and communication and their privacy

i) Terms and definitions related to the Marine Security

2) SECURITY RESPONSIBILITIES

a) Responsibilities of the state which is a party to SOLAS and STCW 78 Convention

b) Security Organization

c) Company and its responsibilities

d) Ship and its responsibilities

e) Port Facility and its responsibilities

f) Ship Security Officer and his/her responsibilities

g) Company Security Officer and his/her responsibilities

h) Port Facility Security Officer and his/her responsibilities

i) Security personnel assigned a duty within the scope of Ship Security Plan

j) Security personnel assigned a duty within the scope of Port Facility Security Plan

k) Other Personnel

3) MAINTAINING AND SUPERVISING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF A SHIP SECURITY

PLAN

a) Responsibilities of international maritime security policy and responsibilities of

Governments, companies and designated persons, including elements that may relate to

piracy and armed robbery

b) Purpose for and the elements that make up a ship security plan, related procedures and

maintenance of records, including those that may relate to piracy and armed robbery

c) Procedures to be employed in implementing a ship security plan and reporting of security

incidents

d) Maritime security levels and the consequential security measures and procedures aboard

ship and in the port facility environment

e) The requirements and procedures for conducting internal audits, on-scene inspections,

control and monitoring of security activities specified in a ship security plan

f) The requirements and procedures for reporting to the company security officer any

efficiencies and non-conformities identified during internal audits, periodic reviews, and

security inspections

g) the methods and procedures used to modify the ship security plan

h) Procedures of security-related contingency plans and the procedures for responding to

security threats or breaches of security, including provisions for maintaining critical

operations of the ship/port interface, including also elements that may relate to piracy and

armed robbery

i) Maritime security terms and definitions, including elements that may relate to piracy and

armed robbery

4) EVALUATING THE SECURITY RISKS, THREATS AND VULNERABILITY

a) Methods of risk assessment and assessment tools

ANNEX - 17


2

b) Security assessment documentation, including the Declaration of Security

c) Methods used to circumvent security measures, including those used by pirates and armed

robbers

d) Enabling recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of persons posing potential security

risks

e) Enabling recognition of weapons, dangerous substances and devices and awareness of the

damage they can cause

f) Crowd management and control techniques, where appropriate

g) Handling sensitive security-related information and security-related communications

h) Implementing and co-ordinating searches

i) Methods for physical searches and non-intrusive inspections

5) CARRYING OUT REGULAR INSPECTIONS OF THE SHIP TO ENSURE THAT

APPROPRIATE SECURITY MEASURES ARE IMPLEMENTED AND MAINTAINED

a) Designating and monitoring restricted areas

b) controlling access to the ship and to restricted areas on board ship

c) Methods for effective monitoring of deck areas and areas surrounding the ship

d) Security aspects relating to the handling of cargo and ship’s stores with other shipboard

personnel and relevant port facility security officers

e) Methods for controlling the embarkation, disembarkation and access while on board of

persons and their effects

6) ENSURING THAT SECURITY EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, IF ANY, ARE PROPERLY

OPERATED, TESTED AND CALIBRATED

a) Various types of security equipment and systems and their limitations, including those that

could be used in case of attacks by pirates and armed robbers

b) Procedures, instructions and guidance on the use of ship security alert systems

c) Methods for testing, calibrating, and maintaining security systems and equipment,

particularly whilst at sea

7) ENCOURAGING SECURITY AWARENESS AND VIGILANCE

a) Training, drill and exercise requirements under relevant conventions, codes and IMO

circulars, including those relevant to anti-piracy and anti-armed robbery

b) Methods for enhancing security awareness and vigilance on board

c) Methods for assessing the effectiveness of drills and exercises

The mandatory training specified above is given as 14 hours in 2 days

b) Security-related familiarization training

CURRICULUM FOR THE SECURITY FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING

1. Before being assigned to shipboard duties, all persons employed or engaged on a

seagoing ship which is required to comply with the provisions of the ISPS Code, other than

passengers, shall receive approved security-related familiarization training, taking account of the

guidance given in Code B-VI

a. Report a security incident, including a piracy or armed robbery threat or attack;

b. Know the procedures to follow when they recognize a security threat; and

c. Take part in security-related emergency and contingency procedures.

2. Seafarers with designated security duties engaged or employed on a seagoing ship shall,

before being assigned such duties, receive security-related familiarization training in their

assigned duties and responsibilities, taking into account the guidance given in Code B-VI

3. The security-related familiarization training shall be conducted by the ship security

officer or an equally qualified person.

The mandatory training specified above is given as 4 hours in 1 day when given as a course.

ANNEX - 17


3

c) Security Awareness Training

CURRICULUM FOR THE SECURITY AWARENESS TRAINING

1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF MARINE SECURITY WITH

ENHANCED AWARENESS

a) Basic knowledge in maritime security terms and definitions including the factors which

can be related to piracy and armed robbery

b) Basic knowledge in responsibilities of states, companies and persons and international

maritime security policies

c) Basic knowledge in maritime security levels and their effects on the security measures and

procedures on board and at port facilities

d) Basic knowledge in the security reporting procedures

e) Basic knowledge in probability plans on security

2) RECOGNIZING THE SECURITY THREATS

a) Basic knowledge in the techniques used for elimination of the security measures

b) Basic knowledge providing the recognition of the potential security threats including the

factors which can be related to the piracy and armed robbery

c) Basic knowledge to recognize guns, dangerous goods and devices

d) Raising awareness about the damages by guns, dangerous goods and devices

e) Basic knowledge to manage information and communication on security

3) UNDERSTANDING THOSE METHODS FOR RAISING AWARENESS IN SECURITY

AND VIGILANCE AND THE REASON WHY THESE METHODS ARE REQUIRED

Basic knowledge in training, practice and exercise requirements implemented within the scope

of relevant conventions, codes and IMO notices including those against piracy and armed

robbery.

The mandatory training specified above is given as 6 hours in 1 day.

c) Training Curriculum on designated security duties

CURRICULUM FOR THE DESIGNATED SECURITY DUTIES TRAINING

1) MAINTAINING THE CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN A SHIP SECURITY PLAN

a) Working knowledge of maritime security terms and definitions, including elements that

may relate to piracy and armed robbery

b) Knowledge of international maritime security policy and responsibilities of Governments,

companies and persons, including working knowledge of elements that may relate to

piracy and armed robbery

c) Knowledge of maritime security levels and their impact on security measures and

procedures aboard ship and in the port facilities

d) Knowledge of security reporting procedures

e) Knowledge of procedures and requirements for drills and exercises under relevant

conventions, codes and IMO circulars, including working knowledge of those that may

relate to piracy and armed robbery

f) Knowledge of the procedures for conducting inspections and surveys and for the control

and monitoring of security activities specified in a ship security plan

g) Knowledge of security-related contingency plans and the procedures for responding to

security threats or breaches of security, including provisions for maintaining critical

operations of the ship/port interface, and including also working knowledge of those that

may relate to piracy and armed robbery

ANNEX - 17


4

2) RECOGNITION OF SECURITY RISKS AND THREATS

a) Knowledge of security documentation, including the Declaration of Security

b) Knowledge of techniques used to circumvent security measures, including those used by

pirates and armed robbers

c) Knowledge enabling recognition of potential security threats

d) Knowledge enabling recognition of weapons, dangerous substances and devices and

awareness of the damage they can cause

e) Knowledge of crowd management and control techniques, where appropriate

f) Knowledge in handling security-related information and security-related communications

g) Knowledge of the methods for physical searches and non-intrusive inspections

3) UNDERTAKING THE REGULAR SECURITY INVESTIGATIONS OF THE SHIP

a) Knowledge of the techniques for monitoring restricted areas

b) Knowledge of controlling access to the ship and to restricted areas on board ship

c) Knowledge of methods for effective monitoring of deck areas and areas surrounding the

ship

d) Knowledge of inspection methods relating to the cargo and ship’s stores

e) Knowledge of methods for controlling the embarkation, disembarkation and access while

on board of persons and their effects

4) PROPER USE OF THE SECURITY EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IF ANY

a) General knowledge of various types of security equipment and systems, including those

that could be used in case of attacks by pirates and armed robbers, including their

limitations

b) Knowledge of the need for testing, calibrating, and maintaining security systems and

equipment, particularly whilst at sea

The training specified above is given as 10 hours in 2 days.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Metal hand detector

Handheld radios

Alarm circuits

Door locks

Physical barriers

Door alarm and monitoring systems

Various types of hand lanterns and lighting devices

Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System

Various types of locks

3 OTHER CONDITIONS

Security-Related Familiarization Training can be given as a single curriculum by

combining the Security Awareness Training and Designated Security Duties Training

Curricula. In this case this trainings is given as 16 hours in 2 days.

ANNEX - 18

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

a) Training on Radar Observation and Plotting

TRAINING ON RADAR OBSERVATION AND PLOTTING

1) IDENTIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION AND OPERATING PRINCIPLES OF RADARS

Radiation danger and marking the safe distance

2) RADAR BLOCK DIAGRAM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE COMPONENTS

a) Radiation danger and marking the safe distance

b) Amplitude, Frequency, Pulse Width, Pulse Repetition Frequency, Power Definitions and

its effects on Radar

c) Radar controls

d) Activating and deactivating the radar

e) Echo principle and factors affecting the echo quality, false echoes

f) Distance and Bearing Difference

g) Distance Calibration

h) Calculating the radar range and effects of the propagation conditions

3) SET UP AND OPERATE RADAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER

INSTRUCTIONS



c) Performance measurements

d) Operational modes of the display (True and Relative Movement, North Up, Course Up,

Head Up)

e) Measuring the bearing and the distance by the use of radar

f) Methods for position fixing by the use of radar, navigational aid selection

g) Methods for Parallel Index

h) Use of radar with the purpose of preventing collision and methods for plotting

i) Calculation of RS and CPA by the use of radar in case of a contact

j) Methods for plotting the contacts on maneuver plate

k) IMO standards related to radars.


a) True and relative movement

b) True and relative vectors

c) Formation of relative motion triangle

d) Identifying the route, speed and vision of contacts

e) Defining CPA and TCPA

f) Considering the effect of route and speed changes

g) Reporting radar plotting data.


a) Fix vessels position by radar

b) Identify aids to radar navigation and safety

c) Use parallel indexing in radar navigation

6) USE RADAR TO AVOID COLLISIONS OR CLOSE ENCOUNTERS

Application of Rules on Prevention of Collision to avoid collisions or close encounters


ANNEX - 18


2

b) Training on the Use of Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA)

TRAINING ON THE USE OF AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING AID (ARPA)

1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF MARINE RADAR SYSTEM


b) Safe distances






2) SET UP AND OPERATE RADAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER

INSTRUCTIONS




a) Construct the relative motion triangle

b) Determine course, speed and aspect of other ships

c) Determine CPA and TCPA

d) Recognize the effect of course and speed changes

e) Report radar plot data









a) ARPA system display characteristics

b) IMO performance standards for ARPA

c) Acquisition of targets

d) Tracking capabilities and limitations

e) Processing delays

7) OPERATE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM


b) Obtaining and improving the target data







i) Use of ARPA with other modern electronic navigational systems


ANNEX - 18


3

c) Training on Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)

TRAINING ON ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY and INFORMATION SYSTEM

(ECDIS)

1) LEGAL STATUS AND REQUIREMENTS

a) Requirements for keeping an ECDIS available and equivalence

b) Performance Standards

c) Information

d) Training Requirements

2) ELECTRONIC CHART TYPES

a) Commonly Used Electronic Chart Types (Vector and Raster Charts)

3) ECDIS INFORMATION

a) Terms and Definitions

b) Information Installation

c) ENC Preparation

d) Information Quality

e) Reference Systems

f) Loading and Storage

4) ECDIS INFORMATION DISPLAY

a) Presentation Library

b) Change of Chart Display

c) Selection of Chart Information

d) Display Modes

5) SENSORS

a) Performance Limits

b) Sensor Systems

c) Information Reference System

d) Selection of the Proper Sensor Information

e) Reasonable Sensor Information Entries

6) MAIN NAVIGATIONAL FUNCTIONS AND SETTINGS

a) Automatic Functions

b) Manual Functions

c) Personal Chart Entries

d) Display of Navigational Signals

e) Additional Information

f) Vector Types

7) SPECIAL FUNCTIONS FOR ROUTE PLANNING

a) Selection of Marine Area

b) Route Planning Information

c) Route Plotting

d) Adjusting a Planned Route

e) Curved Route Planning

f) Security Values

g) Navigational Safety Controls

h) Final Route

8) SPECIAL FUNCTIONS FOR ROUTE MONITORING

a) Monitored Area

b) Required Route

c) Vector-Time

d) Control Measurements

e) Look-Ahead Function

f) Alarms

g) Current and Wind

ANNEX - 18


4

9) UPDATING

a) Preparation and Distribution of Updates

b) Manual, Semi-Automatic and Automatic Updates

c) Updating On Board

d) Updating and Safe Navigation

10) USE OF OTHER NAVIGATIONAL FUNCTIONS

a) Layout of the Radar Image on ECDIS

b) Automatic Tracking

c) Display of the information obtained from Radar, ARPA or AIS

11) INCORRECT INFORMATION DISPLAY

a) Possible Errors on ECDIS Display

b) Possible Errors on Own-Ship Display

c) Accuracy of the Displayed Information

12) INTERPRETING ERRORS

Interpreting Errors and Correction of the Errors

13) SITUATION INDICATORS, ALARMS

a) Definitions and Meanings of Indicators and Alarms

b) Nautical Sensors and Alarms

c) Information and Chart Alarms

14) DOCUMENTATION

a) Automatic Voyage Record

b) Replaying the Visited Traces

15) ACCURACY OF THE DISPLAYED INFORMATION

a) Online Test

b) Manual and Visual Tests

c) Verifying the Proper Operation of the System

16) SUPPORTING

a) Activation of the Support System

b) Reduced Functional Capacities

c) Periodical Function Test

17) RISKS OF OVER-RELIANCE ON ECDIS

Limitations of ECDIS

The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than five days and 40 course

hours.

d) Bridge Resource Management (BRM) Training

BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (BRM) TRAINING

1) REVIEW OF THE MAIN PRINCIPLES

a) Principles of bridge watchkeeping

b) Charts and Nautical publications

c) Methods for position fixing

d) Records and Log Books

2) BEING FAMILIAR WITH THE BRIDGE

a) Steering, Machinery and Electronic Navigation Systems

b) Machinery and steering controls

c) Pilot card and bridge poster

3) TACTICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SHIP

a) Height, width, draft, air draft

ANNEX - 18


5

b) Turning circles

c) Advancement-transferring and stopping distances

d) Effects of inclination and trim

e) Effects of wind and currents

f) Effect of squad

4) BEHAVIOR

a) Minimum security restrictions

b) Efficient and effective use of available man power

5) BEING AWARE OF THE CULTURAL DIFFERENCES

a) Being aware of the cultural differences and similarities

b) Behaviors in different cultures

6) MUTUAL INFORMATION TRANSFER

a) Providing bridge crew with information related to the voyage beforehand

b) Information exchange with the pilot

c) Providing the team with information regarding various cases during the voyage

d) Information transfer in watchkeeping handover

7) DANGEROUS CASES AND FURTHER ACTIONS

a) Behaviors of master, pilot and bridge watchkeeping personnel

b) Man overboard

c) Machinery/steering malfunction

d) Electronic navigational aids malfunction

e) Emergency maneuvering procedures

8) EFFECTS OF THE SHALLOW WATER


b) Increasing shallow water effect as depth decreases

c) Definition and calculation of squad

d) Performing the standard maneuvers at shallow water

9) EMERGENCY PLANNING

Planning the actions to be taken in case of emergency

10) AUTHORITY

a) Authority of the master and duties, powers and responsibilities of the bridge

watchkeeping personnel

b) Use of power and authority when pilot is on board

c) Use of authority as appropriate to the hierarchical level

11) MANAGEMENT ON BRIDGE

a) Well-balanced and good management

b) Distribution of duty in accordance with the potential and capabilities of bridge


12) WORK LOAD AND STRESS

a) Measures avoiding the work overload and stress

b) Well-balanced share of work load between bridge watchkeeping personnel

13) SYSTEMATIC ANCHORING AND BELAYING PRINCIPLES

a) Selection of anchor location

b) Systematic anchoring principles

c) Planning the actions to be taken before belaying

d) Preparing an alternative emergency plan (machinery malfunction etc.)

e) Use of the checklists before maneuvering

f) Recording the maneuver (bridge and machinery log books)

14) HUMAN FACTOR IN ERRORS

a) Taking measures against possible errors

b) Learning from errors

c) Implementation of the bridge watchkeeping personnel instructions through the voyage

15) DECISION MAKING

a) Validating the obtained data

ANNEX - 18


6

b) Identifying and providing the missing information

c) Determination of priorities and prioritizing the implementations

16) CRISIS MANAGEMENT

a) Master's awareness of his and bridge watchkeeping personnel's stress levels

b) Informing the bridge watchkeeping personnel about possible over stress situations

17) PLANNING AND EXECUTING A VOYAGE (PASSAGE PLAN)

a) Listing the charts and nautical publications to be used

b) Effects of tide and current

c) Weather and sea conditions through the voyage

d) Identifying the routes and their restrictions

e) Identifying the alternative routes

f) Navigational aids to be used

g) VTS information, communication principles

h) Forbidden areas

i) Escaping routes

j) Shelter port/area

k) Safety of the cargo and relevant special conditions

l) Plotting the route of a voyage berth-to-berth

m) Preparing the checklists for departure, arrival and entrance to narrow waters

n) Planning the pilot boarding-landing principles by using the maneuver data of the ship

o) Supervising the implementation of a planned voyage at all times

p) Obeying the environmental protection rules and other rules regarding crew, ship and

cargo safety

q) Performing the boarding-transition and leaving procedures in the traffic separation areas

as to the rules

r) Keeping all necessary records

s) Safe unberthing and berthing

18) PARALLEL INDEX

a) Information on parallel index

b) Port entrance by using parallel index

c) Berthing by the use of parallel index

d) Navigating on dangerous zones by the use of parallel index,

The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than five days as 40 course hours.

e) Engine Room Resource Management (ERM) Training

CURRICULUM FOR THE ENGINE ROOM RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (ERM)

TRAINING

1) LEGAL STATUS AND REQUIREMENTS

a) ERM Training Requirement

a) Performance Standards

b) Information

c) Training Requirements

2) ERM INFORMATION

a) Terms and Definitions

b) Abbreviations

c) Loading and Storage

3) DISPLAY OF ERM INFORMATION

a) Changing the Ship Types

b) Selection of the Ship Types

4) SHIP SPECIFICATION

a) Basic Information on the Ship

b) Characteristics of Main Engine

5) RECOGNIZING THE SIMULATOR MACHINERY SYSTEM COMPONENTS

a) Diesel Main Engine

ANNEX - 18


7

b) Electrical System

c) Auxiliary Machinery and Systems

6) RECOGNIZING THE MODULE SYSTEMS OF SIMULATOR DIESEL MAIN ENGINE

a) Main Engine Control System

b) Fresh Water Cooling System

c) Sea Water Cooling System

d) Fuel Supply System

e) Fuel Transfer System

f) Oil and Fuel Separation System

g) Lubricating and Coolant Circulation System

h) Air Compressor System

i) Exhaust and Turbocharger System

j) Combustion Control and Adjustment System in Cylinders

k) Local Main Engine Control System

7) RECOGNIZING SIMULATOR ELECTRIC MODULE SYSTEMS

a) Electrical Power System On Board

b) Electrical Distribution System On Board

c) Automatic Circuit Breakers

d) Isolation Monitoring

e) Diesel Generator

f) Shaft Generator

g) Emergency Diesel Generator

h) Coastal Feeding Distribution Switchboard

i) Main Distribution Switchboard

j) Emergency Distribution Switchboard

k) Auxiliary Diesel

8) RECOGNIZING SIMULATOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY MODULE SYSTEMS

a. Boiler

b. Boiler Fuel

c. Bilge System

d. Steering System

e. Central Fire Alarm System

f. CO2 System

g. Main Fire and Foam System

h. Ice Pounds System

i. Air Conditioning System

8) INCORRECT INFORMATION DISPLAY

a) Possible Errors on ERM Display

b) Accuracy of the Displayed Information

9) INTERPRETING ERRORS

Interpreting Errors and Correction of the Errors

10) SITUATION INDICATORS, ALARMS

Definitions and Meanings of Indicators and Alarms

11) MANAGEMENT AT ENGINE CONTROL

a) Well-balanced and good management

b) Distribution of duty in accordance with the potential and capabilities of engine


12) WORK LOAD AND STRESS

a) Measures avoiding the work overload and stress

b) Well-balanced share of work load between engine watchkeeping personnel

13)HUMAN FACTOR IN ERRORS

a) Taking measures against possible errors

b) Learning from errors

ANNEX - 18


8

14) DECISION MAKING

a) Validating the obtained data

b) Identifying and providing the missing information

c) Determination of priorities and prioritizing the implementations

13. BEHAVIOR

Efficient and effective use of available man power

16) BEING AWARE OF THE CULTURAL DIFFERENCES

a) Being aware of the cultural differences and similarities

b) Behaviors in different cultures

17)INFORMATION EXCHANGE

a) Providing engine crew with information related to the voyage beforehand

b) Providing the team with information regarding various cases during the voyage

c) Information transfer in watchkeeping handover

18)DANGEROUS CASES AND FURTHER ACTIONS

a) Behaviors of chief engineer and engine watchkeeping personnel

b) Chief engineer's awareness of his and engine watchkeeping personnel's stress levels

c) Informing the engine watchkeeping personnel about possible over stress situations

d) Main Engine malfunction

e) Electrical System malfunction

f) Auxiliary system malfunction

The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than five days and 40 course hours.

f) High Voltage (Over 1000 V Training)

HIGH VOLTAGE (OVER 1000 V) TRAINING

OPERATINAL LEVEL;

1) Hazards due to high voltage systems;

2) Functional, operational and safety requirements in High Voltage systems used in ships

3) Basic arrangement and protective equipment of high voltage systems

4) Safety procedures related to High Voltage systems

5) Priorities in case of malfunction.

MANAGEMENT LEVEL:

1) Functional, operational and safety requirements in High Voltage systems used in ships

2) Appointment of suitable personnel for repair and maintenance of various types of High

Voltage switches

3) Corrective actionsto be made in eliminating faults in the high voltage system

4) Developing the switching strategy for the isolation components of the High Voltage system;

5) Selection of suitable devices for insulation and testing of High Voltage equipment;

6) In High Voltage system used in ships, carry out the switching and insulation procedure,

together with safety documents.

7) Performing insulation resistance and polarization index tests in High Voltage equipment

The above training shall be at least 16 hours per level.

ANNEX - 18


9

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

a) Training on Radar Observation and Plotting

Approved Radar Simulator

b) Use of Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) Training

Approved ARPA Radar Simulator (Display, Engine and Steering Commands shall

have the ability to meet ARPA Radar functions.)

c) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) Training

Approved ECDIS Simulator

d) Bridge Resource Management (BRM) Training

Approved Bridge Simulator

e) Engine Room Resource Management (ERM) Training

Approved Engine Simulator

3 OTHER ISSUES

Trainings which are required to obtain the relevant seafarer's certificate of

competency, may be given at the training institutions authorized to provide these trainings for

certificate of competency.

In accordance with these trainings, no certificate is issued to the Seafarer's Book.

ANNEX - 19

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FIRST-AID AND MEDICAL CARE

TRAININGS

1

1) CURRICULUM

a) First-Aid Training

FIRST-AID TRAINING

a) Apply immediate first-aid in case of an accident or illness on board

b) First-aid kit

c) Body structure and function

d) Toxicological hazards on board, including use of the

e) Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG) or its

national equivalent

f) Examination of casualty or patient

g) Spinal injuries

h) Burns, scalds and effects of heat and cold

i) Fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries

j) Medical care of rescued persons

k) Radio medical advice

l) Pharmacology

m) Sterilization

n) Cardiac arrest, drowning and asphyxia


b) Medical Care Training

MEDICAL CARE TRAINING

1) PROVIDING MEDICAL CARE FOR PATIENTS AND INJURED PERSONS ON BOARD

a) First-Aid

b) Care for people injured during the accident

i. head and spinal injuries

ii. injuries of ear, nose, throat and eyes

iii. external and internal bleeding

iv. burns, scalds and frostbite

v. fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries

vi. wounds, wound healing and infection

vii. pain relief

viii. techniques of sewing and clamping

ix. management of acute abdominal conditions

x. minor surgical treatment

xi. dressing and bandaging

c) Methods for patient care i) General principles ii) Care

d) Diseases i) Medical conditions and emergencies ii) Sexually transmitted diseases

ANNEX - 19

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FIRST-AID AND MEDICAL CARE

TRAININGS

2

iii) Tropical and infectious diseases e) Alcohol and drug abuse

f) Dental care

g) Gynecology, pregnancy and childbirth

h) Medical care of rescued people

i) Death at sea

j) Hygiene

k) External aid

l) Environmental control on board

2) DISEASE PREVENTION

a) Disinfection, disinfestation and de-ratting

b) Vaccinations

3) KEEPING RECORDS AND REGULATIONS

a) Keeping the medical records

b) International and national maritime medical regulations

4) COORDINATION METHODS FOR MEDICAL ASSISTANCE TO SHIPS

a) External assistance i) Radio Medical advice ii) Evacuation and transportation of patients and injured persons by helicopter or other

vehicles iii) Medical care of sick seafarers involving cooperation with port health authorities or

out-patient wards in port


2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

a) Medical First-Aid Training On Board

Human skeleton model or diagram

Poster showing the internal organs

Medical First-Aid Guide for the Ship Master

Splints in various sizes for fractures and dislocations

CPR model (Adult)

Bandages

b) Medical Care Training on Board

Arm model for suturing

Artificial respiration model (Adult)

Models and tools for injection applications

3 OTHER CONDITIONS

Similar subjects in the above mentioned training can be compiled as a single course. In

this case the training shall not take less than 32 hours.

ANNEX - 20

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON

TANKERS

1

1) CURRICULUM

a) Basic Training for Oil and Chemical Tankers Cargo Operations

The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Basic

Certificate of Cargo Operations on Oil and Chemical Tankers, and issued by the administration, are

shown below.

BASIC TRAINING FOR OIL AND CHEMICAL TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS

1) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF TANKERS:

a) types of oil and chemical tankers

b) general arrangement and construction

2) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF CARGO OPERATIONS:

a) piping systems and valves

b) cargo pumps

c) loading and unloading

d) tank cleaning, purging, gas-freeing and inerting

3) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF OIL AND

CHEMICALS:

a) pressure and temperature, including vapour pressure/temperature relationship

b) types of electrostatic charge generation

c) chemical symbols

4) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF TANKER SAFETY CULTURE AND

SAFETY MANAGEMENT

5) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH TANKER

OPERATIONS, INCLUDING:

a) health hazards

b) environmental hazards

c) reactivity hazards

d) corrosion hazards

e) explosion and flammability hazards

f) sources of ignition, including electrostatic hazards

g) toxicity hazards

h) vapour leaks and clouds

6) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF HAZARD CONTROLS:

a) inerting, water padding, drying agents and monitoring techniques

b) anti-static measures

c) ventilation

d) segregation

e) cargo inhibition

f) importance of cargo compatibility

g) atmospheric control

h) gas testing

7) UNDERSTANDING OF INFORMATION ON A MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

(MSDS)

8) FUNCTION AND PROPER USE OF GAS-MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND

SIMILAR EQUIPMENT

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

2

9) PROPER USE OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES,

INCLUDING:

a) breathing apparatus and tank-evacuating equipment

b) protective clothing and equipment

c) resuscitators

d) rescue and escape equipment

10) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES IN

ACCORDANCE WITH LEGISLATION AND INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND

PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT TO OIL AND CHEMICAL

TANKERS, INCLUDING:

a) precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces

b) precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work

c) safety measures for hot and cold work

d) electrical safety

e) ship/shore safety Checklist

11) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF FIRST AID WITH REFERENCE TO A MATERIAL

SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)

12) Tanker fire response organization and action to be taken

13) Fire hazards associated with cargo handling and transportation of hazardous and noxious

liquids in bulk

14) Fire-fighting agents used to extinguish oil and chemical fires

15) Fixed fire-fighting foam system operations

16) Portable fire-fighting foam operations

17) Fixed dry chemical system operations

18) Spill containment in relation to fire-fighting operations

19) Basic knowledge of emergency procedures, including emergency shutdown

20) Basic knowledge of the effects of oil and chemical pollution on human and marine life

21) Basic knowledge of shipboard procedures to prevent pollution

22) Basic knowledge of measures to be taken in the event of spillage, including the need to:

a) report relevant information to the responsible persons

b) assist in implementing shipboard spill-containment procedures


b) Advanced Training on Cargo Operations on Oil Tankers

The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Advanced

Training Certificate of Cargo Operations on Oil Tankers, and issued by the administration, are shown

below.

ADVANCED TRAINING FOR OIL TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS

1) Knowledge of oil tanker design, systems and equipment, including:

a) general arrangement and construction

b) pumping arrangement and equipment

c) tank arrangement, pipeline system and tank venting arrangement

d) gauging systems and alarms

e) cargo heating systems

f) tank cleaning, gas-freeing and inerting systems

g) ballast system

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

3

h) cargo area venting and accommodation ventilation

i) slop arrangements

j) vapour recovery systems

k) cargo-related electrical and electronic control system

l) environmental protection equipment, including Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment

(ODME)

m) tank coating

n) tank temperature and pressure control systems

o) fire-fighting systems

2) PUMP THEORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, CARGO PUMP TYPES AND SAFE

OPERATIONS

3) TANKER SAFETY CULTURE COMPETENCY AND SAFE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

IMPLEMENTATION

4) MONITORING THE SAFETY SYSTEMS INCLUDING EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN

5) CARGO MEASUREMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

6) EFFECTS OF BULK LIQUID CARGOES ON TRIM, STABILITY AND STRUCTURAL

INTEGRITY

7) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF OIL CARGO-RELATED OPERATIONS,

INCLUDING:

a) loading and unloading plans

b) ballasting and deballasting

c) tank cleaning operations

d) inerting

e) gas-freeing

f) ship-to-ship transfers

g) load on top

h) crude oil washing

8) DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF CARGO-RELATED OPERATION PLANS,

PROCEDURES AND CHECKLISTS

9) ABILITY TO CALIBRATE AND USE MONITORING AND GAS-DETECTION SYSTEMS,

INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT

10) ABILITY TO MANAGE AND SUPERVISE PERSONNEL WITH CARGO-RELATED

RESPONSIBILITIES

11) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL

PROPERTIES OF OIL CARGOES

12) UNDERSTANDING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A MATERIAL SAFETY

DATA SHEET (MSDS)

13) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE HAZARDS AND CONTROL

MEASURES ASSOCIATED WITH OIL TANKER CARGO OPERATIONS, INCLUDING:

a) toxicity

b) flammability and explosion

c) health hazards

d) inert gas composition

e) electrostatic hazards

14) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF DANGERS OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH

RELEVANT RULES/REGULATION

15) UNDERSTANDING OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES, INCLUDING RISK

ASSESSMENT AND PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT TO OIL TANKERS:

a) precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces, including correct use of different

types of breathing apparatus

b) precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work

c) precautions for hot and cold work

d) precautions for electrical safety

e) use of appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

4

16) Knowledge and understanding of oil tanker emergency procedures:

a) Ship emergency response plans

b) Cargo operations emergency shutdown

c) Actions to be taken in the event of failure of systems or services essential to cargo

d) Fire-fighting on oil tankers

e) Enclosed space rescue

f) Use of a material safety data sheet (MSDS)

17) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION, GROUNDING, OR SPILLAGE

18) KNOWLEDGE OF MEDICAL FIRST AID PROCEDURES ON BOARD OIL TANKERS

19) UNDERSTANDING OF PROCEDURES TO PREVENT POLLUTION OF THE

ATMOSPHERE AND THE ENVIRONMENT

20) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE

INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION FROM SHIPS

(MARPOL), AS AMENDED, AND OTHER RELEVANT IMO INSTRUMENTS, INDUSTRY

GUIDELINES AND PORT REGULATIONS AS COMMONLY APPLIED


c) Advanced Training for Chemical Tankers Cargo Operations


Training Certificate of Chemical Tankers Cargo Operations, and issued by the administration, are

shown below.

ADVANCED TRAINING FOR CHEMICAL TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS

1) CHEMICAL TANKER DESIGNS, SYSTEMS, AND EQUIPMENT:

a) General arrangement and construction

b) Pumping arrangement and equipment

c) Tank construction and arrangement

d) Pipeline and drainage systems

e) Tank and cargo pipeline pressure and temperature control systems and alarms

f) Gauging control systems and alarms

g) Gas-detecting systems

h) Cargo heating and cooling systems

i) Tank cleaning systems

j) Cargo tank environmental control systems

k) Ballast systems

l) Cargo area venting and accommodation ventilation

m) Vapour return/recovery systems

n) Fire-fighting systems

o) Tank, pipeline and fittings’ material and coatings

p) Slop management

2) KNOWLEDGE OF PUMP THEORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, INCLUDING TYPES OF

CARGO PUMPS AND THEIR SAFE OPERATION

3) PROFICIENCY IN TANKER SAFETY CULTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF MONITORING AND SAFETY SYSTEMS,

INCLUDING THE EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

5

5) ABILITY TO PERFORM CARGO MEASUREMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

6) KNOWLEDGE OF THE EFFECT OF BULK LIQUID CARGOES ON TRIM AND

STABILITY AND STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY

7) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF CHEMICAL CARGO-RELATED

OPERATIONS:

a) Loading and unloading plans

b) Ballasting and deballasting

c) Tank cleaning operations

d) Tank atmosphere control

e) Inerting

f) Gas-freeing

g) Ship-to-ship transfers

h) Inhibition and stabilization requirements

i) Heating and cooling requirements and consequences to adjacent cargoes

j) Cargo compatibility and segregation

k) High-viscosity cargoes

l) Cargo residue operations

m) Operational tank entry

8) DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF CARGO-RELATED OPERATION PLANS,

PROCEDURES AND CHECKLISTS

9) ABILITY TO CALIBRATE AND USE MONITORING AND GAS-DETECTION SYSTEMS,

INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT

10) ABILITY TO MANAGE AND SUPERVISE PERSONNEL WITH CARGO-RELATED

RESPONSIBILITIES

11) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE CHEMICAL AND THE PHYSICAL

PROPERTIES OF NOXIOUS LIQUID SUBSTANCES:

a) Chemical cargoes categories (corrosive, toxic, flammable, explosive)

b) Chemical groups and industrial usage

c) Reactivity of cargoes

12) UNDERSTANDING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A MATERIAL SAFETY

DATA SHEET (MSDS)

13) UNDERSTANDING OF THE HAZARDS AND CONTROL MEASURES ASSOCIATED

WITH CHEMICAL TANKER CARGO OPERATIONS:

a) Flammability and explosion

b) Toxicity

c) Health hazards

d) Inert gas composition

e) Electrostatic hazards

f) Reactivity

g) Corrosivity

h) Low-boiling-point cargoes

i) High-density cargoes

j) Solidifying cargoes

k) Polymerizing cargoes

14) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF DANGERS OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH

RELEVANT RULES/REGULATIONS

15) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES,

INCLUDING RISK ASSESSMENT AND PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT

TO CHEMICAL TANKERS:

a) Precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces, including correct use of different

types of breathing apparatus

b) Precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work

c) Precautions for hot and cold work

d) Precautions for electrical safety

e) Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (ppe

16) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF CHEMICAL TANKER EMERGENCY

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

6

PROCEDURES:

a) Ship emergency response plans

b) Cargo operations emergency shutdown

c) Actions to be taken in the event of failure of systems or services essential to cargo

d) Fire fighting on chemical tankers

e) Enclosed space rescue

f) Cargo reactivity

g) Jettisoning cargo

h) Use of a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

17) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION, GROUNDING, OR SPILLAGE

18) KNOWLEDGE OF MEDICAL FIRST AID PROCEDURES ON BOARD CHEMICAL

TANKERS, WITH REFERENCE TO THE MEDICAL FIRST AID GUIDE FOR USE IN

ACCIDENTS INVOLVING DANGEROUS GOODS (MFAG)

19) UNDERSTANDING OF PROCEDURES TO PREVENT POLLUTION OF THE

ATMOSPHERE AND THE ENVIRONMENT

20) UNDERSTANDING OF RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL

CONVENTION FOR THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION FROM SHIPS (MARPOL) AND

OTHER RELEVANT IMO INSTRUMENTS, INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND PORT

REGULATIONS AS COMMONLY APPLIED

21) PROFICIENCY IN THE USE OF THE IBC CODE AND RELATED DOCUMENTS


d) Basic Training for Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations

The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Basic

Training Certificate in Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations, and issued by the administration, are

shown below.

BASIC TRAINING IN LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS

1) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS

a) Types of liquefied gas tankers

b) General arrangement and construction

2) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF CARGO OPERATIONS:

a) Piping systems and valves

b) Cargo handling equipment

c) Loading, unloading and care in transit

d) Emergency shutdown (esd) system

e) Tank cleaning, purging, gas-freeing and inerting

3) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LIQUEFIED GASES,

INCLUDING:

a) properties and characteristics

b) pressure and temperature, including vapour pressure/temperature relationship

c) types of electrostatic charge generation

d) chemical symbols

4) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH TANKER

OPERATIONS:

a) Health hazards

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

7

b) Environmental hazards

c) Reactivity hazards

d) Corrosion hazards

e) Explosion and flammability hazards

f) Sources of ignition

g) Electrostatic hazards

h) Toxicity hazards

i) Vapour leaks and clouds

j) Extremely low temperatures

k) Pressure hazards

5) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF HAZARD CONTROLS:

a) Inerting, drying and monitoring techniques

b) Anti-static measures

c) Ventilation

d) Segregation

e) Cargo inhibition

f) Importance of c cargo compatibility

g) Atmospheric control

h) Gas testing

6) UNDERSTANDING OF INFORMATION ON A MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

(MSDS)

7) FUNCTION AND PROPER USE OF GAS-MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND

SIMILAR EQUIPMENT

8) PROPER USE OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES:

a) breathing apparatus and tank evacuating equipment

b) protective clothing and equipment

c) resuscitators

d) rescue and escape equipment

9) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES IN

ACCORDANCE WITH LEGISLATION AND INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND PERSONAL

SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT TO LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS:

a) Precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces

b) Precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work

c) Safety measures for hot and cold work

d) Electrical safety

e) Ship/shore safety checklist

10) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF FIRST AID WITH REFERENCE TO A MATERIAL SAFETY

DATA SHEET (MSDS)

11) TANKER FIRE ORGANIZATION AND ACTION TO BE TAKEN

12) SPECIAL HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH CARGO HANDLING AND

TRANSPORTATION OF LIQUEFIED GASES IN BULK FIRE-FIGHTING AGENTS USED

TO EXTINGUISH GAS FIRES

13) FIXED FIRE-FIGHTING FOAM SYSTEM OPERATIONS

14) PORTABLE FIRE-FIGHTING FOAM OPERATIONS

15) FIXED DRY CHEMICAL SYSTEM OPERATIONS

16) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SPILL CONTAINMENT IN RELATION TO FIRE-

FIGHTING OPERATIONS

17) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF EMERGENCY PROCEDURES, INCLUDING EMERGENCY

SHUTDOWN

18) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE EFFECTS OF POLLUTION ON HUMAN AND

MARINE LIFE

19) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SHIPBOARD PROCEDURES TO PREVENT POLLUTION

20) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF MEASURES TO BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT OF

SPILLAGE, INCLUDING THE NEED TO:

a) Report relevant information to the responsible persons

b) Assist in implementing shipboard spill-containment procedures

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

8

c) Prevent brittle fracture


e) Advanced Training in Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations


Training Certificate in Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations, and issued by the administration, are

shown below.

ADVANCED TRAINING IN LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS

1) LIQUEFIED GAS TANKER DESIGN, SYSTEMS, AND EQUIPMENT:

a) Types of liquefied gas tankers and cargo tanks construction

b) General arrangement and construction

c) Cargo containment systems, including materials of construction and insulation

d) Cargo-handling equipment and instrumentation, including:

i. Cargo pumps and pumping arrangements

ii. Cargo pipelines and valves

iii. Expansion devices

iv. Flame screens

v. Temperature monitoring systems

vi. Cargo tank level-gauging systems

vii. Tank pressure monitoring and control systems

e) Cargo temperature maintenance system

f) Tank atmosphere control systems (inert gas, nitrogen), including storage, generation

and distribution systems

g) Cofferdam heating systems

h) Gas-detecting systems

i) Ballast system

j) Boil-off systems

k) Reliquefaction systems

l) Cargo emergency shut down system (esd)

m) Custody transfer system

2) KNOWLEDGE OF PUMP THEORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, INCLUDING TYPES

OF CARGO PUMPS AND THEIR SAFE OPERATION

3) KNOWLEDGE OF THE EFFECT OF BULK LIQUID CARGOES ON TRIM AND

STABILITY AND STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY

4) PROFICIENCY IN TANKER SAFETY CULTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF

SAFETY MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

5) PROFICIENCY TO APPLY SAFE PREPARATIONS, PROCEDURES AND

CHECKLISTS FOR ALL CARGO OPERATIONS:

a) Post docking and loading:

i. Tank inspection

ii. Inerting (o2 reduction, dewpoint reduction)

iii. Gassing-up

iv. Cooling down

v. Loading

vi. Deballasting

vii. Sampling, including closed-loop sampling

b) Sea passage:

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

9

i. Cooling down

ii. Pressure maintenance

iii. Boil-off

iv. Inhibiting

c) unloading:

i. Unloading

ii. ballasting

iii. stripping and cleaning systems

iv. systems to make the tank liquid-free

d) pre-docking preparation:

i. Warm-up

ii. Inerting

iii. Gas-freeing

e) ship-to-ship transfer

f) Proficiency to perform cargo measurements and calculations, including:

i. Liquid phase

ii. Gas phase

iii. On board quantity (obq)

iv. Remain on board (rob)

v. Boil-off cargo calculations

6) Proficiency to manage and supervise personnel with cargo-related responsibilities

7) Knowledge and understanding of basic chemistry and physics and the relevant definitions

related to the safe carriage of liquefied gases in bulk in ships:

a) The chemical structure of gases

b) The properties and characteristics of liquefied gases (including co2) and their vapours,

Including:

i. Simple gas laws

ii. States of matter

iii. Liquid and vapour densities

iv. Diffusion and mixing of gases

v. Compression of gases

vi. Reliquefaction and refrigeration of gases

vii. Critical temperature of gases and pressure

viii. Flashpoint, upper and lower explosive limits, auto-ignition temperature

ix. Compatibility, reactivity and positive segregation of gases

x. Polymerization

xi. Saturated vapour pressure/reference temperature

xii. Dewpoint and bubble point

xiii. Lubrication of compressors

xiv. Hydrate formation

c) The properties of single liquids

d) The nature and properties of solutions

e) Thermodynamic units

f) Basic thermodynamic laws and diagrams

g) Properties of materials

h) Effect of low temperature – brittle fracture

8) Understanding the information contained in a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

9) Knowledge and understanding of the hazards and control measures associated with liquefied

gas tanker cargo operations:

a) Flammability

b) explosion

c) toxicity

d) reactivity

e) corrosivity

f) health hazards

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

10

g) inert gas composition

h) electrostatic hazards

i) polymerizing cargoes

10) PROFICIENCY TO CALIBRATE AND USE MONITORING AND GAS DETECTION

SYSTEMS, INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT

11) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF DANGERS OF NON-COMPLIANCE

WITH RELEVANT RULES/REGULATIONS

12) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES,

INCLUDING RISK ASSESSMENT AND PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT

TO LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS:

a) Precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces (such as compressor rooms),

including the correct use of different types of breathing apparatus

b) Precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work, including work

affecting pumping, piping, electrical and control systems

c) Precautions for hot and cold work

d) Precautions for electrical safety

e) Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (ppe)

f) Precautions for cold burn and frostbite

g) Proper use of personal toxicity monitoring equipment

13) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF LIQUEFIED GAS TANKER

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES:

a) ship emergency response plans

b) cargo operations emergency shutdown procedure

c) emergency cargo valve operations

d) actions to be taken in the event of failure of systems or services essential to cargo

e) operations

f) fire-fighting on liquefied gas tankers

g) jettisoning of cargo

h) .enclosed space rescue

14) Actions to be taken following collision, grounding or spillage and envelopment of

the ship in toxic or flammable vapour

15) Knowledge of medical first-aid procedures and antidotes on board liquefied gas tankers,

with reference to the Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents involving Dangerous Goods

(MFAG)

16) Understanding of procedures to prevent pollution of the environment

17) Knowledge and understanding of relevant provisions of the International Convention for the

Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) and other relevant IMO instruments, industry

guidelines and port regulations as commonly applied

18) Proficiency in the use of the IBC and IGC Codes and related documents


2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

a) Trainings on Oil Tankers

i. Diagrams and posters for oil tankers

ii. Movies for tankers

iii. Tank and circuit plans for oil tankers

iv. Posters for valve types used on oil tankers

v. Posters for pump types used on oil tankers

vi. Publications on tankers (OCIMF, MARPOL)

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

11

vii. Books on the sample ship used in cargo calculations (Ullage Tables, Loading

Manual)

viii. ASTM Tables

ix. Plans on INERT and COW systems

x. Approved Personal Computer assisted liquid cargo handling simulator (for

Training on Oil Tanker Operations)

xi. Liquid cargo control room equipment (For on board training) Resuscitation

(Ambu) monitoring equipment

xii. Respirator

xiii. Portable Oxygenmeter

xiv. Flammable Gas Detector

xv. Portable Interferometer

xvi. Portable Toxic Gas Detector

xvii. Toxic gas detector chemical absorption tubes (for benzene carbon monoxide

Hydrogen Sulphite)

xviii. Tank Cleaning Equipment

b) Trainings on Chemical Tankers

i. Diagrams and posters for chemical tankers

ii. Movies for chemical tankers

iii. Tank and circuit plans on chemical tankers

iv. Posters for valve types used on chemical tankers

v. Posters for pump types used on chemical tankers

vi. Publications on chemical tankers (OCIMF, MARPOL)

vii. Books on the ship used in cargo calculations (Ullage Tables, Loading

Manual)

viii. Approved Personal Computer assisted liquid cargo handling simulator (for

Training on Chemical Tanker Operations)

ix. Liquid cargo control room equipment (For on board training)

x. Resuscitation (Ambu) monitoring equipment

xi. Respirator

xii. Portable Oxygenmeter

xiii. Flammable Gas Detector

xiv. Portable Interferometer

xv. Portable Toxic Gas Detector

xvi. Toxic gas detector chemical absorption tubes (for benzene carbon monoxide

Hydrogen Sulphite)

xvii. Tank Cleaning Equipment

c) Training on Liquefied Gas Tankers

i. Diagrams and posters for liquefied gas tankers

ii. Movies for liquefied gas tankers

iii. Tank and circuit plans on liquefied gas tankers

iv. Posters for valve types used on liquefied gas tankers

v. Posters for pump types used on liquefied gas tankers

vi. Publications on liquefied gas tankers (OCIMF, MARPOL)

vii. Books on ship used in liquefied gas cargo calculations (Ullage Tables, Loading

Manual)

viii. Approved Personal Computer assisted liquid cargo handling simulator (for

Training on Liquefied Gas Tanker Operations)

ix. Liquid cargo control room equipment (For on board training)

x. Resuscitation (Ambu) monitoring equipment

xi. Respirator

ANNEX - 20


TANKERS

12

xii. Portable Oxygenmeter

xiii. Flammable Gas Detector

xiv. Portable Interferometer

xv. Portable Toxic Gas Detector

xvi. Toxic gas detector chemical absorption tubes (for benzene carbon monoxide

Hydrogen Sulphite)

xvii. Tank Cleaning Equipment

ANNEX - 21

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED FIRE-FIGHTING TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

ADVANCED FIRE-FIGHTING TRAINING

1) CONTROLLING FIRE-FIGHTING OPERATİONS ABOARD SHIPS

a) Fire classes and chemistry

b) Fire protection and firefighting equipment

c) Fire protection measures

d) Fire-fighting procedures at sea and in port, with particular emphasis on organization,

tactics and command

e) Use of water for fire-extinguishing, the effect on ship stability, precautions and corrective

procedures

f) Communication and co-ordination during fire-fighting operations

g) Ventilation control, including smoke extraction

h) Control of fuel and electrical systems

i) Fire-fighting process hazards (dry distillation, chemical reactions, boiler uptake fires,

etc.)

j) Fire fighting involving dangerous goods

k) Fire precautions and hazards associated with the storage and handling of materials

(paints, etc.)

l) Management and control of injured persons

m) Procedures for co-ordination with shore-based fire fighters

n) Requirements regarding flag state and class surveys

2) ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING FIRE PARTIES

a) Preparation of the contingency plans

b) Composition and allocation of personnel to fire parties

c) Strategies and tactics for control of fires in various parts of the ship

3) INSPECTION AND SERVICE FIRE-DETECTION AND FIRE EXTINGUISHING

SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

a) Firefighting systems

b) Fire detection systems

c) Fixed fire extinguishing systems

d) Mobile and portable fire extinguishing equipment (including appliances, pumps, rescue, ,

salvage, life support, personal protective and communication equipment, etc.)

e) Firefighting techniques for various fire incidents where fuel is also involved

4) INVESTIGATION AND COMPILING REPORTS ON INCIDENTS INVOLVING FIRE

a) Requirements for legal and class surveys

b) Evaluating the reasons of fire incidents


2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Approved Fire Training Center with the specifications listed in Annex 31 of this

Directive.

ANNEX - 22

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PROFICIENCY IN FAST RESCUE BOATS

TRAINING

1

1) CURRICULUM

PROFICIENCY IN FAST RESCUE BOATS TRAINING

1) CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND OUTFITTING OF FAST RESCUE

BOATS

a) Construction and outfitting of fast rescue boats and individual items of their equipment

b) Maintenance and emergency repairs of fast rescue boats and the normal inflation and

deflation of buoyancy compartments of inflated fast rescue boats

2) TAKE CHARGE OF THE LAUNCHING EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCE AS

COMMONLY FITTED, DURING LAUNCHING AND RECOVERY

a) Assessment of the readiness of launching equipment and launching appliance of fast rescue

boats for immediate launching and operation

b) Understand the operation and limitations of the winch, brakes, falls, painters, motion-

compensation and other equipment as commonly fitted

c) Safety precautions during launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat

d) Launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat in prevailing and adverse weather and sea

conditions

3) TAKE CHARGE OF A FAST RESCUE BOAT AS COMMONLY FITTED, DURING

LAUNCHING AND RECOVERY

a) Assessment of the readiness of fast rescue boats and related equipment for immediate

launching and operation

b) Safety precautions during launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat

c) Launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat in prevailing and adverse weather and sea

conditions

4) TAKE CHARGE OF A FAST RESCUE BOAT AFTER LAUNCHING

a) Particular characteristics, facilities and limitations of fast rescue boats

b) Procedures for the righting of a capsized fast rescue boat

c) How to handle a fast rescue boat in prevailing and adverse weather and sea conditions

d) Navigational and safety equipment available in a fast rescue boat

e) Search patterns and environmental factors affecting their execution

5) OPERATING A FAST RESCUE BOAT ENGINE

Methods of starting and operating a fast rescue boat engine and its accessories


2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Approved Training Platform for Using the Survival Crafts specified in Annex 32 to

this Directive.

ANNEX - 23

MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARERS SERVING ON

PASSENGER SHIPS

1

1) CURRICULUM

CURRICULUM FOR SEAFARERS SERVING ON PASSENGER SHIPS

TRAINING

1) CROWD MANAGEMENT TRAINING

a) Knowledge on lifesaving appliances and control plans i) Muster list and emergency instructions ii) Emergency exits iii) Restrictions on the use of elevators

b) Assisting passengers en route to muster and embarking stations. i) Giving clear and reassuring orders ii) Passenger control in corridors, staircases and passageways iii) Maintaining escape routes clear of obstructions,

iv) Methods available for evacuation of disabled persons and persons needing

special assistance, and

v) Search of accommodation spaces,

c) Mustering procedures

i) Importance of keeping order,

ii) Use procedures for reducing and avoiding panic,

iii) Use, where appropriate, passenger lists for evacuation counts,

iv) Ensure that the passengers are suitably clothed and have donned their

lifejackets correctly.

2) SAFETY TRAINING FOR PERSONNEL PROVIDING DIRECT SERVICE TO

PASSENGERS IN PASSENGER SPACES

a) Communication

i) The language or languages appropriate to the principal nationalities of

passengers carried on the particular route,

ii) The likelihood that an ability to use an elementary English vocabulary for

basic instructions can provide a means of communicating with a passenger in

need of assistance whether or not the passenger and crew member share a

common language,

iii) The possible need to communicate during an emergency by some other means,

such as by demonstration, or hand signals, or calling attention to the location of

instructions, muster stations, life-saving devices or evacuation routes, when

oral communication is impractical,

i) The extent to which complete safety instructions have been provided to

passengers in their native language or languages,

ii) The languages in which emergency announcements may be broadcast during

an emergency or drill to convey critical guidance topassengers and to facilitate

crew members in assisting passengers.

b) Lifesaving appliances Teaching passengers to use personal lifesaving appliances

c) Embarking passenger procedures Embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to disabled persons and persons needing assistance.

ANNEX - 23

MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARERS SERVING ON

PASSENGER SHIPS

2

3) CRISIS MANAGEMENT AND HUMAN BEHAVIORS

a) General information i) General design and layout of ships ii) Safety regulations iii) Emergency plans and procedures

b) Developing of ship-specific emergency procedures i) Emergency organization on board ii) Proper use of human and material resources iii) Responding to emergencies and control iv) Leadership ability v) Preventing and relieving the people's stress in working environment vi) Controlling the crew and passengers in case of emergencies vii) Human behaviors and reactions viii) Establishment and maintenance of effective communication

4) PASSENGER SAFETY, CARGO SAFETY AND HULL INTEGRITY TRAINING a) Loading and embarkation procedures

i) Loading and discharging vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transport

units, including related communications,

ii) Lowering and hoisting ramps,

iii) Setting up and stowing retractable vehicle decks, and

iv) Embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to

disabled persons and persons needing assistance. b) Carriage of dangerous goods

Ability to apply any special safeguards, procedures and requirements regarding the carriage of dangerous goods on board ro-ro passenger ships.

c) Securing the cargoes i) Apply correctly the provisions of the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo

Stowage and Securing to the vehicles, rail cars and other cargo

transport units carried,

ii) Use properly the cargo-securing equipment d) Stability, trim and stress calculations

i) Proper use of the stability and stress information provided, ii) Calculate stability and trim for different conditions of loading, using the iii) stability calculators or computer programs provided, iv) Calculate load factors for decks, v) Calculate the impact of ballast and fuel transfers on stability, trim and stress.

e) Opening, closing and securing hull openings i) Apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the

opening, closing and securing of bow, stern and side doors and ramps and to correctly operate the associated systems,

ii) Conduct surveys on proper sealing. f) Ro-Ro deck atmosphere i) Use equipment, where carried, to monitor atmosphere in ro-ro Cargo spaces, and apply properly the procedures established for the ship for ventilation of ro-ro cargo spaces during loading and discharging of vehicles, while on voyage and in emergencies.


2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

Passenger Vessels Training for Seafarers

Ship Damage Control Plans, passenger ship illustrations and posters

Movies about passenger ships

Related publications

ANNEX - 24

MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MARINE COOK

1

1) CURRICULUM

MARINE COOK TRAINING

1. Implementation of general safety procedures in kitchen.

2. Implementation of health rules and food hygiene practices 3. Causes of food poisoning

4. Measures for preventing the marine pollution, environmental responsibilities

5. Personal hygiene, needs and compliance

6. Food safety

7. Knowledge on food ingredients and stock control

8. Creating a balanced menu for kitchen.

9. Sorting out amounts and portions, victualing

10. Knowledge on available dishes

11. Multiculturalism and religious awareness 12. Knowledge on cooking various meals

13. Preparing bread, dough and cake

14. Garbage management

15. English meanings of supplied food items.

(1) The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 40 hours.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

This training can only be provided in training institutions equipped with a kitchen.

2 OTHER ISSUES

This is not a cook training program. Pursuant to the Regulations, only those people

with a cook certificate can attend this training. However, graduates of the department

of food and beverage services of high schools and schools of higher education,

department of gastronomy and catering of universities are exempted from this

education.

ANNEX - 25

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING

COURSE

1

1) CURRICULUM

NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING COURSE TRAINING CURRICULUM

SEAMANSHIP LOADING/UNLOADING EQUIPMENT

– Winches, derricks

– Cranes (shore – ship)

– Crane barges

– Slings, pallets, pallet nets, chain and wire pallets, animal containers, etc.

– Blocks, tackles, chain blocks, power calculations

WORK ORDER ON BOARD

– Crew

– Duties of officers and ratings

– Administration scheme

– Rules and customs/traditions on board

MAINTENANCE ON BOARD

– Maintenance planning

– Daily, voyage-based and annual maintenance of the deck department

– Periodical and as-required maintenance works

– Maintenance that can be done at sea, at port and in dry dock

– Planning and implementation of the maintenance and repairs in dry dock

– Assigning and stocking the material and equipment to be used in maintenance

– Maintenance of the ship against corrosion

– Corrosion and its causes

– Surface preparation before painting, scaling

– Scaling, sand-grid scaling by hand tools, mechanical tools

– Paints and painting techniques

– Planning the painting works and stocking, storing the paints

– Maintenance of wooden parts

– Maintenance of aluminum parts

– Maintenance and repair of manila, synthetic and wire lines

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

2

– Maintenance of safety equipment

– Maintenance inside accommodation

– Maintenance of anchoring gear and the chain locker

– Maintenance of hold and hatch covers

– Maintenance of ballast tanks

– Maintenance of fresh water tanks

– Maintenance of the moving/mobile equipment of the ship, lubricating procedures

– Maintenance of loading/unloading gears

– Measuring the plate thickness

– Changing the plates, cutting and welding works

– Planning and implementation of hot works

– Maintenance of deck gears like windlass, winches

– Maintenance of side ladder, davits, skylights and manhole covers

– Deck and Engine Department cooperation in planning of maintenance and materials

SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS Training stated in Article 22 along with the Familiarization Training on Security stated in Article 23 of this

Directive shall include Security Awareness Training and Designated Security Duties Training curricula

1) Advanced Fire Fighting Training

(Prevention and Control of Fire and Fire Fighting on Board)

INSPECTING THE FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS ON BOARD

– Fire classes and fire chemistry

– Fire protection and fire fighting equipment

– Fire protection measures

– Procedures for fire fighting at port and sea, especially focusing on organization,

tactics and control

– Fire extinguishing by using water, its effect on ship’s stability, measures and correction

procedures

– Communications and coordination during firefighting operations

– Ventilation control, including smoke absorbers

– Controlling the fuel and electric systems

– Dangers which may occur during the firefighting process (dry treatment, chemical reactions,

boiler uptake fires, etc.)

– Firefighting where hazardous materials are involved

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

3

– Fire measures and dangers regarding storage and handling of materials

(paint, etc.)

– Management and control of the injured people

– Procedures for coordination with the fire brigade on shore

ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING OF FIRE TEAMS

– Preparation of the contingency plans

– Crew structure of the fire teams and their deployment

– Organization of fire drills

Inspection and Use of Fire Detection and Fire Extinguishing Systems and Equipment

– Firefighting systems

– Fire detection systems

– Fixed fire systems

– Movable and portable fire extinguishing equipment (including devices, pumps, lifesaving,

rescue, life support, personal protective and communication equipment, etc.)

– Firefighting techniques for various fire incidents where fuel is also involved

Issuing Surveys and Reports For Fire-Related Accidents

– Evaluation of the reasons of fire-related accidents

2) Medical First-Aid Training

(Medical First-Aid On Board)

IMMEDIATE FIRST-AID IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR DISEASE ON BOARD

– First-aid kit

– Structure and functions of human body

– Perils on board related to toxicity and relevant documentation such as "Medical First Aid Guide for Use

in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods"

(MFAG) or its equivalent applicable in Turkey

– Examination of patient or injured person

– Spine injuries

– Burn injuries due to fire and boiling water/steam, effects of cold and hot

– Fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries

– Medical care for rescued persons

– Medical advice via radio

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

4

– Pharmacology

– Sterilization

– Heart failure, drowning and asphyxia

MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW AT TIME OF INTERVENTION TO

EMERGENCY CASES

– Contingency plans for giving response to emergency cases

– Measures for protection and safety of passengers in case of emergencies

ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION AND GROUNDING

– Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded

– Required actions in case of grounding

– Required actions following collision

– Limitation of damage after fire or explosion and ways of ship rescue

– Methods for abandoning the ship

–Use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering gear equipment

– Tugging and arrangements for tugging

SAVING SURVIVORS AT SEA, HELPING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCY CASES AT PORT

– Rescuing people from the ship in distress

– Required actions in case of emergencies at port

– Preparations for assisting the ship in distress

RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA

– Search and rescue

– IAMSAR

NAVIGATION

DEFINITION OF NAVIGATION, BASIC KNOWLEDGE ON THE SHAPE OF THE EARTH AND COORDINATES

–Definition of Navigation

–The Universe, Solar system and Earth

–Shape of the earth, equator, poles, latitude and longitude

– Latitude and longitude differences

NAUTICAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS

– General knowledge about nautical tools and equipment, charts and publications

– Chart projection systems

–Characteristics of nautical charts

– Drawing a Mercator chart

DISTANCE AND DIRECTION CONCEPT AT SEA

– Distance and Direction

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

5

– Measuring and calculating the distances on chart and while navigating

– Rhumb line and great circle arc

– Course and bearing (relative, true)

– Finding direction at sea

COMPASSES

– Compasses

– Magnetic compass, reading the compass, degree and rhumb systems

– Magnetic field of the Earth

– Natural and artificial magnetic variation and deviation

– Structure of magnetic compass, errors and corrections

– Gyro compass, structure, operation and errors, correcting gyro errors

– Finding the compass error, its implementation on course and bearings

COASTAL NAVIGATION, METHODS AND TYPES OF POSITION FIXING, METHODS FOR MATHEMATICAL

NAVIGATION

– Position lines and positions

– Methods for fixing a position on coastal navigation

– Mathematical Navigation

ARRANGING, CORRECTING AND USING THE CHARTS AND THE PUBLICATIONS

– Information obtained from charts, light books and other publications

– Symbols, abbreviations and acronyms used in charts

– Arranging the charts and the publications, chart folio systems

– Notice to mariners, correcting the charts and publications

– Chart catalogs and how to use them

– Electronic charts and ECDIS system

NAVIGATIONAL AIDS, LIGHTS AND BUOYS

– Aids to navigation at sea and on shore, how to use them

– Lights and fog signals

– Using the light books

– Identifying the lights and buoys, their characteristics

– Radio navigational aids, their symbols, charts and publications

DEPTH AND MEASURING DEPTH

– Showing depths on the charts

– Measuring depth

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

6

– Echo sounders

– Manual echo sounders

– Electronic echo sounders (echo-sounders)

– Navigation using echo sounders

SPEED AND MEASURING THE SPEED

– Speed and calculating the speed

– Speed over water and earth

– Speedlogs

CURRENT NAVIGATION AND TIDE CALCULATIONS

– Current and current navigation

– Current systems on earth

– Tide and tidal currents

– Usage of current charts and current atlases

–Tide tables

–Calculating low-water and high-water periods using the current tables

– Calculating depth for a certain period using the current tables

– Calculating the slack water periods and the speed of the current for a certain period

–Using the American and British tide tables

– Voyage planning considering the tide and tidal currents

– Current, drift, course correction for drift and its implementation

GREAT CIRCLE NAVIGATION

– Great circle arc

– Planning and calculation methods for great circle navigation

– Great circle navigation using charts, formulas, mathematical tables and

other various tables

– Composite navigation

CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

– Solar system

– Celestial sphere and its coordinates

– Hour angle

– Daily movements of the coordinates and horizontal system

– Measuring the altitude of the celestial bodies from the horizon

– Sextant, its structure and usage

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

7

– Sextant and altitude corrections

–Amplitude

–Time and time equation

–Nautical Almanac

– Finding stars and celestial satellites

– Finding latitude at meridian transit

– Measuring the altitude of the celestial bodies from the horizon

– Using celestial navigation charts

– Fixing a celestial position

CELESTIAL NAVIGATION

– Using electronic systems to fix a position and navigate

– Basic principles in hyperbolic navigation systems

– Satellite navigation systems

– GPS and DGPS

– Structure, adjustments and usage of Radar and ARPA

– Radar Observation and Plotting

– Manual potting on maneuver plate or radar

– Automatic plotting

– Safe navigation methods using radar and ARPA

BRIDGE EQUIPMENT - NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUMENTS

– Bridge control systems

– Steering and steering gears

– Auto-pilot and emergency steering equipment

NAVIGATIONAL BRIDGE RECORDS AND KEEPING A LOG BOOK

– Navigational records

– Keeping a log book

– Other recording books other than the bridge log book

– Automatic recorders

METEOROLOGY

– Meteorological instruments used on board

– Structure and physical characteristics of the atmosphere

– Atmospheric pressure

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

8

– Wind

– Clouds and precipitation

– Visibility

– Pressure and wind system over the oceans

– Mid-Latitude cyclones

– Anticyclones and other pressure systems

– Marine meteorological services

– Recording and reporting weather observations

– Weather forecast

SHIP STRUCTURE

SHIP STRUCTURE

– Sizes and types of ships

– Hull stresses

– Hull structure

– Fore and aft

– Equipment

– Steering and Propellers

– Loading line marks and draft values

SHIP STABILITY

– Displacement

– Buoyancy

– Fresh water allowance

– Static stability

– Initial stability

– Declination angle

– Static stability curves

– Shifting of gravity center

– Declination and its correction

– Effect of tanks not completely full

– Trim

– Loss of full floatability / buoyancy


MAINTAINING A SAFE NAVIGATIONAL WATCHKEEPING

– Duties, authorities and responsibilities of the officers and the crew on navigational watch

KNOWLEDGE ON PREVENTION OF COLLISION AT SEA

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

9

–The content, implementation and the purpose of COLREG 72

RULES FOR KEEPING A NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

– Rules to be followed when keeping a navigational watch

– Port Watch

EFFECTIVE BRIDGE TEAMWORK PROCEDURES

– Bridge teamwork procedures

USING ROUTING

– Meteorological routing

– Using routing in accordance with the general conditions for ship routing

PROTECTING MARINE ENVIRONMENT AND PREVENTING POLLUTION

– MARPOL 73/78

– Methods and auxiliary equipment against pollution


CARGO SPACES AND CARGO GEARS ON BOARD

– General knowledge on types of cargo ships

– Cargo gears, winches, derricks, cranes

– Hatch covers

– Holds of dry cargo vessels, preparation for cargo, stowage and lashing of cargoes

– Preparing for and supervising loading and unloading operations

EFFECT OF CARGO ON SEAWORTHINESS AND STABILITY OF SHIP

– Draft, trim and stability

– Protection of cargoes

– Cargo on deck

– Container cargo

– Cargo in bulk

– Grain in bulk

SAFE CARGO HANDLING, BULKING AND PROTECTION

–Supervising the cargo

–Providing effective communications during loading and unloading

– Loading and unloading operations, where to look to assess the damage due to the corrosion and extreme

weather conditions

–Arranging a plan to include the sections to be inspected in each case in a way that covers all of the

sections of the ship within a specific period of time

–Identifying the structural elements of the ship that are critical for the security of the ship

–Stipulating the reasons of corrosion and how to identify and prevent it in the cargo sections and ballast

tanks

–Knowledge on the procedures stating how to carry out the inspections

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

10

– Explaining how to make a safe damage and loss assessment

– Explaining the objectives of the "Enhanced Survey Program"

– Dangerous, risky and harmful cargoes

– Cargo handling gears, preparation, maintenance and security

– Oil tanker piping and pumping arrangements

– Entering into enclosed spaces

– General cargo calculations and cargo plans for different types of ships

SHIP TRIM, STABILITY AND STRESS CALCULATIONS

– Displacement calculation

– Draft survey

– Trim calculation

– GM calculation

– Stress calculation


BASIC KNOWLEDGE ON IMO CONVENTIONS RELATED TO MARINE SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF MARINE

ENVIRONMENT

– International Convention on Load Lines, 1966

– SOLAS, 1974 and amendments

– SOLAS- Sections and stability

– SOLAS- Fire prevention, alarm and extinguishing

– SOLAS- Lifesaving appliances and arrangements

– SOLAS- Radio-telegram and radio phone

– SOLAS- Radio communications

– SOLAS- Carriage of grain

– SOLAS- Carriage of dangerous cargo and ISM

– STCW, 1995

– ITU Radio Regulations

– STP Convention, 1971

– SPACE STP, 1973

– PAL, 1974 and Tonnage 1969

– MARPOL 73/78

– LDC-1972

– INTERVENTION-1969

– CLC-1969

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

11

SHIP MANEUVERS

SHIP MANEUVERS AND HANDLING

– Turning circles and stopping distances

– Effects of wind and current on ship handling

– Maneuvers for rescuing the man overboard

– Squad, shallow water and similar effects

– Methods for proper anchoring and mooring

MARITIME LAW

BASIC LAW

– Definition, sources and types of the law

– Fundamental principles of the law

– Basic definitions

– International Law, National Law, execution and sanctions

MARITIME LAW

– Definition and classification of Maritime Law

– Fundamental principles of International Maritime Law

– Structure and sources of National Maritime Legislation

– Requirements of Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea

– Maritime Labor Law

– Definition, powers and responsibilities of Master

– Definition, seaworthiness, voyage and cargo worthiness of ship

– Documents and records required to be made available on board

– Sea accidents and collision

– Averages

– Rescue and aid

MARITIME MANAGEMENT


– Carriage conditions pursuant to the Charter Convention, voyage instructions

– Statement of facts and time sheet

MARITIME TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT

– Follow-up on rules and regulations, ensuring that the ships are compatible with the possible

amendments

– Follow-up on ship documents and supervisions

ANNEX - 25


COURSE

12

– Maintenance records, correspondences

– Personnel, Training, Security and Supply Management within the Scope of Technical Management

– Material follow-up, keeping records and planning the needs and the supply


SAFETY, PROTECTION OF MARINE ENVIRONMENT AND QUALITY CONCEPTS

– Safety

– Environmental Protection

– Quality

LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING SECURITY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT

– ISM Code

– Standards for Quality

PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

– Establishment and implementation of Safety Management System

– Establishment and implementation of Quality Management System

– Internal and external audits, auditing techniques and practicing


– Methods for visual and audio communication

– Using the English Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP)

– Using International Code of Signals

– VHF communication

– Radio Telephone Communications

Above mentioned course trainings shall not take less than 480 hours and 4 months.

Note: Candidates who have left the Naval Forces, graduates of the Petty Officer

Naval School Boatswain Department can be excluded from the "Seamanship" and "Safety At

Sea" courses; graduates of the Radio Department can be excluded from the "Communication

At Sea" course; and graduates of the Radar Department can be excluded from the

"Navigation" and "Electronic Navigation" courses.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

The tools and equipment specified in the minimum requirements for Operational level

training shall be kept available.

ANNEX - 26

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE

1

1) CURRICULUM

SHIP ENGINE COURSE TRAINING CURRICULUM

STATICS

– Vectorial algebra and vector systems

– Force systems, center of gravity

– Static of material point

– Stability

– Moment

– Friction and friction principles

MECHANICAL SCIENCES

– Vectorial algebra and vector systems

– Force systems, center of gravity

– Static of material point

– Stability

– Moment

– Friction and friction principles

– Velocity and acceleration

– Linear movement

– Curve movement

– Newton's second law

– Dynamic of the material point

– Work and energy

– Hydrostatic

-Hydraulic

TECHNICAL DRAWING

– Types of technical drawing

– Line drawing

– Perspective projection

- Development

– Screw threads and fasteners

– Locking tools and retainers

– Rivet-type connection

– Welded connections

– Scaling

ANNEX - 26


2

– Stoppers and inserts

– Geometric tolerance

– Cams

– Bearings

– Felts

– Lubricating ball and roller bearings

– Technical drawing applications

– Surface roughness

– Taking a sectional view

– Calculating intersections, developments and true-sizes

– Gear profile and construction drawings

– Installation drawings

SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS Training stated in the Article 22 along with the Familiarization Training on Security stated in the

Article 23 of this Directive shall include Security Awareness Training and Designated Security

Duties Training curricula

1) Advanced Firefighting Training

(Prevention and Control of Fire and Fire Fighting on Board)

INSPECTING THE FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS ON BOARD

– Fire classes and fire chemistry

– Fire protection and firefighting equipment

– Fire protection measures

– Procedures for firefighting at port and sea, especially focusing on organization,

tactics and control

– Fire extinguishing by using water, its effect on ship’s stability, measures and correction

procedures

– Communications and coordination during firefighting operations

– Ventilation control, including smoke absorbers

– Controlling the fuel and electric systems

– Dangers which may occur during fire fighting process (dry treatment, chemical reactions,

boiler uptake fires, etc.)

– Firefighting where hazardous materials are involved

– Fire measures and dangers regarding storage and handling of materials

(paint, etc.)

– Management and control of the injured people

ANNEX - 26


3

– Procedures for coordination with the fire brigade on shore

ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING OF FIRE TEAMS

– Preparation of the contingency plans

– Crew structure of the fire teams and their deployment

– Organization of fire drills

Inspection and Use of Fire Detection and Fire Extinguishing Systems and Equipment

– Firefighting systems

– Fire detection systems

– Fixed fire systems

– Movable and portable fire extinguishing equipment (including devices, pumps, life saving,

rescue, life support, personal protective and communication equipment, etc.)

– Firefighting techniques for various fire incidents where fuel is also involved

Issuing Surveys and Reports For Fire-Related Accidents

– Evaluation of the reasons of fire-related accidents

2) Medical First-Aid Training

(Medical First-Aid On Board)

IMMEDIATE FIRST-AID IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR DISEASE ON BOARD

– First-aid kit

– Structure and functions of human body

– Perils on board related to toxicity and relevant documentation such as "Medical First Aid

Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods"

(MFAG) or its equivalent applicable in Turkey

– Examination of patient or injured person

– Spine injuries

– Burn injuries due to fire and boiling water/steam, effects of cold and hot

– Fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries

– Medical care for rescued persons

– Medical advice via radio

– Pharmacology

– Sterilization

– Heart failure, drowning and asphyxia

MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW AT TIME OF

INTERVENTION IN EMERGENCY CASES

ANNEX - 26


4

– Contingency plans for giving response to emergency cases

– Measures for protection and safety of passengers in case of emergencies

ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION AND GROUNDING

– Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded

– Required actions in case of grounding

- Required actions following collision

– Limitation of damage after fire or explosion and ways of ship rescue

– Methods for abandoning the ship

–Use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering gear equipment

– Tugging and arrangements for tugging

SAVING SURVIVORS AT SEA, HELPING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCY CASES AT PORT

– Rescuing people from the ship in distress

– Required actions in case of emergencies at port

– Preparations for assisting the ship in distress

RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA

– Search and rescue

– IAMSAR

INTRODUCTION TO MARINE ENGINES

Main and Auxiliary Engines

– Internal combustion engines

– Diesel and gasoline engines

– Operating principles

– Slow, middle and high speed engines

– Boilers

– Types of boilers

– Steam turbines

– Steam turbine components

– Steam turbine lines

– Heat exchangers

– Evaporators and distillation principles

– Gas turbines

- Gas turbine cycles

THERMODYNAMICS

– Definitions and basic principles

– First law of thermodynamics

ANNEX - 26


5

– Thermodynamic systems

– Heat and work

– Second law of thermodynamics

– Entropy and heat energy

– Carnot principle and cycle

– Heating machine cycle

– Compressor cycle

– Steam cycles

– Gas turbine cycles

DYNAMICS

– Velocity and acceleration

– Linear movement

– Curve movement

– Newton's second law

– Dynamic of the material point

– Work and energy

– Conservation of energy

– Impulse and momentum

–Collision

MATERIAL SCIENCE

Building and Repair Materials

– Characteristics and usage

– Operations

– Basic metallurgy, metals and operations

– Non-metal materials

– Materials under load

–Vibration

ANNEX - 26


6

DIESEL ENGINES

- Diesel engine cycles, two-stroke and four-stroke engines

- P-V Diagram, (T-S) Timing diagram.

- Scavenging air systems and turbochargers

- Low, middle and high speed Engines.

- Structures of trunk engines

- Structures of crochet engines

- Valve operating mechanisms

- Bearings

- Fuel injection systems

- Governors

- Combustion

- Fuels

- Combustion chambers

- Diesel engine systems

- Cooling water systems

- Sea water systems

- Lubrication and lubricating oil systems

- Starting air systems

- Exhaust systems

- Fuel systems

- Maneuver preparations

- Principles for keeping a safe watch

ANNEX - 26


7

SHIP AUXILIARY ENGINES - Basic knowledge on the auxiliary boiler

– Structure of the auxiliary boiler

– Auxiliary boiler and steam distribution

– Operation of the auxiliary boiler

– Heat exchangers

– Evaporators and distillation principles

– Types and operating principles of pumps

– Pumping and control systems

– Ballast, bilge, fire pumps and systems.

– Types and operating principles of air compressors

- Fuel and lubricating oil separators

– – Bilge separator and waste water systems

– Evaporators and Incinerators

– Alternators, generators and control systems

--Deck machinery

--Stern tube and Shaft system

–Types of propellers

--Steering Principles

--Hydraulic control systems for steering

--Electric control for steering

--Emergency steering system,

MARINE ENGINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

–operation and maintenance of auxiliary boilers

–boiler malfunctions

–corrosion on boilers,

–Use of sea and fresh water on boilers,

–fresh water treatment and water test,

–operation and maintenance of pumps

– operation and maintenance of compressors

– pressurized air systems and distribution

– bilge separator, operation and maintenance of waste water assembly

– operation and maintenance of fuel and lubricating oil separator

Measures Required for the Prevention of Marine Pollution

-MARPOL 73/78

- Actions to be taken during watchkeeping in engine room

ANNEX - 26


8

- Basics of automation and audit

- Security and emergency case procedures

-Operation and maintenance of heat exchangers

– Operation and maintenance of evaporators

– Operation and maintenance of shaft systems

– Operation and maintenance of deck machinery

– Operation and maintenance of the steering system

– Operation and maintenance of hydraulic rudder systems

– Operation and maintenance of electric steering

– Operation of AC and DC systems, use of electric and electronic hand tools and

measuring instruments utilized for troubleshooting, maintenance and repair

– Operation and maintenance of emergency steering

– Security measures and fuel supply including sampling

– Fuel operations, using different quality fuels and related problems

– Maneuvering and navigation, principles for safe watchkeeping

– Arrangements for safe maintenance and repair, preparations for maintenance

– Scheduled and urgent maintenance, reasons for engine malfunctions, methods for

troubleshooting - Using the repair and maintenance equipment on board

- Use of electric and electronic hand tools and measuring instruments utilized for

troubleshooting, maintenance and repair, safe operating

ELECTROTECHNICS

Characteristics of Ship Electric Systems

– Electron theory

- Diagrams, symbols

– Simple circuits and Resistance (Ohm) Law

– Serial and parallel circuits

– Ammeters and potentiometer

– Work, energy and power

– Electrical power supply

– Conductors

– Insulation

– Maintenance principles

– Batteries

– Magnetism and electromagnetism

– Electromagnetic induction

– Electric Test and Measuring Instruments

– Testing and measuring

– Safety Requirements for Electric Systems

– Basic security

– Electric Test and Measuring Instruments

– Testing and measuring

– Safety Requirements for Electric Systems

ANNEX - 26


9

– Basic security

– Cables

– Alternative current

– Distribution

– Transformers

– Alternators

– Direct Current Generators

– Maintenance of generators and switches

– Alternative current engines and generators

– Direct current engines

– Maintenance of engines and starters

– Impedance and inductance

– Lighting

– Troubleshooting

– Control Systems

– Malfunction analysis and repair methods

AUTOMATIC CONTROL

+- Fundamentals of Control Systems

- Measuring and Control.

- Measuring Systems.

- Control Components. Sensors

- Signal Measuring. Amplifiers and Noise reduction methods.

- Engine Room Control Applications.

- Main Engine Speed and Load Control

- Auxiliary Engines Load Control and Synchronization.

- Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measuring and control

- Cooling water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure control

- Separator control systems

- Pollution and salt rate measuring and control

- Tank systems level controls

- Scavenge air combustion control

- Propeller and steering machine controls

- Engine Room alarm systems

- Control Systems Modelling.

- Open Cycle Control System

- Closed Cycle Control System

MACHINE ELEMENTS

– Structure of machine elements

– Continuous strength

– Material connections

ANNEX - 26


10

– Power connections

– Sliding and roller bearings

–Clutches

HEAT TRANSFER

- Types of heat transfer

- Heat conduction

-Heat transfer by cnvection

- Heat transfer by radiation

- Time-dependent and independent heat transfer

- one-dimensional heat transfer

- Radial heat transfer

- Multi-dimensional heat transfer

- Hydraulic and thermal lboundary layer

- Regularity and Reynolds analogy

- Heat transfer during condensation and boiling

- Heat transfer between opposite surfaces

Above mentioned course trainings shall not take less than 480 hours and 4 months.

Note: Candidates who have left the Naval Forces, graduates of the Petty Officer Naval

School Boiler Department can be excluded from the "Mechanical Sciences", "Technical Drawing",

"Material Science" and "Heat Transfer" courses; graduates of the Electricity Department can be

excluded from the "Technical Drawing" and "Electrotechnics" courses; graduates of the Technician

Department can be excluded from the "Technical Drawing" and "Material Science" courses; and

graduates of the Electronics Department can be excluded from "Electrotechnics" course.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

The tools and equipment specified in the minimum requirements for Operational level

training shall be kept available.

ANNEX - 27

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL

COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL OFFICERS

1

1) CURRICULUM

NAVAL OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING AT DECK MANAGEMENT

LEVEL


1) MARITIME MARKETS

2) LINER SERVICE

3) TRUMP MANAGEMENT


5) FREIGHT MARKETS







12) BILL OF LADING





SHIPPING NOTE


16) CARGO BROKERS










amendments








PERSONNEL, TRAINING, SECURITY AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT WITHIN





ANNEX - 27



2

MARINE INSURANCES






e) Insurance policy




3) CLUB INSURANCES



The above mentioned training shall not take less than 16 hours in total.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

The points specified in the minimum requirements for Deck Management Level shall

be considered.

3 OTHER CONDITIONS


be considered.

ANNEX - 28


COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS

1

1) CURRICULUM

NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING AT DECK

MANAGEMENT LEVEL

NAVIGATION

1) PLANNING AND MANAGING A VOYAGE

a) Routing in a navigation period including ocean transit with suitable methods considering the

regions where the currents and tides are effective, navigation rules with traffic separation

scheme, navigation in dangerous waters, under limited visibility conditions, in iced waters,

in various meteorological conditions, navigation in all conditions and navigation planning

b) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Fields and procedures

c) Using guide books

d) Explanation of all Great Circle sailing procedures

e) Recording navigation, log books, keeping a log book

f) Routing in accordance with the "General Principles on Ships’ Routing"

g) Reporting in accordance with the "Guidelines and Criteria for Ship Reporting Systems"

2) POSITION FIXING UNDER ALL CONDITIONS AND VERIFYING THE

ACCURACY OF FIXED POSITIONS OBTAINED BY ANY TOOL/METHOD

a) Position fixing under all conditions by terrestrial observations, using correct charts and

publications and all explanations about pilot navigation

b) Explanation of all celestial navigation subjects for position fixing by celestial observations

under all conditions

c) Using modern electronic navigational aids and position fixing under all conditions with a

knowledge in operating principles, limitations, error sources of these equipment,

troubleshooting the errors,

3) COMPASSES, FINDING COMPASS ERRORS AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE

CORRECTION

a) Knowledge on the structure and operating principles of a magnetic compass, its errors and

corrections, implementation of the correction to the route

b) Knowledge on the structure and operating principles of a gyro compass, its errors and

corrections, implementation of the correction to the route

c) Types of gyro compass, systems connected to main gyro, operation and maintenance of main

gyro

4) TIDE CALCULATIONS



c) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation

d) Pole navigation

e) Navigation on ice

f) Navigation for the purpose of rescue and aid


h) Great Circle Navigation with celestial navigation charts

i) Celestial navigation by the use of spherical triangle formula

j) Navigation errors (measurement, position, tools, etc.)

k) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation

l) Management of all steps of a navigation

ANNEX - 28



2

WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS 1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH

a. Bridge organization

b. Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of duty

c. Conformity to the duty

d. Watchkeeping on deck

e. Watchkeeping at port

f. Watchkeeping at anchor

g. Watchkeeping at gangway

h. Navigational Watchkeeping

i. Navigational planning, preparation documents

j. Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping handing-over

k. System controls to be made during the navigation

l. Navigation under limited conditions

m. Navigation at coastal and narrow waters

n. Preparation of port entrance









experience




SHIP STRUCTURE

1) SHIP STRUCTURE


b) Welding, types of welding, welding errors and inspection methods on welding

c) Bulkheads

d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors - skylights

e) Corrosion, galvanic corrosion and its prevention

2) SURVEYS


b) Dry-docking survey

c) Hull, machinery renewal surveys

3) SHIP STABILITY

a) Transversal initial stability

b) Static stability curve

c) Losing stability

d) Stability in dry-docking

e) Dynamic stability

4) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON TRIM AND STABILITY

a) Damaged ship stability

b) IMO rules on damaged ship stability

c) Effect of damage and flooding on trim and stability and measures to be taken

d) Theories of trim and stability

e) IMO guidelines regarding ship stability

f) Requirements and responsibilities regarding international conventions and codes

ANNEX - 28



3


1) SUPERVISION AND CONTROL FOR CONFORMITY WITH LEGAL

REQUIREMENTS AND MEASURES IN ORDER TO PROVIDE LIFE SAFETY

AT SEA AND PROTECT THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT


b) Responsibilities as per International Convention of Load Lines (LOADLINES)

c) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS)

d) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From

Ships (MARPOL)

e) Maritime declaration of health and requirements of International Health Rules (IHR)

f) Responsibilities as part of the international regulations affecting the security of ship,

passenger, crew and cargo



MARİNE ENGINES a) Operating drive systems and other engineering systems by the remote control system

b) Operating principles for marine power systems

c) Auxiliary machinery on the ship

d) Terms of marine engineering operations

e) Fuel consumption


1) MARITIME MARKETS

2) LINER SERVICE

3) TRUMP MANAGEMENT


5) FREIGHT MARKETS







12) BILL OF LADING





SHIPPING NOTE


16) CARGO BROKERS










ANNEX - 28



4

amendments













SAFETY AT SEA


a) Measures to be taken while deliberately grounding a ship on a sandy beach

b) Required actions just before and after grounding

c) Refloating the grounded ship with or without aid

d) Required actions just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in terms

of water proof capacity for any reason

e) Damage control



4) COORDINATION OF RESCUE AND AID OPERATIONS

5) MAINTAINING THE SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND

PASSENGERS OF THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE

SAVING, FIRE FIGHTING AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS

a) Rules related to the life saving appliances


c) Maintenance of working conditions of life saving, firefighting and other security systems

d) Required actions for protection and security of all people on board in case of emergencies


grounding

6) DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMERGENCY CASE AND DAMAGE CONTROL

PLANS, MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCY CASES

a) Preparation of possible contingency plans against emergency cases


c) Fire protection, alarm and extinguishing methods and equipment

d) Functions and usage of life saving appliances


BOARD

a) Medical publications

b) International medical guide for ships

c) International code of signals (medical part)

d) Medical first-aid to be used in accidents due to the dangerous cargoes

MARITIME ENGLISH

1) SHIP, STRUCTURE AND SECTIONS

a) Cargo gears of the ships

b) Windlass and rope winches, anchoring gear, lines and maneuvering commands

c) Ship crew, their duties, work organization on board

2) ENGLISH FOR NAVIGATION AND METEOROLOGY

ANNEX - 28



5

a) Planning and management of navigation

b) Ship reporting systems

c) Terms to be used on the meteorological reports

3) RECORDS, DOCUMENTS, CORRESPONDENCES

a) Board documentation

b) Port documentation

c) Cargo documentation

d) Ship log book and other recording books, English knowledge to understand log books

e) "Charter" convention, sailing order

f) Preparation letter

g) Record of cargo operations

h) Ship correspondences, notifications



b) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System

c) Preparing the ship for dry-docking, dry-docking, ship plans

d) Correspondences on malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works

5) SURVEY AND INSPECTION ENGLISH

a) SOLAS, MARPOL and other International Conventions

b) Types of surveys and inspections

c) Flag state and port state controls and inspections

d) Classification Society inspections

e) Check lists

f) English to be used in surveys and inspections

6) ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION

a) Using the International Code of Signals Handbook

b) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English

c) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases

d) Sufficient English knowledge to transmit and receive emergency and security messages

7) ENGLISH FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION

a) Human body

b) Diseases, medical drugs

c) Medical Emergency Communication

d) Medical pages of Code of Signals

e) Medical care on board

f) International Medical Guide and related sections of the other maritime medical publications


USE OF AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING APPLIANCES (ARPA)

1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF SEA RADAR SYSTEM


b) Safe distances






2) ADJUSTING AND USING THE RADAR AS TO THE MANUFACTURER'S

SUGGESTIONS




a) Establishing the relative movement triangle

b) Definition of the route, speed and visions of other ships

ANNEX - 28



6

c) Defining CPA and TCPA

d) Considering the effect of route and speed changes

e) Reporting radar plotting data








c) Use of modern electronic navigational aids (GPS etc.) and position fixing under all

conditions with knowledge in operating principles, limitations, error sources of these

equipment, troubleshooting the errors,


a) Visual characteristics of ARPA system

b) ARPA and IMO performance standards

c) Achieving the targets

d) Monitoring ability and limits

e) Process delays

7) USE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM


b) Obtaining target information







8) ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM (ECDIS)

a) Management of system files and data, operating methods

b) Using ECDIS playback function to review route planning of navigation and system

functions


1) SYNOPTIC CHARTS AND WEATHER FORECAST

a) Pressure and wind systems of the World

b) Weather condition depending on the main air mass types

c) Synoptic and prognostic charts and forecasts

d) Classification of marine forecast codes and fax transmissions

e) Main types, sources and movements of floating ice

f) Guiding principles related to the safe navigation around ice

g) Conditions, dangers and solutions of ice accumulation on the upper side of the ship

2) CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT AIR SYSTEMS

a) Formation, structure and weather condition depending on the main weather fronts


c) Formation of non-frontal air systems and weather condition


3) OCEAN CURRENT SYSTEMS

a) Circulation of surface water in the oceans and interconnecting seas

b) Voyage planning principles according to the wave heights and air conditions

c) Formation of sea waves and swells

ANNEX - 28



7

MARITIME LAW

1) INTRODUCTION TO MARITIME LAW

Definition, scope and branches of the maritime law

2) MARITIME PUBLIC LAW

Definition, scope and branches of the maritime public law

3) MARITIME PRIVATE LAW

Definition, scope and branches of the maritime private law

4) SHIP

a) Ship definitions

b) Registration of ships

c) Right of flag bearing

d) Ship's seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo

e) Inspections on the ships and dimensions

f) Provisions for safety of life and property at sea

g) Number and competence of the seafarers

h) Legal aspects of pilotage

i) Board documentation (Documents, ship’s certificate, ship’s log book, tonnage certificate,

etc. which shall be kept available on board)

j) Bill of Lading

k) Sea report

5) MASTER

a) Definition of Master

b) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the public law

c) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the private law

d) Disciplinary power of the Master on board and his powers and duties in case of a legal

violation

6) SHIPOWNER

a) Definition of the shipowner

b) Shipowner, responsibilities and rights

7) FREIGHT CONVENTIONS

a) Types of freight conventions

b) Legal characteristics of freight conventions

c) Responsibilities

d) Layday - Demurrage

e) Bill of Lading

f) Termination of freight conventions

8) MARINE ACCIDENTS

a) Collision

b) Sea report

c) Particular and general averages

d) Rescue and aid

9) OUR NATIONAL MARITIME LEGISLATION IN GENERAL

a) Cabotage Law

b) Maritime Labor Act

c) Law of Arrest and Seizure at Sea

d) Provisions of penal and procedure laws related to maritime

e) Knowledge in customs and smuggling regulations

f) Ports law, port regulations

g) Regulation for Seafarers

h) Coastal Health Legislation

i) Related sections of Law on Fees

ANNEX - 28



8

j) Master instructions (taking over, keeping and using)

k) Law No 4922 on Smuggling

MARINE INSURANCES






e) Insurance policy




3) CLUB INSURANCES



SHIP MANEUVERS 1) FACTORS AFFECTING THE SHIP MANEUVERS


b) Competence in maneuvering

2) DRIVING POWER AND RESISTANCES IN MANEUVER

a) Resistances related to the air

i) Still-air resistance

ii) Wind resistance

b) Resistances related to the water

3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE MAIN MACHINERY AS PER THEIR

FUNCTIONS IN MANEUVERING AND TYPES

4) PROPELLER



c) Effects of right and left hand propellers ahead


5) STEERING

a) Steering effects on ships with single propeller

b) Steering effects on ships with double propeller



b) Its effects while using with the steering

7) LINES


b) Other line maneuvers

8) TURNING CIRCLE

9) SHALLOW WATER


b) Effects of shallow water, squad



11) TUGBOAT


b) Using the tugboats in maneuvers

ANNEX - 28



9


1) PLANNING AND EXECUTING SAFE LOADING, BULKING AND STORING

OPERATIONS AND MONITORING DURING THE VOYAGE AND THE

EVACUATION

a) International rules, codes and standards on safe handling, bulking, storing and transfer of the

cargo

b) Evaluating deficiencies and damages reported on cargo sections, hatch covers and ballast

tanks

c) Plans and activities in accordance with international rules

2) EFFECT OF CARGO AND LOADING OPERATIONS ON TRIM AND STABILITY

Draft, trim and stability

3) STABILITY AND TRIM DIAGRAMS AND EQUIPMENT FOR STRESS

CALCULATIONS

a) Shearing forces, bending moments, torsions

b) Compliance with minimum free board requirements of load-line rules

c) Use of vector diagrams for calculation of stresses on the cargo gears

d) Use of Automatic Data-Based (ADB) equipment

4) BULKING AND STORING CARGO ONBOARD; STORING BY THE USE OF

CARGO HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND MOORING EQUIPMENT

a) Timber deck cargoes

b) Procedures of receiving, tallying (scoring) and delivering cargo

c) Cargo care during carriage

d) Requirements applicable to the cargo handling gear

e) Maintenance of cargo gears

f) Maintenance of hatch covers

5) SAFE LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS

a) Loading and unloading operations especially related to carriage in the "Code of Safe

Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing"

b) Loading, stowing and unloading heavy cargoes

c) Supervision of cargo during carriage

d) Fumigation methods and safety measures for the holds

6) TANKERS AND TANKER OPERATIONS

a) Terms and definitions

b) Contents and implementation of ISGOTT

c) Petrol tanker operations and relevant rules on prevention of pollution

d) Chemical tankers

e) Tank cleaning and measures for pollution prevention on chemical tankers

f) Liquefied gas tankers

g) Cargo operations on liquefied gas tankers

7) DANGEROUS. RISKY AND DESTRUCTIVE CARGO CARRIAGE

a) International rules (IMDG and IMSB Code), standards, codes and guidelines for the carriage

of dangerous cargo

b) Dangerous cargoes in packages

c) Solid bulk cargoes

d) IMO Grain rules

8) OPERATIONAL AND DESİGN LIMITATIONS ON BULK CARGO SHIPS

a) Use of loading, maintenance and unloading documents on bulk cargo ships

b) Preparing a Safe Cargo Handling Method in accordance with IMSBC Code, IMDG Code,

MARPOL 73/78 Annex III and V and other related documents

c) Fulfilling basic requirements in order to establish an effective communication between Ship

and Port workers

ANNEX - 28



10

d) Interpreting bending and twisting limit values of important structural elements of a standard

bulk cargo ship

e) Methods for avoiding a possible damage on bulk cargo ships due to faulty loading, fatigue

and corrosion


1. MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE PERSONNEL


2. LEGISLATION


recommendations

3. SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT




d) Prioritization

4. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING EFFECTIVE RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT






5. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING THE DECISION MAKING

TECHNIQUES





6. STANDARD OPERATING METHODS

Development, application and supervision of the standard operating methods

The above mentioned training shall not take less than 200 hours in total.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT


be considered.

2 OTHER CONDITIONS


be considered.

ANNEX - 29

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL


1

1) CURRICULUM

NAVAL OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING AT ENGINE

MANAGEMENT LEVEL


a) Coolants





f) Operation and performance of ice pound systems

g) Ice Pounds










c) Hydraulic pumps


e) Hydraulic motors





j) Controllers

k) Control diagrams

l) Air supply







AUTOMATIC CONTROL


b) Measuring and control.

c) Measuring systems.

d) Control components, sensors

e) Signal measuring, amplifiers and noise reduction methods.

f) Engine room control applications.

g) Main engine speed and load control

h) Auxiliary Machinery load control and synchronization

ANNEX - 29



2

i) Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measurements and controls

j) Coolant water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure controls

k) Separator control systems

l) Ice pound control systems

m) Control system for pump and piping systems

n) Loading equipment and deck machinery control systems

o) Pollution and salt rate measurements and controls

p) Tank systems level controls

q) Scavenge air combustion controls

r) Propeller and steering machine control

s) Engine Room alarm systems

t) Control Systems Modelling

u) Open Cycle Control System

v) Closed Cycle Control System

w) PID Control System. Gain adjustments

x) Control System Inlet-Outlet Connections

y) Control Systems Diagrams, Transfer Functions

z) Stability.

aa) Monitoring Control Elements, Errors and Malfunctions

bb) Analogue and Digital Control Systems.

cc) Digital Control Systems, Data Functions and Calculations

dd) Controlling software version



a) Security


c) Quality


MANAGEMENT

a) ISM Code



MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS




SURVEY OPERATIONS








GAS TURBINES








ANNEX - 29



3





Above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 120 hours in total.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT

The points specified in the minimum requirements for Engine Management Level

shall be considered.

3 OTHER CONDITIONS



ANNEX - 30



1

1) CURRICULUM

NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING

AT ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL

THERMODYNAMICS

a) Ideal air cycle

b) Vapor

c) Evaporation

d) Thermodynamic characteristics of steams

e) Steam cycles

f) Gases and thermodynamic characteristics of gases

g) Gas-steam mixture

h) Gas turbine cycles

i) Cooling cycle

j) Heat transfer


a) Coolants





f) Operation and performance of ice pound systems

g) Ice Pounds







MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY

a) Cast iron and steel metallurgy

b) Characteristics of and tests on materials

c) Thermal operations on metals

d) Elements in steel and iron alloys

e) Non-ferrous metals

f) Non-metal materials

g) Welding

h) Tension and stress

i) Tension energy

j) Tension in pressured containers

k) Cutting and twisting

l) Shearing force and bending moment

m) Bending at beams

n) Direct tension and combined bending

ANNEX - 30



2

SHIP STRUCTURE

1) GENERAL

a) Movement of gravity center

b) Buoyancy

c) Transversal static stability

d) Effect of liquids on stability

e) Correcting the angle of heel

f) TPC and overflow curves

g) Block coefficients

h) Area and volumes of the ship forms

i) KB, BM and metacenter diagrams

j) Declination

k) Static stability moments

l) Inclination

m) Dry-docking and grounding

n) Damage survey

o) Ship movements

p) Vibrations at ships

q) Steering

r) Resistance, power and fuel consumption

s) Ship propulsion and propellers

t) Ship structures

2) BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SHIP STRUCTURE, INCLINATION AND STABILITY


b) Welding

c) Bulkheads

d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors

e) Corrosion and preventing corrosion

f) Surveys and dry-docking operations

g) Stability

3) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON INCLINATION AND STABILITY

a) Effect of damage and flooding on inclination and stability

b) Theories of inclination and stability

4) IMO GUIDELINES REGARDING THE SHIP STABILITY

Requirements as per the International Conventions and Codes

MARITIME ENGLISH

a) Principles in English for correspondence and work application

b) Preparing and recording various Engine Room performance reports

c) Correspondences on engine malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works

d) Correspondences on Spare Parts, Material Requisition and Ordering

e) Correspondence with Classification Society and port state control

f) Dry-docking preparation, records and relevant correspondences

g) Malfunction analysis, troubleshooting, maintenance, repair

h) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System

i) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for

different types of ships in accordance with the SOLAS Convention

j) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for

different types of ships in accordance with the MARPOL Convention

k) Legal and Commercial Certificates of the Ships

ANNEX - 30



3

l) Survey and Inspection Principles of Legal Certificates




c) Hydraulic pumps


e) Hydraulic motors





j) Controllers

k) Control diagrams

l) Air supply








1) INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME LAW


b) Requirements regarding International Convention on Load Lines

c) Requirements regarding International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea

d) Requirements related to MARPOL 73/78 Convention

e) Requirements for Maritime Declaration of Health and International Health Rules

f) Documents affecting safety of passengers, ships, seafarers and cargoes





a) Security


c) Quality


MANAGEMENT

a) ISM Code



MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS




SURVEY OPERATIONS




ANNEX - 30



4





STEAM TURBINES

a) Wet steam, saturated steam, hot steam

b) H-S, T-S diagrams

c) Types of steam turbines

d) Action, reaction and compound turbines

e) Movable parts of steam turbines

f) Fixed parts of steam turbines

g) Steam turbine systems

h) Revolution reduction systems

i) Preparation of steam turbines for navigation

j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with steam turbines

k) Malfunction in steam turbines and methods for troubleshooting

GAS TURBINES















2) LEGISLATION

Knowledge on national legislation, relevant international maritime legislation and

recommendations





d) Prioritization









b) Defining and creating options

ANNEX - 30



5

c) Choosing the course of action


6) STANDARD OPERATING METHODS

Development and implementation of standard operating methods

The above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 240 hours in total.

2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT



3 OTHER CONDITIONS



ANNEX – 31

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF FIRE FIGHTING

TRAINING CENTRES

1

1) BASIC FIRE TRAINING

Pursuant to STCW 78 International Convention, trainees must attend indoor and outdoor fire

training during the practices within the scope of the basic fire trainings. During the outdoor

fire training sessions, participants must complete extinguishing drills of Class A, B and C.

Accordingly, the minimum required materials and equipment to be used in indoor and outdoor

fires are as follows:

a) One foam pan with a base area of 1.5 m2, depth of 400 mm and with a minimum height of

1 m, metal plate attached at the back,

b) One pan for fire suppression, with a height of 80cm, width of 40cm and a diameter of

60cm,

c) One pan for CO2 and dry chemical powder applications with the sizes stated in

subparagraph (a) without a back plate

d) There shell be a structure with vessel characteristics for the simulation of enclosed spaces

(Engine Room, Deck, Accommodation Areas, etc.), made preferably of steel or using two

containers with at least 20 TEU, equipped with operational cabins, light port and skylight

and with emergency exit doors on both sides (Figure 1). This structure should have

interconnecting spaces the stairway of the interconnecting spaces should be positioned 0.5

meters extended to the upper floor, structure of the manhole must be wide enough for a

person wearing fire equipment to pass safely, and the upper floor should have a security

bar of 40 cm long to surround the mouth of the manhole exit, and be equipped with cabin

structure including lighting, IMO signals, plans and an air suction system which exhausts

the smoke quickly in case of emergencies. Within the structure, there should be a smoke

generator and mechanical system which is able to generate smoke. It should be equipped

with audio and visual alarm systems. There should be a system which shall sound similar

to fire alarms on board. A smoke silo (for escape) is necessary for the fire training.

e) Other minimum required materials which may be used in basic fire training:

1. Suit, gloves, boots and helmet (For each trainee).

2. 3 fireproof suits with an external breathing apparatus support,

3. Breathing apparatus. (At least 5 pieces as 1 for 6 trainees).

4. Spare parts for breathing apparatus:

i. Masks (at least 2).

ii. Mask straps (at least 2 sets).

5. Spare pack-boards and equipment for breathing apparatus. (5)

6. Portable fire extinguishing tubes;

a. CO2 tubes (12).

b. Dry chemical powder tubes (12).

i. ABC tube

ii. BC tube

c. Foam tube (3).

7. Protein based foam (with 3% or 6% expansion) (2 tanks)

ANNEX – 31


TRAINING CENTRES

2

8. 1 foam nozzle (Mixer).

9. 2 adjustable nozzles, 1 solid nozzle, 1 graded nozzle.

10. 5 rolls of fire hoses.

11. Couplings and connectors in order to connect hoses to valves (2 per each hose).

12. Blanket. (For fire suppression).

13. IMO emergency signals (It is not compulsory and can be standardized).

14. Emergency lighting gear (It is not compulsory but if the enclosed volume is

equipped with this gear, practices may be performed as real-life drills.)

15. Centrifugal pump, sprinkler system, (It may be used in enclosed volumes).

16. High-pressured CO2 system and its simple equipment (at least with 2 tubes).

a) To see the working principle of the fixed CO2 equipment of the fire training

center, completely isolated fire training container from outside, a pan at the

bottom of the cabin which allows the fire to be brought in from the outside or

inside and when the cabin is closed the insulation of the cabin is maintained

and for visual inspection of an extinguishing fire a rectangular and at least

30x50 cm in dimensions with heat and pressure resistant glass or similar

compartment will be positioned

b) In order to compensate for the internal pressure of the CO2 gas in this cabin,

from the upper part of the cabin in the Fire Center to the outside of the fire

container, Safety closures that are normally closed and can be opened by the

CO2 pressure in the cabin located outside the Fire Center will be positioned.

17. Smoke generator

2) ADVANCED FIRE TRAINING

In this training, the trainees or students shall be divided into different groups as

emergency response team, assistance team and first-aid team. The aim is for participants

to gain competency in firefighting in enclosed spaces by acting together. Accordingly, in

addition to the basic fire training materials, the following auxiliary equipment is

necessary:

1. 2 radios (VHF),

2. 3 rechargeable flash lamps,

3. 3 ram lines,

4. Safety belt.

5. 3 aluminized fireproof suits (with an external surface in a shiny chrome color)

suitable for wearing a breathing apparatus beneath.

6. 1 Foam maker with a capacity to produce high-expansion foam.

ANNEX – 31


TRAINING CENTRES

3

Figure 1 Fire Training Center Platform

1-2 containers of 20 TEU 2-Skylights 3-Ladders 4-Manhole 5-Bulwarks

ANNEX – 32

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF LIFE SAVING

APPLIANCES PLATFORM (INCLUDING USE OF FAST RESCUE BOATS)

1

The following minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for the approval of the tools and

equipment to be used in Proficiency in Survival Craft and Fast Rescue Boats and life rafts.

1. PLATFORM

It is necessary that the platform must have lifesaving appliances with the launching and

recovering equipment.

Life-saving appliances must be set up near the water area (pool or sea) that can safely

perform maneuvering for abandon ship drill, going to the safe distance from the sinking

ship, rescue personnel from the sea.

- The platform should be in a physical structure and location that will enable to act of

lowering, heave up and shove off the life boat.

- The platform on which the davit equipment is located must have a physical area of at least

24 students.

- The platform must have a physical area for at least 24 student on which embarking and

disembarking to or from the survival craft can be realized similar to the commercial vessel

- It is necessary that the platform's upper and lower structure is made of strong steel material

with a carrying capacity of at least 30 people together with davit, boat and other equipment

and certified. The certificate to be given in the 5-year weight test of the boat, davit and

equipment will be valid.

2. DAVIT EQUIPMENT

In order to prevent the possible accidents which may occur during the training, to teach the

training regarding the equipment available in commercial ships and to simulate the muster

drills;

- They must be fully automatic, with a crane, equipped with a davit security system.

- They must be at least 3 meters above the water level and at most 8 meters above the

water level.

- It is necessary to equip the fully closed lifeboat

- One hand operational davit to demonstrate fast lifeboat and lifeboat use equipment.

(Necessary only for Rapid Life Rescue Boot Training)

- Equipped with a davit with a fixed foot width suitable for a fully closed life boat capacity

- It is necessary to have a ladder with a platform similar to those found on commercial

ships to get in where they are along sided

3. SURVIVAL CRAFTS

The training center has the following survival boat:

ANNEX – 32

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF LIFE SAVING

APPLIANCES PLATFORM (INCLUDING USE OF FAST RESCUE BOATS)

2

- At least 1 boat with the following characteristics, (Life boat)

- Capacity of minimum 16 people and maximum 30 people, air supported, water-cooled

motor and rigid structure fully closed.

- At least 1 life raft, ((A life raft is not required if it is present at the Personal Survival at sea

facilities provided the features specified in the Other Issues sections are provided)

- Fast Rescue boat. At least 6 and maximum 12 people capacity, rigid structure fast and

motorized. (Required only for Fast Rescue Boot Training)

OTHER ISSUES

- The above mentioned lifesaving appliances must comply with SOLAS and LSA Code,

and provided with all of the required equipment within the scope of SOLAS and LSA

Code.

- Davits and lifesaving appliances shall be subjected to certificate, maintenance and test

criteria similar to the ones binding for a ship engaged in voyages, flying a Turkish

Flag. As long as the education and training continue, the required maintenance shall be

carried out with caution and all required tests shall be conducted according to LSA

Code.

- The institution that provides maritime training after the date on which this Directive

entered into force; constructed Life-Saving Appliances Tools with the davit, the

lifeboat and all the similar vehicles and equipment will not be used for any purpose

including in ships and training purposes.

- When the boat is being lowered, it must be at least a maximum of five meters from the

water level of the platform when it reaches a position of 90 degrees to the head, in the

direction of the head-to-aft direction, to stabilize the davit arms.

- During the lowering and heaving up the life boat, the davit must be carefully oriented

from the point of embarkation platform for the safe roll-off the life boat.

- To fix the head and aft ropes of the life boat, fixing mechanisms, such as a bollard, an

eye or a cleat, will be placed in appropriate positions.

- Man overboard to the sea during the boat training, there will be a Jack ladder to save

the falling person from the sea for use in the scenario.

ANNEX - 33

1

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF PERSONAL SURVIVAL

AT SEA TRAINING CENTER’S POOL

The following minimum requirements shall be fulfilled by the training institutions for the

approval of the tools and equipment to be used in the Personal Survival At Sea Training

Center.

1. The training center must have a training pool or the water area specified in Article 5 of this

Annex and it must have a sufficient maneuvering water area at least to abandon the ship,

survival at sea, launch and recover the liferafts, rescue of survivors and persons in the sea.

2. The water area / pool may have two-depths. One must have such a depth allowing safely

jumping from the platform.

3. A platform of minimum 2 meters high from the pool surface should be available for enabling

Abandon Ship drills.

4. There must be an adequate place on the platform allocated to place liferaft and its skids so

that at least two people can launch the liferaft into the pool.

5. Facilities without having a training pool must have a sufficient maneuvering water area to

abandon the ship, survival at sea, launch and recover the liferafts, rescue of survivors and

persons in the sea.

6. The training in the water area outside the pool can be done in a private marine which is

surrounded and arranged for the purpose of training by taking the necessary permits for use

from the relevant authorities and by taking the necessary precautions regarding the safety

of life at sea and the environment and seasons that the climate conditions permit.

7. On the end of the jumping platform, a Jacobs ladder should be positioned to allow the man

to come from the sea to the platform..

ANNEX - 34

1

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF LABORATORIES

Regarding the training given by the training institutions within the scope of the Directive,

the following minimum requirements must be fulfilled for the approval of the laboratories.

1. Classes and laboratories must be located in different places.

2. Maximum 2 laboratories may be combined and used together.

3. All of the tools and equipment specified in the Directive shall be kept available in the

laboratories.

4. The list of the tools and equipment must be kept posted in the laboratories.

5. Log books including the records of the training shall be kept in the laboratories.

ANNEX-35

1) MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF

DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL

CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF DECK OPERATIONAL

LEVEL

1. Personnel Security and Social Responsibility Training STCW Convention

2010 Manila Amendments

a) Explanation of changes and developments in the organization of personnel at ships

during the years.

b) The role of the ISM system in enhancing staff safety.

c) Discussion of statistics on accidents and incidents on board.

d) Development of safety culture on board.

e) The rights and responsibilities of the seafarers.

f) Drug and alcohol control policies and the importance of the effective implementation of

these policies

g) Excessive fatigue and its role in the accidents.

h) Principles of fatigue management.

2. Other STCW Convention (2010 Manila Amendments) and Applications

a) Curriculum changes

b) New compulsory trainings

c) Documentation procedures during the transition period

3. Leadership and Teamwork Skills

a) Personnel management training on board, management of duties and workloads,

b) Planning and coordination, personnel selection, time and resource difficulties, ability to

assign tasks, including prioritization, and ability to manage workload.

c) The importance of crew management in ships, the effects of reduced number of crew, the

need for training on board, the effect of new training procedures both on board and on

land.

d) Work load management and assignment of duties, priority prioritization, safety of

personnel, safety of ship and cargo, cargo operations and commercial affairs, total

effectiveness, and so on priority ordering, such as ensuring that the workload does not

cause excessive stress and exhaustion, aware that resources are limited and need to be

used effectively.

e) Effective communication - The importance of effective communication in normal

activities, especially in emergencies.

f) Team work - The importance of team work on board

g) Leadership, explaining why good teams need good leadership, the role of a good leader

for effective organization on board, and the characteristics of a good leader, ways of

being a good team member.

h) The importanc of recognizing the situations of the ship operations, especially during the

ship maneuvering and major maintenance,

i) Knowing decision making techniques and application skills: Assessing situation and risk,

identifying and taking into account emerging situations, choosing how to behave, and

assessing how effective it will be in the end.

j) The relevant conventions and national legislation International Maritime Labor

Convention (MLC 2006) objectives and items.

ANNEX-35

k) Decision-making strategies to evaluate options, valuing and considering the views of

other team members, limited time and influence that affect decision making, feasibility,

safety level, cost, etc. to assess various forms of behavior based on such values.

4. Recent Changes to the MARPOL Convention, Measures for Protecting the

Marine Environment

a) Amendments to Annex I

i. Surveys and certification

ii. All vessels required for engine rooms

iii. Tanker requirements - construction, equipment, control of operation of the fuel

transfer,

iv. SOPEP

b) Amendments to Annex II

i. Categorizing toxic liquids,

ii. Surveys, certification, design construction and equipment,

iii. Operational transfer of SMPEP and NLS

c) Amendments to Annex III and Annex V

i. Wastewater treatment unit requirements.

d) Amendments to Annex VI

i. New fuel quality requirements starting from July 2010.

ii. Tier II and III, nitrogen oxides (NOx) emission standards for new engines.

iii. Low sulfur fuel, Volatile organic compounds, Green House Gases,

Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Carbon Footprint, Climate Change

e) Other Changes

5. Amendments to SOLAS:

An overview of the changes to SOLAS, including the followings, that are

expected to be made in the near future:

a) SOLAS chapter II-2 - Changes in fire protection, fire confinement

b) Amendments to SOLAS part III survival craft and equipment

c) SOLAS Part V - Changes to navigational safety (ECDIS and A Bridge Navigational

watch Alarm System, (BNWAS) mandatory, LRIT, Routing, Reporting and VTS

procedures. Blind Pilotage Techniques, the extreme the dangers of trustof positions

taken from GPS and satellites

d) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective

coatings.

e) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and

additional requirements for investigation).

f) Amendments to the SOLAS Convention and the 1988 Load Line Convention, protocol

to enforce International Code on Intact Stability 2008

g) Chapter VI and obligatory changes to the the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes

Code (IMSBC Code) h) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk

carriers.

6. Refreshmet Training for Medical First Aid in accordance with MLC 2006

requirements

a) Minimum requirements for seafarers to work on board - Medical Certificate in ILO

Format

b) Health protection, medical care, health and social security protection.

ANNEX-35

c) Medical care on board and on land, financial responsibility of shipowner, health and

safety protection and accident prevention, health insurance on land, social security,

maritime accidents.

7. Bridge Resource Management (BRM)

a) Assignment, placement, prioritization of resources,

b) Effective communication, leadership,

c) Knowledge of management of bridge resources, including insistence, to be able to

recognize and sustain the situation.

8. Piracy and Armed Robbery

a) Changes in the ship security officer course (SSO) - Piracy and armed robbery.

b) Gulf of Aden - Patrol of military ships.

9. IAMSAR (International Aeronautical and Maritime Search And Rescue)

a) This training is given in total 40 hours.

b) These trainings include deck-restricted operational and operation refreshment training.


DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL

CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF DECK MANAGEMENT

LEVEL




during the years.






these policies

g) Excessive fatigue and its role in the accidents, Principles of fatigue management.











land.

ANNEX-35





used effectively.


















Marine Environment





transfer,

iv. SOPEP












e) Other Changes




c) SOLAS Part V - Changes to navigational safety (ECDIS and A Bridge Navigational

Watch Alarm System, (BNWAS) mandatory, LRIT, Routing, Reporting and VTS

procedures. Blind Pilotage Techniques, the extreme the dangers of trustof positions

taken from GPS and satellites

d) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective

coatings.

ANNEX-35

e) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and


f) Amendments to the SOLAS Convention and the 1988 Load Line Convention, protocol

to enforce International Code on Intact Stability 2008

g) SOLAS chapter VI and obligatory changes to the the International Maritime Solid Bulk

Cargoes Code (IMSBC Code) h) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk

carriers.

6. Maritime Labor Convention (MLC) 2006:

a) General obligations, definitions and scope of application, main rights and principles,

recruitment and social rights of a seafarers, the application and imposition of

responsibilities.

(b) The minimum requirements that the seafarers must comply with in order to work on a

ship.

c) Minimum age, medical certificate, training and qualifications, recruitment and

placement.

d) Conditions of employment

e) Seafarers’ employment contracts, salaries, working hours and hours of rest,

vacation rights, returning to the country, the compensation of the seafarers’ rights in case of

loss or loss of the ship,

f) Employment levels, career and skill development and seafarer recruitment

opportunities

g) Living place, leisure facilities, food and nutrition

h) Protection of health care, medical care, health and social security

i) Medical care on board and on the land, Responsibility of the ship's owner, Health and

safety protection and accident prevention, access to health care facilities and social

insurance at home.

j) The responsibilities of the flag state, general principles, Empowerment of well-known

organizations

k) Maritime labor certificate and declaration of maritime labor compliance, inspection and

equipment, complaints procedures on board, sea accidents, port state responsibilities,

control at ports, how the seafarers' complaints will be handled onshore and the

responsibility for providing the work.


requirements


Format




maritime accidents.

8. Bridge Resource Management (BRM)

a) Assignment, placement, prioritization of resources,

b) Effective communication, leadership,

c) Knowledge of management of bridge resources, including insistence, to be able to

recognize and sustain the situation.

9. Piracy and Armed Robbery

a) Changes in the ship security officer course (SSO) - Piracy and armed robbery.

ANNEX-35

b) Gulf of Aden - Patrol of military ships.

10. IAMSAR (International Aeronautical and Maritime Search And Rescue)

11. International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code (IMSBC)

12. International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG)

13. Cargo Securing Manual, Container Code, Usage of Trim and Stability Diagrams,

Stress Calculator Equipment

14. Emergency Backup Configuration

15. Intact Stability Code 2008

a) List criteria of the ship due to current and wind,

b) Synchronous and parametric rolling and countermeasures against it.

16. Submerged Ship Removal Agreement

17. Recycling Agreement

18. Carriage of goods by sea - Rotterdam agreement


b) These trainings include deck-restricted management and management refreshment

training.

ANNEX-35


ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL

CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF ENGINE OPERATIONAL

LEVEL




during the years.






these policies












land.





used effectively.














ANNEX-35




a) Recent Changes to the MARPOL Convention, Measures for Protecting the Marine

Environment

b) Amendments to Annex I




transfer,

iv. SOPEP

c) Amendments to Annex II




d) Amendments to Annex III and Annex V


e) Amendments to Annex VI





f) Other Changes




c) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective

coatings.

d) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and


e) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk

carriers.


requirements


Format




maritime accidents.

6. Propulsion System And Auxiliary Machines

a) Simple construction and working principles of machine systems, safety and

emergency procedures for operation, control systems, preparation, operation,

leakage and fault finding and necessary damage precautions to prevent.machine

parts and control systems

b) Recent developments - OWS requirements and operation.

c) Safety precautions before repair (safe emergency or temporary) on machinery or

equipment, insulating the repair work area securely before being allowed to start

personnel on machinery and equipment.

ANNEX-35

d) The usage / maintenance / repair of appropriate special tools, the use of benches and

measuring instruments.

e) Design characteristics of materials used for the manufacture of equipment and ship

repairs / material selection.

f) Discussion of machine malfunctions and emergency situations between participants

and methods of making emergency or temporary repairs safely.

g) Handbooks, engine diagrams, plans, pipe circuits, reading and understanding of

hydraulic and pneumatic diagrams.

7. Electrical, Electronic and Control Systems:

a) Main connection and operating principles of electrical, electronic and control

equipment: High voltage wiring, maintenance and repair of electrical systems and

equipment, short circuit location and measures to prevent damage.

b) Operation and maintenance of protective systems, automatic control devices and

protective devices; performance tests.

c) Understanding of electrical and simple electronic diagrams

d) Safety requirements necessary to work on ship electrical systems, including the safe

isolation of electrical equipment required prior to commencement of work.

8. Use of ship Internal Communication System

a) The use of all internal communication systems at the ship.


b) These trainings include engine-restricted operation and operation refreshment training.


ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL

CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF DECK MANAGEMENT

LEVEL




during the years.






these policies








ANNEX-35





land.





used effectively.


















Marine Environment





transfer,

iv. SOPEP












e) Other Changes


An overview of the changes to SOLAS, including the followings, that are

expected to be made in the near future:

ANNEX-35



c) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective

coatings.

d) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and


e) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk

carriers.

6. Maritime Labor Convention (MLC) 2006:

a) General obligations, definitions and scope of application, main rights and principles,

recruitment and social rights of a seafarers, the application and imposition of

responsibilities.

(b) The minimum requirements that the seafarers must comply with in order to work on a

ship.

c) Minimum age, medical certificate, training and qualifications, recruitment and

placement.

d) Conditions of employment

e) Seafarers’ employment contracts, salaries, working hours and hours of rest,

vacation rights, returning to the country, the compensation of the seafarers’ rights in case of

loss or loss of the ship, Employment levels, career and skill development and seafarer

recruitment opportunities

f) Living place, leisure facilities, food and nutrition

g) Protection of health care, medical care, health and social security

h) Medical care on board and on the land, Responsibility of the ship's owner, Health and

safety protection and accident prevention, access to health care facilities and social

insurance at home.

i) Ensure compliance and compliance

j) The responsibilities of the flag state, general principles, Empowerment of well-known

organizations, Maritime labor certificate and declaration of maritime labor compliance,

inspection and equipment, complaints procedures on board, sea accidents, port state

responsibilities, control at ports, how the seafarers' complaints will be handled onshore and

the responsibility for providing the work.

7. Propulsion System And Auxiliary Machines

a) Simple construction and working principles of machine systems, safety and emergency

procedures for operation, control systems, preparation, operation, leakage and fault

finding and necessary damage precautions to prevent.machine parts and control systems

b) Recent developments - OWS requirements and operation.

c) Safety precautions before repair (safe emergency or temporary) on machinery or

equipment, insulating the repair work area securely before being allowed to start

personnel on machinery and equipment.

d) The usage / maintenance / repair of appropriate special tools, the use of benches and

measuring instruments.

e) Design characteristics of materials used for the manufacture of equipment and ship

repairs / material selection.

f) Discussion of machine malfunctions and emergency situations between participants and

methods of making emergency or temporary repairs safely.

ANNEX-35

4. g) Handbooks, engine diagrams, plans, pipe circuits, reading and understanding of

hydraulic and pneumatic diagrams.

8. New / Present Situation of Fuel Technology

a) Low NOx setting, increased compression ratio, delayed injection timing, modified

exhaust valve timing and exhaust gas recirculation.

b) NOx reduction technology - direct water injection, humidification, emulsified

fuel.

c) Selective catalytic reduction - NOx and SOx reduction technologies for 2 and 4 strokes

engines.

d) Smoke reduction measures.

e) "Common rail" technology - advantages, injection pressure factor at smoke outlet,

Using "Common Rail" system to reduce smoke, steam injection.to reduce NOx

f) Operation principle of LNG reliquefaction plants, for LNG vessels diesel engine with

reliquefaction plant.

g) Overview of electronically controlled camless low speed diesel engines, RT flex and ME

machines.

h) The current version of ISO 8217 2010 fuel standards, Catfines, Sodium / Vanadium

limits in fuel (FO)

9. Electrical, Electronic and Control Systems:

a) Main connection and operating principles of electrical, electronic and control

equipment: High voltage wiring, maintenance and repair of electrical systems and

equipment, short circuit location and measures to prevent damage.

b) Operation and maintenance of protective systems, automatic control devices and

protective devices; performance tests.

c) Understanding of electrical and simple electronic diagrams

d) Safety requirements necessary to work on ship electrical systems, including the safe

isolation of electrical equipment required prior to commencement of work.

10. Advanced New Technology in Shipbuilding Materials, Ship Construction

Developments, Ship Repair, Shipyard Applications and Shipboard

Requirements

a) Locating machine faults, locations and failures of defects, monitoring and adjustment of

attachments, remote inspection, improvements in welding technique.

b) Shipyard applications - abrasive welding, plasma and laser cutting equipment.

c) Non-ferrous materials such as copper-nickel alloy and aluminum alloys coating.

d) Repairs with sandwich base coat system

e) Remote testing using digital radiography and alternating current potential drop method

test.

f) Precise maintenance using such as thermography (infra-red and laser techniques) and

vibration analyzer

g) The use of oxy-hydrogen gas instead of oxy-acetylene for gas cutting and gas supply.

h) Underwater repairs - stern tube seal replacement and underwater welding. Water jet

cutting tools.

i) Metallok and metal coating techniques.

j) Repairs with composite patches - the use of graphite rods.

11. Class Surveys

a) Classification required, International Association of Classification Societies (IACS).

b) Classification – scope, assignment, maintaining, suspension and withdrawal of class

c) Classification surveys.

d) Surveyors - Qualities and qualifications of Surveyors

ANNEX-35

e) Legal Ship Certificates - Structure of recognized organizations (RO).

f) Class Notations - Class symbol, construction mark, service notations, navigation and

operating area notations, Additional class notations.

g) Assignment, maintenance, suspension and withdrawal of class

h) Surveys – An overview of requirements and certification – Definitions and procedures

related to classification surveys, Class surveys periodicity and scope, Class certificate

i) Definitions and procedures related to statutory surveys and inspections, Statutory

certificates


b) These trainings include engine-restricted management and management refreshment

training.